You are on page 1of 148

Contents

Academic
Social Work & Human Services
Introduction to Social Work/Social Welfare ......................................4 Introduction to Human Services ..........................................................7 Human Behavior in the Social Environment ....................................11 Methods/Practice of Social Work: Generalist................................. 14 Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/ Clinical Practice (Micro) ............................................................... 18 Social Work Methods/Practice with Groups (Mezzo) ..................35 Methods/Practice with Children/ Child Welfare (Mezzo) .................................................................40 Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo) ........................................43 Methods/Practice with Communities & Organizations (Macro)....................................52 Methods/Practice with Diverse Populations ..................................57 Social Welfare Policy & History ......................................................... 62 Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation .................... 66 Field/Practicum/Internship .................................................................76 Theories....................................................................................................79 Ethics & Legal Issues ............................................................................ 89 Special Topics in Social Work ..............................................................93 Combined Author/Title Index ........................................................... i-vi

Catalog Info
It includes titles in Social Work & Human Services from the following publishers: Brooks/Cole Cengage Learning

For lecturers, please contact your Cengage Learning Representative or our Singapore Ofce for ancillaries to adopted texts.

Prices
Order form/pricelist is available upon request through Cengage Learning Representative. Special prices are available for class adoption. Please contact your Cengage Learning Representative, listed in the inside backcover of this catalog for information on class adoption. Prices are subject to change without prior notice.

Orders
Please send your orders directly to: Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd 5 Shenton Way #01-01 UIC Building Singapore 068808 Tel: (65) 6410 1200 Fax: (65) 6410 1208 email: asia.info@cengage.com Attn: Customer Service

e-Learning Helpdesk
For user support, please email to: asia.usersupport@cengage.com or contact us through helpdesk line: (65) 6410 1216 (Mondays to Fridays, 8.30am - 5.30pm, Singapore time)

Library Reference .............

R1-R12 Websites
Our internet kiosk gives you immediate access to all our Cengage Learning publishers and over 20,000 information resources. Cengage Learning Asia - www.cengageasia.com Brooks/Cole - www.cengage.com/international www.cengage.com/socialwork

Social Work & Human Services

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction to Social Work/Social Welfare Introduction to Human Services Human Behavior in the Social Environment Methods/Practice of Social Work: Generalist Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/ Clinical Practice (Micro) Social Work Methods/Practice with Groups (Mezzo) Methods/Practice with Children/ Child Welfare (Mezzo) Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo) Methods/Practice with Communities & Organizations (Macro) Methods/Practice with Diverse Populations Social Welfare Policy & History

4 7 11 14

Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation Field/Practicum/Internship Theories Ethics & Legal Issues Special Topics in Social Work
Aging/Gerontology

66 76 79 89 93
93 94 95 96 100 101 101 102 103 105

18 35

Case Management Conflict Resolution

40 43

Crisis Intervention Disabilities Management/Administration

52 57 62

Mental Health Practice Personal Adjustment Psychopharmacology School Social Work

Page 2

www.cengageasia.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spirituality/Religious Values Substance Abuse Testing and Assessment Supervision Combined Author/Title Index

107 108 110 113 i-vi

www.cengageasia.com

Page 3

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Section Nameto Social Work/Social Welfare Introduction

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK/ SOCIAL WELFARE

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK/SOCIAL WELFARE


NEW FOR 2012!

well as the attempts to solve or address them. Completely current, the Seventh Edition also includes updates on such key issues as health care and immigration. NEW TO THIS EDITION Thoroughly up to date with the most recent EPAS requirements. NEW Helping Hands icons within the chapters and end-ofchapter Competency Notes spotlight text coverage of the required Core Competencies and recommended Practice Behaviors detailed by CSWEs new EPAS 2008. New practice objectives have been added into the front of each chapter. Activities are directly linked to CSWE practice behaviors, giving students hands-on experience putting chapter concepts into action. KEY FEATURES A focus on key social justice issues includes racism, sexism, homophobia, and other types of oppression on individuals, as well as the way that the allocation of resources reinforces these forms of oppression and injustices. A blend of practice and policy issues from the systems/ecological perspective supports the values of the social work profession as described by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Early coverage of diversity provides a broad base for use in subsequent chapters. The books thorough diversity coverage includes substantial information on social and economic justice, which is emphasized heavily in the CWSEs revised EPAS. Separate chapters on generalist practice expose students to actual methods of intervention used by social workers. Unique chapters on rural social
www.cengageasia.com

IE

work and occupational social work offer insight into these areas of growing interest. Chapter 16 addresses International Social Work, as mandated by CSWE standards. Using real-life case examples to introduce text concepts, chapteropening vignettes grab students attention and engage them in key issues. Boxes containing newspaper articles or excerpts from other writings provide informative, interesting examinations of topics covered throughout the text. CONTENTS PART I: UNDERSTANDING SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL WELFARE: KEY CONCEPTS AND PERSPECTIVES 1. Social Welfare, Past and Present. 2. Social Work and Other Helping Professions. 3. The Ecological/Systems Perspective. 4. Diversity and Social Justice. PART II: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE: METHODS OF INTERVENTION. 5. Social Work with Individuals, Families, and Groups. 6. Generalist Practice with Agencies and the Community. PART III: FIELDS OF PRACTICE AND POPULATIONS SERVED BY SOCIAL WORK. 7. Poverty, Income Assistance, and Homelessness. 8. Mental Health, Substance Abuse, and Developmental Disabilities. 9. Health Care. 10. The Needs of Children, Youth, and Families. 11. Services to Children, Youth, and Families. 12. Older Adulthood: Needs and Services. 13. Criminal Justice. 14. Social Work in Rural Settings. 15. Social Work in the Workplace. 16. The Globalization of Social Work: What Does the Future Hold?

SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL WELFARE: AN INTRODUCTION


Seventh Edition

ROSALIE AMBROSINO, University of Texas, San Antonio, JOSEPH HEFFERNAN, Retired, University of Texas, Austin, GUY SHUTTLESWORTH, Emeritus, University of Texas, Austin, and ROBERT AMBROSINO, University of Texas at San Antonio
608 pages. Paperbound. 2-Color. 2012. ISBN: 9781111304775.

Integrating the latest accreditation standards and practices from the field, bestselling SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL WELFARE: AN INTRODUCTION, International Edition gives readers a solid understanding of the social work profession and the role the profession plays in the social welfare system. In keeping with the current Council on Social Work Educations Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards, the text takes a generalist practice perspective in addressing social welfare issues, within the context of the systems/ecological framework, and the overarching framework used by generalist practitioners as they intervene to address social welfare needs at the individual, family, group, organization, community, and societal levels. Illustrating that there are many reasons why social problems occur, the text explores the history, values, economic, political and cultural factors that surround these issues, as
Page 4

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Introduction to Social Work/Social Welfare

marginalization, and alienation, in addition to the newly articulated aspects of diversitygender identity and expression, immigration status, and political ideology.
IE

KEY FEATURES In Chapter 1, Karen Kirst-Ashman presents the "AAA Model," which instructs students to "Ask questions, Assess the established facts and issues, and Assert a concluding opinion." By following this model, which provides a framework for the text as a whole, students learn how to approach concepts critically. Themes integrated throughout the text include: the pursuit of social and economic justice for populations at risk; client empowerment; dimensions of human diversity; the significance of professional values and ethics; a generalist approach interrelating micro, mezzo, and macro levels of social work practice; and the inclusion of various global and international perspectives. Kirst-Ashman includes such CSWE-mandated areas as diversity, empowerment, social justice, and ethics, thus ensuring that students are well prepared to enter the world of social work. By encouraging students to identify values and evaluate serious issues, Kirst-Ashman helps them develop critical thinking perspectives on important topics. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Social Work and Social Welfare. 2. Social Work Values and Ethics .3. Empowerment and Human Diversity. 4. The Process of Generalist Practice. 5. Practice Settings. 6. An Overview of Social Welfare and Social Work History. 7. Policies, Policy Practice, and Policy Advocacy: Foundations for Service Provision. 8. Policies and Programs to Combat Poverty. 9. Social Work and Services for Children and Families.

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK & SOCIAL WELFARE: CRITICAL THINKING PERSPECTIVES


Third Edittion

10. Social Work and Services for Older Adults. 11. Social Work and Services for People with Disabilities. 12. Social Work and Services in Health Care. 13. Social Work and Services in Mental Health. 14. Social Work and Substance Use, Abuse, and Dependence. 15. Social Work and Services for Youth in the Schools. 16. Social Work and the Criminal Justice System.

KAREN K. KIRST-ASHMAN, University of Wisconsin, Whitewater


560 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 2010. ISBN: 9780495604297.

Intended for the Introduction to Social Work/Social Welfare course found in programs of social work at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. This course can also be found in human service and sociology departments. NEW TO THIS EDITION A new Chapter 14Social Work and Substance Use, Abuse, and Dependencehas been added to address this important social challenge. The text has been thoroughly updated to keep pace with the latest research, policy issues, and global-political-social events affecting social-work practice today. Learning Objectives at the beginning of each chapter are now organized alphabetically and reinforced clearly throughout the text and in the test materials available in the instructor's resources. This change represents a new emphasis on student learning outcomes and demonstration of core competencies as strongly recommended by CSWE. In response to the new Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS), the text also includes improved coverage of topics highlighted as important competency concepts, including evidence-based intervention, human rights,

IE

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE PROFESSION OF SOCIAL WORK: BECOMING A CHANGE AGENT


Second Edition

ELIZABETH A. SEGAL, Arizona State University; KAREN E. GERDES, Arizona State University; and SUE STEINER, Arizona State University
544pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2010. ISBN: 9781439038093.

Considering a career in social work? Or, simply interested in how these talented and dedicated professionals contribute to society? AN INTRODUCTION TO THE PROFESSION OF SOCIAL WORK: BECOMING A CHANGE AGENT, International Edition introduces you to the social-work profession and describing the role of social worker in the social-welfare system. Through case studies, personal stories, and exercises, this social-work text helps you apply the concepts and truly understand what it means to be a social worker. NEW TO THIS EDITION This third edition includes a new Chapter 15, titled Crisis, Trauma, and Disasters. Coverage includes the terrorist attacks on 9/11 and Hurricane Katrina, both of which

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 5

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Introduction to Social Work/Social Welfare

have brought the unpredictability of our world to the forefront of social-work services. The authors have rearranged the chapters to flow more logically for the introductory student, from general information that all social workers need (chapters 1 through 4) to focused topics covering ways to intervene with specific populations in specific settings for social work practice (chapters 5 through 12). The last three chapters cover issues that cross all populations and settings. KEY FEATURES "Personal Stories" provide practitioners' first-hand accounts and experiences taken from their lives as social workers. "What Do You Think," "More About," "Point of View," and "From the Field" inserts invite the reader to think more deeply about the content at hand. Brief questions interspersed in chapters, end-of-chapter discussion questions, and experiential/selfexploration exercises make this a combination workbook and textbook that provides students with ample tools to apply the text concepts. Numerous case studies help students apply the concepts and explore their understanding of the profession. The book's appendices provide students with useful resources, such as the NASW Code of Ethics and a list of relevant websites. CONTENTS 1. What Is Social Work? 2. The Social Welfare System. 3. Social Justice and Civil Rights. 4. Poverty and Economic Disparity. 5. Modes of Intervention. 6. Working with Diverse Populations. 7. Child Welfare: Working with Children and their Families. 8. Gerontology: Working with People who are Older. 9. Health Care Services. 10. Mental Health Services. 11. School Social Work. 12. The Workplace. 13. Substance Abuse.

14. Violence, Victims, and Criminal Justice. 15. Crisis, Trauma and Disasters.

IE

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL WELFARE: EMPOWERING PEOPLE


Tenth Edition

people are affected by such problems as poverty, child abuse, emotional difficulties, sexism, alcoholism, crime, and discrimination, to name a few. The text presents a practical focus on generalist social work: how to counsel individuals and groups, how to develop new services, and how to improve existing community services. Zastrow offers a brief historical review of the development of social welfare, social work, and various social services, equipping students with the necessary background on social work. The text emphasizes the ecological perspective--the biological, psychological, and sociological influences on human behavior. CONTENTS 1. Social Welfare: Its Business, History, and Future. 2. Social Work as a Profession and a Career. 3. Generalist Social Work Practice. 4. Poverty and Public Welfare. 5. Emotional/Behavioral Problems and Counseling. 6. Family Problems and Services to Families. 7. Sexual Orientation and Services with GLBT Individuals. 8. Drug Abuse and Drug Treatment Programs. 9. Crime, Juvenile Delinquency, and Correctional Services. 10. Problems in Education and School Social Work. 11. Work-Related Problems and Social Work in the Workplace. 12. Racism, Ethnocentricism, and Strategies for Advancing Social and Economic Justice. 13. Sexism and Efforts for Achieving Equality. 14. Aging and Gerontological Services. 15. Health Problems and Medical Social Services. 16. Physical and Mental Disabilities and Rehabilitation. 17. Overpopulation, Misuse of the Environment, and Family Planning. Epilogue: Your Future in Combating Human Problems.

CHARLES ZASTROW, University of

Wisconsin, Whitewater
640 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 4-Color. 2010. ISBN: 9780495809968.

Zastrow's respected introduction to social work and social welfare looks at contemporary society with a realistic view of social problems, giving students a comprehensive overview of the profession. By presenting positive strategies in the context of the core values, ethics, skills, and knowledge base of today's professional social worker, Zastrow encourages students to think about new and realistic ways to solve problems and empower clients. Throughout the book social problems cases, exhibits, and tables help students apply concepts and compare and contrast the issues. NEW TO THIS EDITION Completely current, the thoroughly updated Tenth Edition includes the 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditations Standards of CSWE. Among the recent developments discussed in the 10e include, the housing crisis and the current recession, new information on the benefits and shortcomings of TANF, the Adoption and Safe Families Act of 1997, immigration status, and steroid use in baseball. KEY FEATURES With its unique social problems approach, the book describes how

Page 6

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Introduction to Human Section Services Name

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES

NEW TO THIS EDITION New! Providing real-world illustrations for every chapter, the new DVD demonstrates chapter concepts in action! Segments vary from vignettes about clients and helping strategies to professionals and the challenges they encounter in their work. New! Cutting-edge cases and applications provide a number of ways for students to apply concepts and strategies introduced in the text to real-world scenarios. New! Every chapter has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect the latest research, new ideas in theory, and leading innovations in practice, important influences on human services, and new challenges and special issues facing todays practitioners. KEY FEATURES An engaging and enjoyable read, this student-friendly text delivers a comprehensive introduction to the human services field and the essential skills students need to succeed as working professionals. Each chapter includes chapter objectives, multiple detailed realworld case studies with focus questions, lists of key terms, a summary of important Things to Remember, and suggested readings for further informationall designed to make instruction more effective and facilitate student learning. Compelling real-world case studies in each chapter illustrate key concepts and provide a useful guide to practical considerations facing human service professionals today. CONTENTS Part I: DEFINING HUMAN

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES


NEW FOR 2012!

SERVICES. 1. An Introduction to Human Services. 2. A History of Helping. 3. Human Services Today. 4. Models of Human Service Delivery. Part II: CLIENTS AND HELPERS IN HUMAN SERVICES. 5. The Client. 6. The Human Service Professional. Part 3: THE PRACTICE OF HUMAN SERVICES. 7. The Helping Process. 8. Working Within a System. 9. Professional Concerns.

IE

Seventh Edition

MARIANNE R. WOODSIDE and TRICIA McCLAM, both of University of Tennessee,


Knoxville

320 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840033734.

Drawing on the authors extensive experience as practitioners, educators, and researchers, the text defines human services, reviews the historical development of the field, provides a practical overview of the profession, and emphasizes the skills needed to succeed as a human services practitioner. The text provides a solid grounding in such fundamental concepts as serving the whole person, using an interdisciplinary approach, interacting with helper and client, preparing generalists, and empowering clients. Every chapter includes detailed case studies to highlight the practical applications of key concepts and prepare students to effectively address issues they are likely to encounter as helping professionals. In addition, the new accompanying DVD adds compelling demonstrations by skilled professionals to illustrate basic concepts.

HUMAN SERVICES IN CONTEMPORARY AMERICA


Eighth Edition

WILLIAM R. BURGER, Kingsborough

Community College of the City University of New York


400 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032072.

Reflecting the latest policy and practice changes, HUMAN SERVICES IN CONTEMPORARY AMERICA, 8e delivers a complete overview of the helping field, its available programs, and the practical skills workers can employ. Completely current, it illustrates how recent governmental policy shifts impact the way human services professionals work. The author presents the history and practice of human services through the lens of a social problems and policy perspective. As you progress through the chapters, you

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

NEW FOR 2011!

AN INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES

Page 7

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Introduction to Human Services

understand how social, economic, and political issues might affect you as a human service workeras well as the people you serve. Both practical and relevant, the text is packed with captivating, real-life examples that highlight personal experiences and other options available to legislators such as national health care. It also provides invaluable information on selected careers within the field, including training and licensing requirements. KEY FEATURES Completely revised and updated, the Eighth Edition offers the most current coverage available. Special attention is given to updating the policy and practice issues that have developed in the field over the last three years. Current, comprehensive, and packed with real-world examples, the book thoroughly examines the skills necessary for effective human services work. Proven author Dr. William Burger explores the ways in which social programs have become the focus of intense political controversy as well as examines the reasons why programs such as welfare are cited as the cause ofrather than a solution forsocietal problems. Outlines, case studies, dialogues, tables, and examples promote discussion and sharpen students' capacity to think critically about various issues. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Human Services in the United States Today Chapter 2: Groups in Need Chapter 3: Human Services in Historical Perspective Chapter 4: Theoretical Perspectives Chapter 5: The Human Services Worker Chapter 6: Careers in Human Services Chapter 7: Social Policy Chapter 8: Prevention in Human Services Chapter 9: Current Controversies and Issues
Page 8

THEORY, PRACTICE, AND TRENDS IN HUMAN SERVICES: AN INTRODUCTION


Fourth Edition

ED S. NEUKRUG, Old Dominion University


416 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-Color. 2008. ISBN: 9780495097136.

Neukrug's easy-to-understand, comprehensive overview of the human services distinguishes itself from other texts through its experiential emphasis, unique use of personal vignettes, and focus on the development of the helper. Critical topics include history, theory, helping skills, standards in the profession (i.e., ethics, accreditation, credentialing), group counseling, family counseling, community systems, research, evaluation, assessment, normal and abnormal development, career issues, and multicultural awareness. NEW TO THIS EDITION Ethical vignettes at the end of each chapter allow students to contemplate and reflect upon the content covered in that chapter. The author has updated the discussion concerning four important standards in the field today: skills standards, credentialing, ethics, and accreditation, and has added a discussion of the new certification process for human service professionals. The book offers an up-to-date examination of the stages of the helping relationship and discusses a number of areas involved with client case management. It also examines--in a variety of ways-the critical area of client confidentiality, with an updated
www.cengageasia.com

with a discussion of HIPAA. You'll find new information on trends in working with a number of increasingly important client populations, including the incarcerated, their families, and victims of crime; individuals who are HIV positive; the homeless and the poor, older persons; the chronically mentally ill; people with disabilities and individuals at risk for chemical dependence. The section on standards has been revised to include the recent approval of a certification process for human service professionals. The author has updated and simplified the definitions related to career development and added a new section on Social Cognitive Career Theory. This edition also includes an expanded discussion of O*NET since the Dictionary of Occupational Titles is being phased out and being replaced by this online database. The section on testing has been revised, and is now called "assessment." This broader-based definition better fits current trends in the area of testing and assessment. The book presents a comparison of models of normal and abnormal development and an updated section on DSM-IV-TR and a summary of the GAF scale from DSM-IV-TR. KEY FEATURES Each chapter opens with a personal vignette, written by the author, in which he shares his perspective and thoughts about being a helper. This book is a comprehensive overview of the human service field that offers information on history, professional issues, theory, skills, case management, systems, human development, career issues, research, testing, multicultural issues, and future trends. A section entitled "The Developmentally Mature Human

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Introduction to Human Services

Service Worker" in every chapter helps readers assess their development. Assess your own development with the practical sections entitled "The Developmentally Mature Human Service Worker," which appear in every chapter. The author uses language that reflects the values of the National Organization for Human Service Education (NOHSE). Appendixes make the book relevant and modern, including a list of up-to-date websites relevant to human service students, educators, and practitioners; information for students in their career decision making process; the Ethical Standards of Human Service Professionals; accreditation and other information from Council for Standards in Human Service Education (CSHSE), and a copy of the Global Assessment Function Scale (GAF Scale). Professional, ethical, and multicultural issues are integrated throughout the text. CONTENTS 1. Defining the Human Service Professional. 2. The Human Service Profession: History and Standards. 3. Theoretical Approaches to Human Service Work. 4. The Helping Interview: Skills, Process, and Case Management. 5. Understanding Family, Group, and Social Systems. 7. Human Service Professionals in a Pluralistic Society. 8. Research, Program Evaluation, and Assessment. 9. The Human Service Professional and the World of Work. 10. A Look to the Future: Trends in the Functions and Roles of the Human Service Professional.

IE

BECOMING A HELPER
Sixth Edition

MARIANNE SCHNEIDER COREY, Private Practice, and GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton
696 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2011. ISBN: 9780495812777.

transference, countertransference, recognizing competence, and learning to refer, are covered in more depth. The authors have extensively updated their coverage of diversity issues with new literature, a new section on social justice competencies, and a more complete discussion of understanding people with disabilities. The Sixth Edition offers an increased focus on the challenges of coping with stress and burnout, including new material on preventing burnout and staying healthy in ones personal and professional life. KEY FEATURES The text provides basic information on practice, including information on skills, stages of helping, managing boundaries, and working with the community, and groups. Students investigate their motives and aptitude for becoming helpers through self-assessments and inventories designed to encourage the self-reflection process as well as the authors discussions on the reality of what it is like to be a helper. The authors introduce students to professional issues, such as values in the helping professions, ethical issues, common concerns of helpers, stress and burnout, and how helpers can take care of themselves. Case examples and vignettes drawn from Corey and Coreys experiences enliven the text and get readers personally involved, while the chapter reviews, focus questions, inventories and exercises help students to reflect on and apply the content of the chapter. The ETHICS IN ACTION CDROM (available for packaging with the text) contains 60 minutes of video vignettes in which students can role-play ethical

Ideal for anyone embarking on or considering a career in the helping professions, BECOMING A HELPER, International Edition provides an overview of the stages of the helping process while teaching students the skills and knowledge they need to become successful helping professionals. Drawing on their years of experience, Corey and Corey focus on the struggles, anxieties, and uncertainties students often encounter on the road to becoming effective helpers. In addition, the text emphasizes self-reflection on a number of professional issues and challenges readers to examine their motives for choosing a helping career. Finally, the authors help students decide if a career in the helping professions is right for them by asking them to take a candid look at the demands and strains theyll face in the helping professions. NEW TO THIS EDITION Extensively updated throughout, the book includes current information on topics such as rehabilitation counseling and substance abuse counseling, conflicts in helping relationships, self-awareness, the helping process, narrative therapy, fieldwork experiences, and supervision. Important issues unique to the helping professions, such as

IE

- International Edition

NEW FOR 2011!

www.cengageasia.com

Page 9

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Introduction to Human Services

situations and responses, listen to commentary from the authors, and participate in exercises that will help them explore topics and gain knowledge. CONTENTS 1. Are the Helping Professions for You? 2. Knowing Your Values. 3. Helper, Know Thyself. 4. Common Concerns of Beginning Helpers. 5. The Helping Process. 6. Theory Applied to Practice. 7. Understanding Diversity. 8. Ethical and Legal Issues Facing Helpers. 9. Managing Boundary Issues. 10. Getting the Most From Your Fieldwork and Supervision. 11. Stress, Burnout, and SelfCare. 12. Working With Groups. 13. Working in the Community.References. Name Index. Subject Index.

volunteers, this book provides key information, values, and skills needed to be an effective helper. The authors cover topics such as helping persons living with HIV, working with persons with mental illness, and taking care of oneself. Authors Cynthia Poindexter and Deborah Valentine present an eclectic approach and provide useful information for students taking an introductory course in human services or interviewing or for professional facilitators teaching groups of helpers. Authors Cynthia Poindexter, Deborah Valentine, and Patricia Conway present an eclectic approach and provide useful information for students taking an introductory course in human services or interviewing or for professional facilitators teaching groups of helpers. NEW TO THIS EDITION Client-centered, community based, strengths-oriented practice themes are enhanced through additional examples, vignettes, and the Think About It sections. New chapters on working with families (Chapter 9), groups (Chapter 10), and the revised communities chapter (11) provides students with the skills to work with all the systems sizes that they are likely to encounter in real practice. The new chapter on program management and supervision (Chapter 12) addresses the information that helping professionals will need as they take on managerial and supervisory tasks in their practices. The authors emphasis on critical thinking and questioning stereotypes and biases in both reading and practice encourage students to formulate their own opinions and style of helping. Content on culture has been expanded to include oppression in keeping with current perspectives.

KEY FEATURES Case studies in each chapter illustrate the helping techniques and difficulties that may arise for the people involved in human services. Think About It sections provide an opportunity to further explore chapter topics. Exercises which can be assigned or done independently help students grasp the techniques presented in the text. CONTENTS Section I. LAYING THE GROUNDWORK 1. Introduction: What Does It Mean To Be A Helper? 2. Attitudes And Values Of Helping 3. Awareness Of Others: Addressing Oppression And Culture 4. The Helping Relationship 5. Active Listening Skills Section 2. FOUNDATIONS FOR HELPING 6. The Helping Interview And Problem-Solving Process 7. Crisis Intervention 8. Case Management Or Service Coordination 9. A Family Approach To Human Services 10. A Group Approach To Human Services 11. Class Advocacy And Community Organization 12. Human Services Management And Supervision Section 3. APPLICATIONS TO SPECIAL AREAS 13. Interpersonal Violence 14. Aging 15. HIV Disease 16. Developmental Disabilities 17. Working With Loss And Grief Section 4. CARING FOR THE CAREGIVER 18. Attention To Self 19. Putting It All Together

AN INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES - VALUES, METHODS, AND POPULATIONS SERVED


Second Edition

CYNTHIA CANNON POINDEXTER, Fordham University; and DEBORAH P. VALENTINE, Colorado State University
364 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2007. ISBN: 9780495007920.

This concise, useful guide introduces the necessary basic skills students need to effectively support and guide persons who need assistance from social services systems. A must read for human services workers, students, and

Page 10

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Human Behavior in the SocialSection Environment Name

HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT


NEW FOR 2011!

setting, such as how to handle negative feelings in task groups. The text features an expanded discussion of the role of spirituality in macro social work, as well as greater coverage on social work cases in rural areas, feminist theory, and the dynamics of gender-based power in organizations. KEY FEATURES This text examines how micro systems operate and impact human behavior, as well as offers themes of a strengths perspective, empowerment, and resiliency throughout the text. The text features critical thinking questions to stimulate student understanding of key concepts, as well as highlight boxes throughout each chapter to focus on specific policy, research and social work practices. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Human Behavior in the Macro Social Environment. 2. Values and Principles That Guide Generalist Practice in the Macro Social Environment. 3. Human Behavior in Groups: Theories and Dynamics. 4. Types of Groups in the Macro Social Environment. 5. Knowledge and Theories About Organizations. 6. Social Service Organizational Settings, Goals, and Environmental Contexts. 7. Organizational Structures and Dynamics. 8. Human Behavior, Management, and Empowerment in Organizations. 9. Communities in the Macro Social Environment: Theories and Concepts. 10. Assessment of Geographic Communities and

Empowerment. 11. Neighborhood Empowerment. 12. Diversity, Populations-At-Risk, and Empowerment in the Macro Social Environment. 13. Social Justice and the Global Community.

IE

HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE MACRO SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT


Third Edition

IE

KAREN K. KIRST-ASHMAN, University of Wisconsin, Whitewater


448 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4.. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032430.

UNDERSTANDING HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT


Eighth Edition

CHARLES ZASTROW and KAREN K. KIRST-ASHMAN, both of the University of Wisconsin, Whitewater
768 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 2010. ISBN: 9780495604211.

The text challenges students to think critically about how macro systems affect human behavior and ultimately, the practice of social work. KirstAshman focuses on empowerment, highlighting the ways that communities, organizations, and groups promote positive change by building upon their strengths -taking students straight to the heart of what social work is all about. NEW TO THIS EDITION The updated edition features chapter opening learning objectives that are tied to new point-by-point chapter summaries. The book reflects the Council on Social Work Education's (CSWE) 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) requirements. The text includes greatly expanded coverage of ethical considerations in the social work

Using a chronological lifespan approach, this book presents biological, psychological, and social development in the context of human behavior with an emphasis on strengths and empowerment approaches to social work. Looking at lifespan through the lens of social work theory and practice, the text covers human development and behavior theories within the context of family, organizational, and community systems. It delivers comprehensive coverage, providing readers insights into human behavior through intriguing case examples and thought-provoking narrative all within a lifespan framework. Such key issues as diversity, social justice, ethics, populations-at-risk, and more are interspersed throughout the entire text. A lucid, conversational writing style and rich case examples engage students in text material.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 11

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Human Behavior in the Social Environment

NEW TO THIS EDITION Updated human diversity coverage includes new discussions of multiculturalism and cultural competencies, empowerment, strengths perspective and resiliency, with specific coverage of Latino and Hispanic communities' promotion of strengths and empowerment, discrimination against Arab Americans and American Muslims, concepts important to Native Americans, gender identity and expression, the special issues and needs of men, human rights, and immigration status. The book's vibrant new design facilitates student comprehension and retention. UNDERSTANDING HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT, International Edition now features a full-color presentation, as well as an enhanced suite of pedagogical features that includes Chapter Opener Vignettes, Learning Objectives tied to test items, Spotlight on Diversity boxes, bulleted chapter summaries, concept summaries, and more. Expanded ethics boxes now include rubrics to guide students in considering what to do in certain situations. KEY FEATURES UNDERSTANDING HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT, 8th Edition, International Edition's chronological life span approach examines human behavior from perspectives of developmental milestones and environmental issuesallowing for a description of human growth from conception through adulthood. The text's logical arrangement places such issues as diversity and ethics within a familiar context for students. Adhering more closely than other texts to society standards for life

stages, the text offers the standard set of dimensions for understanding life course developmentbiological, psychological, and social. Separate chapters on biological, psychological, and social impacts at the different lifespan stages help students to identify influence and behavior for each age group. Offering comprehensive coverage that includes everything pertinent to social work, the text presents a vast array of theories and research that seeks to explain and describe human development and behavior. It focuses on individual functioning within systems of various sizesincluding families, groups, organizations, and communities. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Human Behavior in the Social Environment. Part I: INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD. 2. Biological development in Infancy and Childhood. 3. Psychological development in Infancy and Childhood. 4. Social Development in Infancy and Childhood. 5. Ethnocentrism and Racism. Part II: ADOLESCENCE AND YOUNG ADULTHOOD. 6. Biological Development in Adolescence. 7. Psychological Development in Adolescence. 8. Social Development in Adolescence. 9. Gender, Gender Identity, Gender Expression, and Sexism. Part III. MIDDLE ADULTHOOD. 10. Biological Aspects of Young and Middle Adulthood. 11. Psychological Aspects of Young and Middle Adulthood. 12. Sociological Aspects of Young and Middle Adulthood. 13. Sexual Orientation. Part IV: LATER ADULTHOOD. 14. Biological Aspects of Later Adulthood. 15. Psychological Aspects of Later Adulthood. 16. Sociological Aspects of Later Adulthood.

IE

HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT: A MULTIDIMENSIONAL PERSPECTIVE


Fourth Edition

JOS B. ASHFORD, Arizona State University, CRAIG W. LECROY, Arizona State University, and KATHY L. LORTIE, Tucson Unified School District
720 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 2010. ISBN: 9780495604662.

Ashford and LeCroys groundbreaking book offers students a balanced, integrated introduction to HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT. Lively and comprehensive, this book succeeds by helping students connect foundation knowledge with practice concerns. Study tables and concept maps (for each discussion of behavior in the development chapters) clarify major phases of biopsychosocial development across the life span. The authors take an integrative, multidimensional approach, discussing integrative practice, theory, treatment, and services throughout. This framework gives readers a concrete tool for assessing human behavior from a perspective that truly reflects the values and knowledge base of the social work profession. The text presents solid coverage of foundation knowledge, integrates the biopsychosocial dimensions for assessing social functioning, and offers case studies to illuminate the applied aspects of HBSE content. The authors successfully combine a multidimensional approach with consistent attention to diversity, giving readers a meaningful, exciting learning experience. NEW TO THIS EDITION The order of topics are now arranged Groups to Families for each stage of development to create a more logical flow.

Page 12

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Human Behavior in the Social Environment

The authors continue to emphasize applicability of social work principlesa hallmark of the book since the first editionand provide new reflections pieces, increased coverage of spirituality, and other updates to keep the text focused on current practices. The authors have updated the text to demonstrate where each chapter meets core competencies outlined in EPAS. KEY FEATURES The authors provide broad and balanced coverage of micro-, mezzo-, and macro- (systems) content. To help students apply concepts to direct practice, the text provides a solid foundation in the biological, psychological, and social sciences. The authors multidimensional framework guides students understanding of social work theory and its implications for assessment of human behavior and social work practice across the life span. Implications for Practice sections highlight critical issues for social workers and link foundation knowledge to assessment, prevention, intervention, and policy issues. Focus On sections reflect current CSWE guidelines by examining different voices and perspectives, focusing in this edition on Multiculturalism and Narrative. Personal Narratives offer firsthand accounts of real-life experiences related to diversity issues such as racism, poverty, sexual orientation, and ageism. Through these different voices, students gain a real-world flavor of the material discussed. CONTENTS 1. A Multidimensional Framework for Assessing Social Functioning. 2. The Biophysical Dimension for Assessing Social Functioning. 3. The Psychological Dimension for Assessing Social Functioning. 4. The Social Dimension for Assessing Social Functioning. 5. Pregnancy. 6. Infancy.

7. Early Childhood. 8. Middle Childhood. 9. Adolescence. 10. Young Adulthood. 11. Middle Adulthood. 12. Late Adulthood.

HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT: MODELS, METAPHORS, AND MAPS FOR APPLYING THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES TO PRACTICE
JAMES A. FORTE, Salisbury University
512 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2007. ISBN: 9780495006596.

and concepts specific to social work and social workers. For example, in the cognitive behavioral chapter, the root metaphor is person as computer and the social work metaphor is social worker as computer technician. Eco-maps presented for each theory help students to visualize the components that are part of the model and how they are interrelated. Detailed questions and activities allow students to check their comprehension and apply their knowledge. Each chapter includes a comprehensive list of references, ranging from basic to theoryspecific case studies and effectiveness studies to theoryrelated websites. These provide students with additional resources for expanding their knowledge base. Key terms end every chapter, highlighting essential concepts. CONTENTS 1. An Introduction to Theory and Practical Theorizing 2. Tools for Translating and Practical Theorizing: Models and Metaphors 3. Tools for Practical Theorizing: Theoretical Maps and Ecosystem Maps 4. Applied Ecological Theory 5. Applied Social Systems Theory 6. Applied Biology 7. Applied Cognitive Psychology 8. Applied Psychodynamic Ego Psychology 9. Applied Behaviorism 10. Applied Symbolic Interactionism 11. Applied Social Role Theory 12. Applied Economic Theory 13. Applied Critical Theory 14. Epilogue: Multi Theory Practice and Routes to Integration Index of Names Index of Subject

This first edition theories-based book for human behavior provides students with three key tools for theory-bytheory comprehension: models, metaphors and maps. These tools help students to easily compare and contrast theories as well as understand their relevance to social work practice. KEY FEATURES Students can compare and contrast each theory through three key tools: models, metaphors and maps. Exemplary models for each theory that include a brief biography of each theorist, not only highlight psychologists and sociologists associated with the theory. For example, in the cognitive behavioral chapter, Paula Nurius is highlighted along with Albert Ellis and other theorists/academics. In the ego psychology chapter, Hollis, in addition to Freud, for another example, is discussed. Metaphors for each theory creatively bring the content to life and make the applications of ideas

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 13

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Methods/Practice of Social Work: Generalist

METHODS/PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK: GENERALIST

NEW TO THIS EDITION New! Icons in the text link content to the Council on Social Work Educations Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards competencies and practice behaviors. Competency Notes at the end of each chapter explain to the student how the standards relate to practice. New! This edition contains updated material and newly specified concepts, including a modified definition of generalist practice that reflects newly revised accreditation standards; the International Federation of Social Workers (IFSW)/International Association of Schools of Social Work (IASSW), Statement of Principles; advocacy for human rights and the pursuit of social and economic justice; concepts of diversity including gender identity and expression, immigration status, and political ideology; practiceinformed research and researchinformed practice; and identification as a professional social worker. New! Content and topics have been added to ensure students have a thorough understanding of the field and its practices. Newly covered material includes evidence-based practice; group involvement in protective services; better identification of conceptual frameworks for social work practice; and an updating of Rothmans model of macro practice to encompass policy/planning, capacity development, and social advocacy. New! THE PRACTICE BEHAVIORS WORKBOOK has been designed to enhance students abilities to comprehend and assimilate course content. The workbooks wide range of experiential exercises provides
www.cengageasia.com

METHODS/PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK: GENERALIST


NEW FOR 2012!

students with opportunities to employ the practice behaviors in class or as part of their homework, and allows faculty to assess their competence. KEY FEATURES Ethics coverage is incorporated throughout the book. The chapter entitled Values, Ethics, and the Resolution of Ethical Dilemmas exposes students to many of the common ethical challenges that professional social workers may encounter throughout their careers. The authors have created a correlation grid to demonstrate the congruence of their text with the Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards. Critical thinking is discussed and stressed throughout this edition with thought-provoking questions about generalist practice and vital social work issues. Reflecting the trends in the field, this edition emphasizes the strengths and empowerment perspectives, as well as the increasing importance of evidence-based practice. This edition features timely coverage of immigration-related issues, disaster relief (postHurricane Katrina), faith-based social services, and other recent topics. The Generalist Intervention Model provides a step-by-step approach for implementing planned change.

IE

UNDERSTANDING GENERALIST PRACTICE


Sixth Edition

KAREN K. KIRST-ASHMAN, University of Wisconsin, Whitewater, and GRAFTON H. HULL, Jr., University of Utah
648 pages. Paperbound. 8 X 10. 2012. ISBN: 9780840033840.

Organized around the authors coherent and cohesive Generalist Intervention Model, this introductory guide to generalist social work practice gives students the knowledge and skills they need to work with individuals and families, as well as the foundation to work with groups, communities, and organizations. This edition emphasizes the interrelationship between the micro, mezzo, and macro levels of social work practice. As part of the BROOKS/COLE EMPOWERMENT SERIES, it clearly identifies the latest Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) with icons in the text and supplements designed to teach and assess the latest competencies and practice behaviors.

Page 14

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice of Social Work: Generalist

CONTENTS 1. Introducing Generalist Practice: The Generalist Intervention Model. 2. Micro Practice Skills: Working with Individuals. 3. Mezzo Practice Skills: Working with Groups. 4. Macro Practice Skills: Working with Organizations and Communities. 5. Engagement and Assessment in Generalist Practice. 6. Planning in Generalist Practice. 7. Implementation Applications. 8. Evaluation, Termination, and Follow-Up in Generalist Practice. 9. Understanding Families. 10. Working with Families. 11. Values, Ethics, and the Resolution of Ethical Dilemmas. 12. Culturally Competent Social Work Practice. 13. Gender-Sensitive Social Work Practice. 14. Advocacy. 15. Brokering and Case Management. 16. Recording in Generalist Social Work Practice.

KEY FEATURES Zastrow's book covers key social work topics such as social work values; confidentiality; principles of interviewing; social work with individuals, groups, families, and organizations; community practice; multicultural social work; assessment; evaluation; working within a bureaucratic system; general systems theory; and burnout. Learning objectives that highlight important learning outcomes to target and improve student preparedness appear at the beginning of each chapter. Chapter-ending classroom exercises encourage active learning and class participation. The Counseling Theories Resource Manual (CTRM), which appears at the end of the book in self-contained modules, helps you to select, assign, and integrate counseling theories into your course with ease. Practical end-of-chapter exercises illustrate key concepts and help students learn how to apply the theoretical material to social work practice. The text's lively case examples, included throughout the text, demonstrate the theories presented in the text. Writings from contributing authors, who share their expertise in particular fields, provide students with the most current and accurate information in social work practice today.

IE

THE PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK: A COMPREHENSIVE WORKTEXT


Ninth Edition

CHARLES ZASTROW, University of Wisconsin, Whitewater


576 pages. Paperbound. 8 1/2 x 11. 2010. ISBN: 9780495601159.

Comprehensive and focused, Zastrow's PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK, 9th Edition, International Edition provides students with the theoretical and working knowledge they need to become competent social work practitioners. This practical "worktext" covers the general practice of social work, as well as the more specialized areas and counseling theories for work with individuals, families, groups, communities, and organizations. NEW TO THIS EDITION The text's thorough description and discussion of the Council on Social Work Education statement for 2008 informs students about the new Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards. This edition incorporates new discussion of such critical topics as human rights, a cognitive behavioral approach to family therapy, evidence-based practice, narrative therapy, social constructs adversely affecting populations at risk, how thoughts impact physiological function, and electronic activism and online communities.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 15

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice of Social Work: Generalist

CONTENTS Part I: INTRODUCTION. 1. Overview of Social Work Practice. 2. Social Work Values. Part II: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE. 3. Components of an Assessment. 4. Social Work with Individuals: Interviewing. 5. Social Work with Individuals: Counseling. 6. Social Work with Groups: Types of Groups and Guidelines for Leading Them. 7. Social Work with Groups: Concepts and Skills. 8. Social Work with Families. 9. Social Work with Organizations. 10. Social Work Community Practice. 11. Evaluating Social Work Practice. 12. Social Work Practice with Diverse Groups. 13. Spirituality and Religion in Social Work Practice. Part III: TAKING CARE OF SELF. 14. Surviving and Enjoying Social Work.

KEY FEATURES The book offers a conceptual framework for generalist practice that supports, encourages, and organizes skill development and skill teaching in a diversity of settings and client systems. Owing to the books generalist practice orientation, individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities all receive attention, as do the roles of social broker, facilitator, teacher, mediator, and advocate. Ecosystems and strengths-based perspectives are integrated within the process approach to social work practice. The authors view seeking solutions as fundamental to the problem-solving process, a concept central to the books conceptual framework. Case management and community development receive significant attention, and formal and informal forms of social support are emphasized. Case studies help students to analyze and apply the theoretical material presented in the text.

SOCIAL WORK PROCESSES


Seventh Edition

BEULAH R. COMPTON, late of University of Southern Mississippi, BURT GALAWAY, University of Manitoba, and BARRY R. COURNOYER, Indiana University, Purdue University Indianapolis
624 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 1-color. 2005. ISBN: 9780534365592.

Compton and Galaways highly respected Social Work Processes has long set the standard for social work practice texts. Continuing its strong emphasis upon process and collaborative partnerships between social workers and clients, the text incorporates systems and ecological perspectives, advocacy, case management, and group and community work. The books conceptual framework supports, encourages, and organizes skill development and skill teaching in a diversity of settings and client populations. Dr. Barry R. Cournoyer updates this comprehensive Seventh Edition by including extensive use of Web-based resources and evidencebased exercises within its processoriented perspective. as skilled social workers.

Page 16

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice of Social Work: Generalist

CONTENTS PART I: CONTEXT FOR DECIDING WHAT TO DO 1. Introduction 2. The Ecosystem Perspective and the Use of Knowledge 3. Problem-Solving: A Process for Social Work Practice 4. Client-Worker Partnership 5. Authority for Social Work Practice 6. Ethical Practice 7. Relationship in Social Work Practice PART II: TOOLS FOR DECIDING WHAT TO DO 8. Engaging Potential Clients 9. Communicating Across Cultures 10. Assessment 11. The Service Agreement PART III: TOOLS FOR DOING THE DECIDED 12. Intervention Methods to Mobilize Client Power 13. Case Management and Formal Social Support 14. Mobilizing Informal Social Support 15. Building Helping Communities 16. Teamwork for Social Work Practice 17. Evaluating Practice 18. Endings in Social Work 19. Self Care PART IV: ADDITIONAL READINGS

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 17

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

DIRECT METHODS/PRACTICE WITH INDIVIDUALS/CLINICAL PRACTICE (MICRO)

DIRECT METHODS/PRACTICE WITH INDIVIDUALS/CLINICAL PRACTICE (MICRO)


NEW FOR 2012!

line service providers such as counselors, case managers, and social workers to illustrate and reinforce key concepts. KEY FEATURES Written by proven authors who are seasoned professors and practitioners, this unique worktext captures the complexity and flexibility of the helping process from assessment to termination and follow-up. Reflecting the latest practices from the field, the text is grounded in a strengths-based approach to helping. This model is integrated throughout the helping process and marks a redirection from problems, pathologies, and liabilities to an emphasis on strengths, resources, coping, possibilities, and resilience. HELPING PROCESS is comprised of both content chapters and skills-practice chapters. A content chapter provides an overview of skills and techniques, introducing students to the skills and their role in the helping process. A skills-practice section follows each content chapter, giving students hands-on experience putting newly learned skills into practice. These chapters provide students opportunities to develop their skills in assessing, intake interviewing, planning, building a case file, implementing, and terminating clients. They also include exercises for self-reflection. An emphasis on encouraging client participation in the process, reviewing cases, and documenting and report writing appears throughout all chapters. Case studies that illustrate human service practice provide students with the ability to see theory in real-world practice. HELPING PROCESS is packed

with quotes from service providers, vignettes, and examples that reflect todays multicultural reality. A sensitivity to and understanding of this reality dramatically increases the effectiveness of helping professionals. This multicultural emphasis includes ethnic and racial diversity as well as gender, age, cognitive abilities, and sexual orientation. Examples and cases reflect real-world practice, enabling students to understand the complexities of helping. CONTENTS 1. Introducing the Helping Process. 2. The Assessment Phase. 3. Assessment Skills. 4. Effective Intake Interviewing. 5. Interviewing Skills. 6. Service Delivery Planning. 7. Planning Skills. 8. Building a Case File. 9. Skills to Build the Case File. 10. Coordinating Services. 11. Providing Services. 12. Implementation and Termination Skills.

HELPING PROCESS: ASSESSMENT TO TERMINATION


TRICIA MCCLAM and MARIANNE R. WOODSIDE, both from University of Tennessee, Knoxville
256 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9781111298432.

Integrating a unique conceptual- and skills-based approach, HELPING PROCESS: ASSESSMENT TO TERMINATION presents the methodology of the helping process as it is practiced in the human service field. The strong applied approach of this worktext includes an innovative content chapter/skill chapter format. Skills/techniques are introduced in an overview chapter, which is followed by a chapter that provides case examples and worksheets enabling students to put what they learn into practice. Five chapters focus on the application of skills necessary for assessing, intake interviewing, planning, building a case file, implementing, and terminating work with clients. HELPING PROCESS is thoroughly grounded in strengthbased helping. Featuring a multicultural emphasis throughout, it details the helping process using quotes, in-depth case studies, vignettes, and examples from front-

Page 18

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

NEW FOR 2012!

substances, and sexual violence. The text thoroughly integrates the latest research and theory-building work for a holistic theory of practice that recognizes the complexity of social work. KEY FEATURES
IE

THE SKILLS OF HELPING INDIVIDUALS, FAMILIES, GROUPS, AND COMMUNITIES


Seventh Edition

LAWRENCE SHULMAN, State University of New York, Buffalo


760 pages. 8 x 10. Paperbound. 1-Color. 2012. ISBN: 9781111521264.

This seventh edition demonstrates how there are common elements, core processes, and skills across all stages of helping and throughout work with all populations -including individuals, families, groups, and communities. The text defines, illustrates, and teaches helping skills and provides manageable models for understanding them. It also looks at the underlying process and its associated set of core skills. Part of the BROOKS/COLE EMPOWERMENT SERIES, this edition integrates the core competencies and practice behaviors outlined in the 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards set by the Council on Social Work Education. NEW TO THIS EDITION Greater emphasis is placed on the integration of evidenced-based practices and techniques into the interactional model. New and updated examples of process recordings illustrate social workers in action, connecting todays theory and research to the realities of working with clients. This edition reflects a deeper understanding, new skills, and intervention strategies in emerging areas such as the AIDS epidemic, homelessness, the elderly, addiction to crack cocaine and other

The books clear organization begins with a thorough explanation of Lawrence Shulmans interactional helping model. The book outlines the skills of working with individuals, including ways to tune in to the client and self, values and ethics, and the phases of the helping process. Additional parts address work with families, groups, communities, and organizations. Findings drawn from Shulmans studies of social work practice, supervision, management, and medical practice, as well as research from other leading practitioners, provide empirical support for consistent core skills and elements of practice. The author addresses a wide range of helping situations, enabling any social worker to find useful models to incorporate into his or her work. The books strong illustrative examples connect current theory and research on resilience, diversity, cognitive-behavioral approaches, stages of change theory, and feminist theory. CONTENTS 1. An Interactional Approach to Helping. 2. Oppression Psychology, Resilience and Social Work Practice. 3. The Preliminary Phase of Work. 4. Beginnings and the Contracting Skills. 5. Skills in the Work Phase. 6. Endings and Transitions. 7. The Preliminary and Beginning Phases in Family Practice. 8. The Middle and Ending Phases in Family Practice. 9. Variations in Family Practice.

10. The Preliminary Phase in Group Practice. 11. The Beginning Phase with Groups. 12. The Middle Phase of Group Work. 13. Working with the Individual and the Group. 14. Endings and Transitions with Groups. 15. Professional Impact and Helping Clients Negotiate the System. 16. Social Work Practice in the Community - Philosophy, Models, Pinciples, and Practice. 17. Evidence-based Practice and Additional Social Work Practice Models.

NEW FOR 2012!

IE

ESSENTIALS OF INTENTIONAL INTERVIEWING: COUNSELING IN A MULTICULTURAL WORLD


Second Edition

ALLEN E. IVEY, Distinguished Professor Emeritus, University of Massachusetts, Amherst; MARY BRADFORD IVEY, Microtraining Associates, Inc.; CARLOS P. ZALAQUETT, University of South Florida; KATHRYN QUIRK
400 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034571.

ESSENTIALS OF INTENTIONAL INTERVIEWING, International Edition delivers a more concise and student-friendly version of the Iveys' bestselling INTENTIONAL INTERVIEWING AND COUNSELINGone in which every sentence and concept has undergone a thorough review to ensure both relevance and clarity for beginning helpers. Accessible to every helping professions student, the text uses an active voice and modular style

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 19

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

that allows more flexibility. Its multicultural focus also reflects the diverse nature of today's classroom and society. The Second Edition retains the authors' renowned Microskills model of teaching students vital interviewing skills step by step. It also integrates the five systems of helpingperson-centered, decisional counseling, brief counseling, crisis counseling, and coachingand includes new content addressing such critical topics as psychoeducational skills and Internet counseling. NEW TO THIS EDITION Integrates five systems of helping into the Second Edition. Students are introduced to and develop beginning competence in five helping systems: person-centered, decisional counseling, brief counseling, crisis counseling, and coaching. All-new practice exercises are added to each chapter as well as specifics on how to utilize the interactive DVD and additional supplements to help students develop a deeper understanding of text material. New content addresses such critical topics as psychoeducational skills, increased emphasis advocacy, social justice, and updated information on Internet counseling. The five-stage structure of the interview is now reframed as relationship-story and strengthsgoals-restory-action. KEY FEATURES A multicultural focus gives students the insight they need not only to draw out client stories, but also to understand the importance of the thoughts, feelings, and behaviors in those stories. The active voice and accessible, modular style of the text enable students to quickly engage with the material regardless of the order in which the material is taught. The Iveys' signature Microskills model allows students to quickly

develop beginning competence in four approaches to the interview: decisional counseling, personcentered, cognitive behavioral assertiveness training, and brief solution-focused counseling. The text encouragesand helps students define their natural style of helping and their integration of helping skills in order to evaluate their own interviewing behaviors and effectiveness with clients. CONTENTS 1. Skilled Interviewing and Counseling. 2. Ethics, Multicultural Competence, and Wellness. 3. Attending and Observation Skills: Basic to Communication. 4. Questions: Opening Communication. 5. Encouraging, Paraphrasing, and Summarizing: Skills of Active Listening. 6. Observing and Reflecting Feelings: A Foundation of Client Experiencing. 7. How to Conduct an Interview Using Only Listening Skills. 8. Supporting While Challenging: Confrontation. 9. Focusing the Interview: Exploring the Story From Multiple Perspectives. 10. Reflection of Meaning and Interpretation/Reframing: Helping Clients Restory Their Lives. 11. Self-Disclosure and Feedback: Bringing Immediacy Into the Interview. 12. Logical Consequences, Information/Advice, and Directives: Helping Clients Move to Action. 13. Decisional Counseling, Skill Integration, and Developing Treatment Plans. 14. Integrating Microskills With Theory: Person-Centered, Cognitive-Behavioral, and Brief Counseling.

NEW FOR 2011!

IE

ESSENTIAL INTERVIEWING: A PROGRAMMED APPROACH TO EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION


Eighth Edition

DAVID R. EVANS, University of Western Ontario; MARGARET T. HEARN, University of Western Ontario; MAX R. UHLEMANN, University of Victoria, and ALLEN E. IVEY, Distinguished Professor Emeritus, University of Massachusetts, Amherst
368 pages. 2011. ISBN: 9780840034724.

With an emphasis on the three major stages of interviewing: exploration, clarification and action, ESSENTIAL INTERVIEWING, International Edition offers students the same programmed-learning model of interviewing that has successfully trained countless members of the helping professions for nearly 30 years. Based on Ivey's systematic method of interviewer, counselor, and therapist training, as well as Hearn's programmed-learning model, the text makes interview skills clear and specific. The authors give students the tools they need to conduct successful interviews with diverse clients in a variety of professional settings, including social work, counseling, nursing, personnel work, and human services. NEW TO THIS EDITION Expanded coverage of ethics in Chapter 1 helps to ground students in the most current standards of ethical practice. Based on reviewer feedback, the examples in the text have been broadened so students throughout the helping professions will find the examples more relevant to their practice goals.
International Edition IE

Page 20

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

Readers actively participate in clients stories through engaging narratives. The book presents three possible responses to a clients statement or question, one of which is more appropriate than the others to give students practice developing effective reactions to common situations. Activity Units at the end of every chapter provide students with more demonstrations of working with multicultural clients. Review Questions in each chapter are given after the teaching frame/interview segments. If readers get three or more answers wrong in this review section, they are encouraged to work through the chapter again. New frames and new questions have been added to this edition. CONTENTS 1. Programming a Foundation for Learning. STAGE I: Listening and Exploration. 2. Attending Behavior. 3. Effective Questioning. 4. Reflecting Content. 5. Reflecting Feeling. 6. Integrating Your Exploration Skills. STAGE II: Clarification: Helping Clients to Clarify Their Experiences and Develop Goals. 7. Confronting. 8. Communicating Feeling and Immediacy. 9. Self-Disclosure. 10. Interpreting. STAGE III: Action: Helping Clients to Take Action. 11. Information Giving.

NEW FOR 2011!

KEY FEATURES

IE

THE SOCIAL WORK SKILLS WORKBOOK


Sixth Edition

BARRY R. COURNOYER, Indiana UniversityPurdue University Indianapolis


480 pages. Paperbound. 81/2 x10 7/8. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032812.

THE SOCIAL WORK SKILLS WORKBOOK, International Edition gives students the opportunity to get involved in actual hands-on social work practice. Cournoyer's comprehensive workbook/textbook helps readers rehearse and practice the core skills needed in contemporary social work practice, with interesting case examples, summaries and skillbuilding exercises. NEW TO THIS EDITION THE SOCIAL WORK SKILLS WORKBOOK provides further development of case formulation, helping students and faculty to avoid missing the step between assessment and goal setting in Ch 2 and throughout the text. The text provides enhanced coverage of "Client Determined Outcomes," an approach that helps develop the client/helper relationship and encourages greater client engagement, therefore increasing the likelihood of results. The new edition offers greater coverage of skills with families and groups, as well as new exercises and case examples. KEY FEATURES This book successfully merges textbook and workbook in a clear

and engaging format, helping students effectively learn about essential theories and content in social work. The text includes practice labs in interpersonal skills and those skills most applicable to the social work practice: preparing, beginning, exploring, assessing, contracting, working and evaluating, and ending. Each chapter includes a description of each skill, along with an example and an exercise to assist students with practicing the skill. Exercises allow students to apply ethical and legal principles, interact with individuals, work with couples and families, and interact with systems like referral sources and community resources. CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Introduction to Professionalism. 3. Critical Thinking, Scientific Inquiry, and Career-Long Learning. 4. Valuing Diversity, Advancing Human Rights and Social Justice, and Promoting Social Well-Being through Policy Practice. 5. Ethical Decision-Making. 6. Talking and Listening: The Basic Interpersonal Skills. 7. Preparing. 8. Beginning. 9. Exploring. 10. Assessing. 11. Contracting. 12. Working and Evaluating. 13. Ending.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 21

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

NEW FOR 2011!

KEY FEATURES This book provides an integrated teaching/learning solution, offering students the chance to read, view and practice the skills taught in the book through a variety of text supplements. It uses down-to-earth language to explain both basic and advanced concepts, as well as a step-by-step unfolding of important values, principles, roles and methods of clinical practice. The text uses first-person clinician accounts to demonstrate personal successes and blunders in the field, helping students deduct what worked and didnt work with client interactions. CONTENTS 1. 2. Becoming a Professional. Responsible Practice: Multiculturalism and Ethics. 3. Getting Started. 4. Attending and Listening. 5. Support and Empathy. 6. Exploration and Elaboration. 7. Assessment and Formulation and Goal Setting. 8. Planning for and Evaluating Change. 9. Gaining New Perspectives. 10. Changing Behaviors. 11. The Clinical Relationship: Issues and Dynamics. 12. The Clinical Relationship: Boundary Issues. 13. Crisis Intervention and Suicide Prevention. 14. Endings and Transitions. 15. Self Care and Professional Development.

IE

NEW FOR 2011!

intervention, as well as provides an enhanced section on ethics and professional development.

IE

INTERVIEWING IN ACTION IN A MULTICULTURAL WORLD


Fourth Edition

INTERPERSONAL PROCESS IN THERAPY: AN INTEGRATIVE MODEL


Sixth Edition

BIANCA CODY MURPHY, Wheaton College, and CAROLYN DILLON, Boston University
592 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 4-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032102.

EDWARD TEYBER, California State University, San Bernardino


448 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/89 1/4. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780495804208.

The fourth edition of INTERVIEWING IN ACTION IN A MULTICULTURAL WORLD provides students with the clinical wisdom and hands-on practice to fully develop their clinical interviewing skills. Authors Bianca Cody Murphy and Carolyn Dillon have expanded many sections of the book, including coverage of global issues, multiculturalism and spirituality. The updated text also features new practice examples to prepare you for a variety of practice settings, such as working with rural clients, immigrant clients and older clients. It can be used as a guidebook for students who want to promote change through the client-clinician relationship. NEW TO THIS EDITION INTERVIEWING IN ACTION IN A MULTICULTURAL WORLD discusses the evolving areas in clinical practice, including global issues, multiculturalism, spirituality and diversity. The text includes new examples and research throughout, and also discusses evidence-based practice, care and practice guidelines, information technology, positive psychology and prevention. It examines pertinent topics such as suicide, prevention and crisis

Strongly focused on the therapistclient relationship, INTERPERSONAL PROCESS IN THERAPY: AN INTEGRATIVE MODEL integrates cognitivebehavioral, family systems, and psychodynamic theories. Newly revised and edited, this highly engaging and readable text features an increased emphasis on the integrative approach to counseling, in which the counselor brings together the interpersonal/relational elements from various theoretical approaches, and provides clear guidelines for using the therapeutic relationship to effect change. The author helps alleviate beginning therapists' concerns about making "mistakes", teaches therapists how to work with their own countertransference issues, and empowers new therapists to be themselves in their counseling relationships. Featuring new case examples and dialogues, updated references and research, clinical vignettes, and sample therapist-client dialogues, this contemporary text helps bring the reader "in the room" with the therapist, and illustrates the interpersonal process in a clinically authentic and compelling manner. NEW TO THIS EDITION Teyber's enhanced coverage of research-based cognitivebehavioral therapy includes more

Page 22

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

information regarding brief treatment applications and new links to time-limited therapy and other treatment modalities. Featuring new case examples and dialogues, updated references and research, and improved descriptive headings to help students pick out important "takeaways" from the text, this newly revised and edited book and has been streamlined to eliminate redundancy. The Sixth Edition includes new material on the supervision process and stage models of professional development for counselors-intraining, plus the new HIPAA standards as related to mental health clinicians. A revised workbook, which can accompany the text, encourages students to apply what they have learned in the book to actual cases they have met in their practicum. New exercises encourage the students to make the most of their supervision KEY FEATURES The book specific intervention guidelines for leveraging the therapist-client relationship to effect change to help alleviate beginning therapists' concerns about making mistakes. Students will find programmatic guidelines for writing case conceptualizations/treatment plans and process notes within the interpersonal process framework. Contemporary case studies develop multicultural awareness and continually demonstrate how cultural context influences case conceptualization and treatment planning. The book offers in-depth coverage of the role of attachment throughout the lifespan and attachment-related affects (such as shame) in clients' presentation of symptoms and problems. CONTENTS PART ONE: AN INTERPERSONALPROCESS APPROACH.
IE - International Edition

1. Introduction and Overview. PART TWO: RESPONDING TO CLIENTS. 2. Establishing a Working Alliance. 3. Honoring the Client's Resistance. 4. An Internal Focus for Change. 5. Responding to Painful Feelings. PART THREE: CONCEPTUALIZINGCLIENT DYNAMICS AND FINDING A TREATMENT FOCUS. 6. Familial and Developmental Factors. 7. Inflexible Interpersonal Coping Strategies. 8. Interpersonal Patterns and Themes. PART FOUR: RESOLUTION AND CHANGE. 9. An Interpersonal Solution. 10. Resolution and Change.

NEW TO THIS EDITION This edition offers an updated view of the challenges facing the helping professions and the difference between academic and professional rigor, plus a new look at professional competence. The newly reorganized table of contents develops a stronger emphasis on communication skills in Stage I, and includes an improved chapter on confrontation skills. Additionally, the book has a new focus on inclusive cultural empathy and on empathy as a "two-way street". The book now includes a focus on the client's narrative together with the Adlerian concept of "private/personal logic" that permeates that narrative. This edition offers completely updated references, examples, and cases, including a new multicultural case that is developed throughout the book and ties all stages of the helping model together. Also updated, the student workbook EXERCISES IN HELPING SKILLS has been scrutinized for accuracy and revised with new exercises. KEY FEATURES THE SKILLED HELPER focuses on positive psychology and includes material on problems as opportunities, an emphasis on hope and optimism, a self-healing approach to client-helper collaboration, the place of motivational interviewing and encouragement in helping, and a section on client resilience. The author introduces his practical three-stage model in Chapters 1 3 which outline the nature and goals of helping, the helping model, and the values that drive helping. THE SKILLED HELPER emphasizes the collaborative nature by focusing on the client and the counselor in the
Page 23

IE

THE SKILLED HELPER


Ninth Edition

GERARD EGAN, Professor Emeritus, Loyola University of Chicago


496 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 1-Color. 2010. ISBN: 9780495604310.

Emphasizing the collaborative nature of the therapist-client relationship, THE SKILLED HELPER, International Edition is internationally recognized for its successful problemmanagement and opportunity development approach to effective helping, using a practical, three-stage model. In this new ninth edition, Egan continues to build upon the positive psychology, solutionfocused theme by adding insightful new discussions on evidence-based practice, research, and philosophical perspectives.

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

relationship, with vivid examples that show helping skills in action in a vast array of possible relationships and settings, from correctional institutes and hospitals to private practice. Egan integrates the most relevant aspects of different theoretical orientations (humanistic, cognitive, cognitive-behavioral, and solutionfocused) into a pragmatic approach to helping. Skill-building and progressive exercises provide students with the opportunity to apply the concepts they have learned throughout the text. CONTENTS PART I: LAYING THE GROUNDWORK. 1. Introduction and Challenges. 2. Overview of the Helping Model. 3. The Helping Relationship Values in Action. PART II: STAGE I OF THE HELPING PROCESS AND THE SKILLS OF THERAPEUTIC DIALOGUE. 4. Stage I: The Current Picture: Task 1Partner with Clients to Help Them Tell Their Stories. 5. The Communication Skills of Therapeutic Dialogue: The Skills of Tuning in & Actively Listening to Clients. 6. Empathic Responding: Working at Mutual Understanding. 7. The Art of Probing and Summarizing. 8. Stage I: Task 2Facilitate Client Self-Challenge: From New Perspectives to New Behavior. 9. Stage I: Task 3Partner with Clients in Their Search for Value. PART III: THE UNDERAPPRECIATED DIMENSIONS OF HELPING: HELP CLIENTS CRAFT AND CREATE A BETTER FUTURE. 10. Introduction to Stages II and III: Decisions, Goals, Outcomes, and Impact. 11. Stage II: The Preferred PictureHelp Clients Design a
Page 24

Better Future and Commit Themselves to It. 12. Stage III: The Way Forward Help Clients Develop Plans to Accomplish Goals. 13. The Action Arrow: Making It All Happen.
IE

INTENTIONAL INTERVIEWING AND COUNSELING: FACILITATING CLIENT DEVELOPMENT IN A MULTICULTURAL SOCIETY (INCLUDES CD-ROM)
Seventh Edition

EXERCISES IN HELPING SKILLS FOR EGAN'S THE SKILLED HELPER: A PROBLEMMANAGEMENT AND OPPORTUNITY DEVELOPMENT APPROACH TO HELPING
Ninth Edition

ALLEN E. IVEY, Distinguished Professor Emeritus, University of Massachusetts, Amherst; Professor, University of South Florida, Tampa; and MARY BRADFORD IVEY, Microtraining Associates; Ivey Associates Microtraining; Professor, University of South Florida, Tampa
528 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 9 1/4. 2010. ISBN: 9780495601272.

GERARD EGAN, Professor Emeritus of Loyola University of Chicago, and RICHARD MCGOURTY, Private Practice
208 pages. Paperbound. 2010. ISBN: 9780495806325.

Written by Gerard Egan, with assistance from Rich McGourty, this manual parallels the main text, THE SKILLED HELPER, Ninth Edition. The manual allows students to complete self-development exercises as well as practice communication skills and each of the steps of the model in private before using them in actual face-to-face helping interactions with others.

Over 450 databased studies and years of field testing attest to the effectiveness of the Microskills model in INTENTIONAL INTERVIEWING AND COUNSELING: FACILITATING CLIENT DEVELOPMENT IN A MULTICULTURAL SOCIETY! Available with an interactive CDROM (which can be packaged with the text), this hallmark text enables students of many backgrounds to master basic skills in a step-by-step fashion, thus rapidly empowering them to conduct a full interview using listening skills. Along the way, they are challenged to re-evaluate their current behaviors and perceptions, thus gaining valuable insight about themselves, their strengths, and the areas where they can develop further. By the time they finish reading the text, they will have the ability to adapt their skills to meet both individual and multicultural uniqueness, conduct interviews using five different theoretical approaches, and be well on their way to developing a personalized style and theory of interviewing and counseling that matches their own aptitudes and affinities.

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

NEW TO THIS EDITION In the Fourth Edition, every concept and sentence has been reviewed to ensure clarity and relevance, resulting in streamlining that makes the text easier to read. The new edition provides more information, specifics, and updated research findings highlight the text. Relationshipstory and strengthsgoalsrestoryaction is a new formulation of the popular five-stage interview structure. This language change integrates these concepts and helps students understand and utilize Microskills more effectively. The model also makes is easier for students to generalize the five stages to multiple theories and practices in human relations, social work, counseling, and psychotherapy. The Fourth Edition includes coverage of new topics such as crisis intervention, using microskills in supervision, intake, trauma, bullying, obesity, stress management, mindfulness, social justice, and termination. Coverage of reflection of meaning and interpretation/reframing are now presented in a new Chapter 11, "Reflection of Meaning and Interpretation/Reframing: Helping Clients Restory Their Lives." In addition to more depth, this chapter gives students an opportunity to understand and practice the relationship of these two central influencing skills. This edition includes increased integration of cutting-edge neuroscience with counseling skills. Coverage of neuroscience and its specific impact on interviewing practice has been enhanced, including an appendix with additional practical implications. Cognitive behavioral therapy and how to's of practice have been added to Chapter 14, "Microskills and Counseling Theory:

Sequencing Skills and Interview Stages," which also includes a complete transcript on how to use stress management in the session KEY FEATURES Readers are shown, step by step, how to conduct effective motivational interviewing counseling, assertiveness-training sessions, decisional interviews, and person-centered interviews. The text helps students master listening and influencing skills, integrate these skills into full interviews, and develop beginning mastery of various approaches to theory. Ethics and multicultural understanding form the foundation of the Microskills hierarchy and students are encouraged to consider these issues throughout the text. Wellness and positive psychology has been added to this foundation with specifics for conducting a wellness assessment. The "Portfolio of Competencies" provide students with a wide variety of exercises and assessment systems, and are designed to help students examine themselves and their orientation to theory and practice. Each chapter features a sample interview with detailed process notes, research boxes that show the background of important skills, and boxes and tables that outline key aspects of the text in more detail. Multicultural issues and competencies are constantly emphasized in this path-breaking text, the first to recognize cultural differences in the counseling process. Case studies and boxes in every chapter provide students with a variety of examples.

CONTENTS Section I: INTRODUCTION. 1. Toward Intentional Interviewing and Counseling. 2. Ethics, Multicultural Competence, and Wellness. 3. Attending Behavior: Basic to Communication. Section II: HEARING CLIENT STORIES: HOW TO ORGANIZE AN INTERVIEW. 4. Questions: Opening Communication. 5. Observation Skills. 6. Encouraging, Paraphrasing, and Summarizing: The Skills of Active Listening. 7. Observing and Reflecting Feelings: A Foundation of Client Experience. 8. Listening Skills: How to Conduct a Well-Formed Interview. Section III: HELPING CLIENTS GENERATE NEW STORIES THAT LEAD TO ACTION: INFLUENCING SKILLS AND STRATEGIES. 9. The Skills of Confrontation: Supporting While Challenging. 10. Focusing the Interview: Exploring the Story from Multiple Perspectives. 11. Reflection of Meaning and Interpretation/Reframing: Helping Clients Restory Their Lives. 12. Influencing Skills: Five Strategies for Change. Section IV: SKILL INTEGRATION. 13. Skill Integration: Putting it All Together. 14. Microskills and Counseling Theory: Sequencing Skills and Interview Stages 15. Determining Personal Style and Future Theoretical/Practical Integration.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 25

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

INITIAL INTERVIEWING: WHAT STUDENTS WANT TO KNOW


TRICIA MCCLAM and MARIANNE R. WOODSIDE, both from University of Tennessee, Knoxville
200 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 1-Color. 2010. ISBN: 9780495501480.

INITIAL INTERVIEWING: WHAT STUDENTS WANT TO KNOW is designed for a variety of courses, particularly those in both human services and social services, where interviewing knowledge and skills are a required area of competency. Found at both the undergraduate and graduate levels, these essential courses provide students with knowledge, techniques, and values needed to conduct effective interviews. Examples of topics covered in this concise text include observation, collection of information (listening, questioning and reflecting skills), and challenging and confrontation skills. Accompanying interactive video resources enhance learning by providing students with opportunities to review their knowledge, reinforce their comprehension, apply the principles presented, analyze the process, develop creative ways to use their understanding of the process, and evaluate interview situations. Course titles include:Helping Skills Interventions, Interviewing and Counseling, Introduction to Human Services, The Helping Relationship, Client AdvocacyCase Management KEY FEATURES Clearly and concisely written, this practical text enables students to quickly learn the essential skills and prepare to apply them in real practice settings. Each section begins with a commonly asked student question, making the material immediately
Page 26

relevant to the interviewing student taking the course. Integrated with the text, the extensive video DVD provides students with opportunities to review their knowledge, reinforce their comprehension, apply the principles presented, analyze the process, develop creative ways to use their understanding of the process, and evaluate interview situations. Diverse chapter-based exercises encourage students to extend their understanding of the interview process, and include excerpts from live interviews; short vignettes and questions; complex case studies and questions; links to relevant web sites; questions about interview situations, multicultural issues, and ethical challenges. CONTENTS 1. Interviewing Nuts and Bolts. 2. Contact and Connection. 3. Rapport and Relationship 4. Skills and Strategies. 5. Data and Documentation. 6. Roles and Responsibilities.

close-up view of each theory discussed. NEW TO THIS EDITION All chapters offer updated "evidence of effectiveness". Walsh has increased the text's critical review of postmodernism and social constructivism. This edition includes new sections on such important topics as social justice, suicide assessment and intervention, trauma, and debriefing. New and updated references to important literature appear throughout the text. KEY FEATURES Each chapter follows a format that makes comparing theories and applications easier for the student. Not only does the text introduce students to the origins, conceptual foundations, intervention goals, the intervention strategies, and case illustrations of each theory, it also takes into consideration important topics such as the client's spirituality, criticisms of the theory, and evidence of effectiveness and utility. To facilitate individual and group learning, each chapter includes questions for discussion and class activities. CONTENTS

IE

THEORIES FOR DIRECT SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE


Second Edition

JOSEPH WALSH, Virginia Commonwealth University


352 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2010. ISBN: 9781439041727.

Walsh's concise, comprehensive text covers eleven major clinical practice theories that social workers commonly use in their assessment, planning, and intervention tasks with individuals, families, and groups. The book offers you a broad view of the field of practice, while still providing a
www.cengageasia.com

1. Thinking about Theory. 2. A Social Work Perspective on Clinical Theory and Practice. 3. Psychodynamic Theories I: Ego Psychology. 4. Psychodynamic Theories II: Object Relations Theory. 5. Family Systems Theory. 6. Behavior Theory. 7. Cognitive Theory. 8. Interpersonal Therapy. 9. Structural Family Theory. 10. Solution- Focused Therapy. 11. Motivational Interviewing. 12. Narrative Theory. 13. Crisis Theory.

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

NEW TO THIS EDITION Completely up to date, the new Eighth Edition addresses such emerging issues as crisis intervention, cognitive-behavioral, and motivational interviewing techniques. It also emphasizes evidence based and consistency practice within both the strengths and empowerment perspectives. Updated dialogues and case examplesincluding new examples that address cultural and ethnic sensitivityillustrate current issues in practice. New material expands and improves upon the coverage of working with children. An all-new student video demonstration DVD illustrates important skills and practices described in the book. References to the video throughout the text help students put each new skill into context. The DVD enables students to model appropriate behavior without the pressures of facing a client. KEY FEATURES DIRECT SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE, International Edition balances theory with an emphasis on improving and refining students' assessment, helping, and communication skills. Composed of four parts, the book begins by identifying the mission of social work, its values, and knowledge base. The authors then differentiate generalist from direct practice and explore roles of direct practitioners. Common elements among diverse theorists are examined next, while key intervention strategies and various client population and practice settings are also presented. Rather than focusing only on clients' problems, the authors explore how social workers can better assess clients' strengths and integrate those positive attributes into the process. Given social work's unique commitment to working with clients in the context of their environments, the authors place direct practice skills in a current
www.cengageasia.com

IE

DIRECT SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE: THEORY AND SKILLS


Eighth Edition

DEAN H. HEPWORTH, Emeritus, University of Utah and Arizona State University, RONALD ROONEY, University of Minnesota, GLENDA DEWBERRY ROONEY, Augsburg College, Kim StromGottfried, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, JO ANN LARSEN, Private Practice
656 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 2010. ISBN: 9780495604280.

social and policy context. The text is packed with examples and case studiesmany of which are drawn from social work practitioners as well as the authors' personal practice situations. Diversity content is integrated throughout, with cases exemplifying diversity in multiple forms. Specific guides to assessing problemssuch as potential for suicideand full examples of written assessments help students practice and improve their skills. CONTENTS Part I: INTRODUCTION. 1. The Challenges of Social Work. 2. Direct Practice: Domain, Philosophy, and Roles. 3. Overview of the Helping Process. 4. Operationalizing the Cardinal Social Work Values. Part II: EXPLORING, ASSESSING, AND PLANNING. 5. Building Blocks of Communication: Communicating with Empathy and Authenticity. 6. Verbal Following, Exploring, and Focusing Skills. 7. Eliminating Counterproductive Communication Patterns. 8. Assessment: Exploring and Understanding Problems and Strengths. 9. Assessment: Intrapersonal, Interpersonal, and Environmental Factors. 10. Assessing Family Functioning in Diverse Family and Cultural Contexts. 11. Forming and Assessing Social Work Groups. 12. Developing Goals and Formulating a Contract. Part III: THE CHANGEORIENTED PHASE. 13. Planning and Implementing Change-Oriented Strategies. 14. Developing Resources, Organizing, Planning, and Advocacy as Intervention Strategies. 15. Enhancing Family Relationships. 16. Intervening in Social Work Groups. 17. Additive Empathy, Interpretation, and
Page 27

Packed with examples, illustrations, and proven learning experiences from the field, DIRECT SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE: THEORY AND SKILLS, International Edition prepares social work students for effective practice. Long acclaimed for its appropriate level of rigor, the book provides an excellent balance of theory and application. Authoritative, well organized, and soundly written, this thorough introduction to practice grounds students in theory while connecting them through vivid examples and vignettes to real-world applications with clients. Many case examples are drawn from social work practitioners as well as the authors own practice situations. The texts integration of the major theories and key skills that direct social work practitioners need to understand and master has earned it a reputation as the classic source for preparing students for direct practice. The book is divided into four parts: Part One provides the foundational/values and knowledge base material; Part Two is devoted to the beginning phase of the helping process; Part Three addresses the middle phase (goal attainment strategies), discussing four intervention approaches; and Part Four clarifies the termination phase of direct practice.

IE

- International Edition

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

Confrontation. 18. Managing Barriers to Change. Part IV: THE TERMINATION PHASE. 19. The Final Phase: Evaluation and Termination.

DEVELOPING HELPING SKILLS: A STEP-BY-STEP APPROACH (WITH DVD)


VALERIE NASH CHANG, Indiana University, Emeritus; SHERYN T. SCOTT, Azusa Pacific University; CAROL L. DECKER, Indiana University
272 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8" x 9 1/4". 1-Color. 2009. ISBN: 9780495092582.

discussion, observation and visualization, practice, and evaluation. You begin by reading the text and completing the homework exercises that follow each new concept. You then view the accompanying DVD to see how to apply the skills in practice effectively. The text's case-based approach helps you think like a professional with a continuing case that is introduced one section at a time. Finally, role playing in practice interviews and completing evaluation tools allow you to assess progress and determine your personal readiness to apply your skills within actual life settings. KEY FEATURES Fundamental skills for a variety of practitioners: Beginning practitioners in social work, psychology, counseling, marriage and family therapy, pastoral counseling, human services, and related helping professions discover the fundamental skills knowledge and the means to apply these skills practically. The authors' unique teachinglearning system helps students effectively transfer the skills they learn in class to real-life settings. The system integrates six steps: reading about the knowledge related to professional practice and the skills and tasks necessary to work effectively with clients; thinking and writing about ideas related to the concepts that are discussed; watching and discussing DVD demonstrations of the appropriate use of helping skills; applying the knowledge and skills to specific case situations; practicing the skills in simulated interviews within small groups; and evaluating student competency--via evaluation tools-immediately after students practice the skills simulated interviews. Accompanying DVD: Now you can visually demonstrate to your students how to use skills, from the initial phase to the final phase of work with an individual, family, or
www.cengageasia.com

group. For your convenience, this DVD is seamlessly integrated with the text. The Helping Professions Learning Center (HPLC), a centralized online resource that allows students to build their skills and gain even more confidence and familiarity with the principles that govern the life of the helping professional, is now available to students at no additional cost when bundled with this text. Instructors have free access to the HPLC materials through the password-protected Instructor's Companion Site. For more detailed information, look for HPLC in the supplement descriptions. CONTENTS Introduction. Teaching-Learning System: Working with Cases, Practice and Evaluation. A Few Words about Language. Section I: FOUNDATION. 1. Importance of Self Understanding. 2. Ways of Understanding and Perceiving Others. 3. Understanding Professional Relationships. Section II: BUILDING RELATIONSHIPS. 4. Core Interpersonal Qualities. 5. Basic Interpersonal Skills. 6. Opening and Closing a Session. 7. Expressing Understanding. Section III: EXPLORING WITH CLIENTS. 8. Using Questions to Explore. 9. Seeking Clarification and Further Understanding. 10. Assessing Readiness and Motivation. Section IV: DEFINING THE FOCUS OF WORK. 11. Identifying Key Problems or Challenges. 12. Establishing Goals. Section V: TAKING ACTION, EVALUATING, AND ENDING. 13. Taking Action. 14. Evaluating Progress and Ending Professional Relationships.

Build your fundamental helping skills, and more important, the ability to transfer those skills to actual realworld situations with the unique approach found in Chang/Scott/Decker's DEVELOPING HELPING SKILLS: A STEP BY STEP APPROACH. These experienced authors have created a blend of learning methods and clear presentations throughout this text and integrated DVD that help readers at any level think like practitioners and appropriately apply foundational skills.Self-assessment, critical thinking, and practice play a central role in the book's presentation as the text prepares professionals in training for generalist practice with individuals, families, and groups, including entire communities and organizations. Whether you are preparing for social work, psychology, counseling, marriage and family therapy, pastoral counseling, human services, or a related helping profession, this unique book offers the fundamental knowledge and skills sets you need.The authors' multilayered learning system, unlike any other text on the market, integrates reading,

Page 28

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

IE

INTERVIEWING AND CHANGE STRATEGIES FOR HELPERS


Sixth Edition

SHERRY CORMIER, West Virginia University, and PAULA S. NURIUS, University of Washington
672 pages. Paperbound. 2009. ISBN: 9780495390961.

This respected text skillfully combines evidence-based interviewing skills and cognitive-behavioral intervention change strategies applicable to a wide range of client ages, cultural backgrounds, and problems in living. The book interweaves attention to conceptual and empirical foundations with an emphasis on practical skills and real-life factors in contemporary settings with diverse clientele. Long commended for its synthesis of up-todate professional knowledge with case models, learning activities, and guided feedback, INTERVIEWING AND CHANGE STRATEGIES FOR HELPERS: FUNDAMENTAL SKILLS AND COGNITIVE BEHAVIORAL INTERVENTIONS, Sixth Edition, features a new streamlined and reader-friendly design, as well as essential new information on vital topics such as ethics, critical thinking, client resistance, exposure therapy, the helping relationship, and recent developments in cognitive behavior therapy. These valuable additions complement a proven instructional format focusing on essential knowledge, skills, values, and tools needed by today's professional helpers. NEW TO THIS EDITION A new chapter on exposure therapy strategies, contributed by two experts who apply the therapy in a general clinical and behavioral

medicine setting, reflects current thinking about these innovative and effective ways to handle anxiety and phobias. In order to address the increasing number of mandated clients, a new chapter on strategies to work with resistance focuses on the use of solution-focused therapy and motivational interviewing as two primary tools and examines how helpers contribute to resistance. The new edition features expanded discussions of important current trends and topics, including the empirical support for the therapeutic relationship, self-psychology and relational views of the helping relationship trust in the helping relationship, expanded coverage of ethical issues, and material on neurobiological influences on emotion and perception. Updates are provided throughout on current research informing interventions, as well as attention to new developments in cognitiveoriented therapy such as spirituality, meditation, mindfulness, and acceptance. Additional coverage of cultural variables in the helping relationship, cultural analysis of client cases, and culturally informed assessment interviews helps students appreciate the importance of incorporating aspects of culture into the therapeutic relationship and the working alliance. KEY FEATURES The text presents interviewing and change strategies within a thorough and carefully researched but very readable format that effectively explores topics such as the importance of building a strong client/helper relationship, conceptualizing and assessment with goal setting and treatment planning, and a variety of cognitive behavioral strategies. Throughout the text, the authors

devote considerable attention to diversity issues, the client's ecology, and a multidisciplinary helping approach, enabling students to better understand and appreciate critical factors that can affect their client relationships and professional practices. The text provides both fundamental and complex helping skills for students and new professionals to use with a diverse clientele. These evidence-based skills are presented in a clear, comprehensive, and compelling fashion. Each chapter includes clearly outlined learning outcomes and activities, model examples, guided feedback, and end-ofchapter evaluations, all designed to help students learn quickly and effectively and to prepare for success in their courses and careers. An ample selection of learning exercises, client examples, and model dialogues helps to bring many of the strategies to life, providing students valuable illustrations of how to implement new skills as well as opportunities to reflect on and practice strategies with broad-based applicability to working with clients. CONTENTS 1. About this Book. 2. Building Your Foundation as a Helper. 3. Understanding Nonverbal Behavior. 4. Ingredients of an Effective Helping Relationship. 5. Listening Responses. 6. Influencing Responses. 7. Conceptualizing and Assessing Client Problems, Concerns, and Contexts. 8. Conducting an Interview Assessment With Clients. 9. Identifying, Defining, and Evaluating Outcome Goals. 10. Clinical Decision-Making and Treatment Planning. 11. Imagery and Modeling Strategies.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 29

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

12. Reframing, Cognitive Modeling, and Problem Solving Strategies. 13. Cognitive Change and Cognitive Restructuring Strategies. 14. Stress Management Strategies. 15. Meditation and Relaxation Strategies. 16. Exposure Strategies. 17. Self-Management Strategies: Self-Monitoring, Stimulus Control, Self-Reward, and SelfEfficacy. 18. Strategies for Working With Resistance: Solution-Focused Therapy and Motivational Interviewing.

readers develop basic helping skills based on empathic responsive listening, introduce them to theoretical principles, and enable them to integrate theory and practice in a practical and effective way appropriate to their level of training. The learning-by-practice format enables active integration. NEW TO THIS EDITION New co-author Ricki Kantrowitz, from the psychology department at Westfield Stete College, brings a new voice and new expertise to the book. This edition has been updated with new references and includes new coverage of recent events, including growing globalization, terrorism, and rising incidents of natural disasters and their effects and ramifications for helpers. The authors have expanded the discussion on issues in current practice and health coverage. Greater diversity of applications of the helping relationship is fully described in Chapter 2. The book's exercises have been updated to include a wider scope of scenarios. The discussion of advanced verbal response skills has been refined and expanded and now includes such skills as "processing the relationship". Silence is discussed as an important technique in the helping relationship. The focus on skill development enhances students' understanding and ability to use these communication skills more effectively. The updated chapter on "Crisis Theory and Intervention", Chapter 9, provides essential information for helpers. Large numbers of natural and man-made disasters, as well as expanded media coverage have resulted in people being affected by local and distant events. Well-trained helpers must know how to assess and intervene in crisis and disaster situations. Since populations are diverse, helpers must understand

and utilize multicultural strategies in order to be optimally effective. KEY FEATURES Okun and Kantrowitz help students enhance their self awareness and become better helpers through examples, dialogues and experiential exercises that apply to actual counseling and interviewing situations. Throughout this Seventh Edition, the authors explore traditional and more recent helping theories and a wide range of topics and issues and their ramifications for helpers-from working with reluctant and resistant clients, ethical considerations, and becoming aware of personal values. The Seventh Edition provides a comprehensive overview of the helping professions, key theories, approaches, and current trends. The two chapters on theory serve as a reference for beginning students as well as those who have already taken a counseling theories course. The theories include major traditional models as well as contemporary post-modern models. The book helps readers to understand what happens in and what constitutes effective helping. The authors' three-dimensional approach includes relationship/rapport-building and strategy application; communication skills; and issues (values and cognitive topics). Coverage of crisis situations and strategies for helping is included. The text provides attention to emergent ethical issues in a changing treatment context in an era of high technology. Coverage of socio-cultural, political, and economic issues of the 21st century and their impact on human service delivery and human development is included. Case vignettes and client-helper dialogues provide additional

EFFECTIVE HELPING: INTERVIEWING AND COUNSELING TECHNIQUES


Seventh Edition

BARBARA F. OKUN, Northeastern University and Clinical Instructor, Harvard Medical School
416 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8" x 9 1/4". 1-Color. 2008. ISBN: 9780495006251.

Barbara Okun's practical introduction to counseling has helped thousands of readers become effective and empathtic helpers. In this edition, Okun is joined by a new co-author, Ricki Kantrowitz, who brings different experience and expertise to this respected book. Logical, easy-tounderstand, and applicable, EFFECTIVE HELPING: INTERVIEWING AND COUNSELING TECHNIQUES, SEVENTH EDITION continues to use a unique framework to help readers enhance their self-awareness and their understanding of contemporary forces. The book is infused with many case examples, dialogues, tables, and experiential exercises. Okun and Kantrowitz help
Page 30

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

examples to help readers understand the concepts presented in the text. CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. Introduction. The Helping Relationship. Communication Skills. Stage 1: Building Relationships and Establishing Goals. 5. Helping Theory. 6. Current Theoretical Perspectives. 7. Introduction to Strategies. 8. Stage 2: Applying Strategies. 9. Crisis Theory and Intervention. 10. Issues Affecting Helping.

INTERVIEWING FOR SOLUTIONS


Third Edition

PETER DE JONG, Calvin College and INSOO KIM BERG, Director of the Brief Family Therapy Center of Milwaukee, Wisconsin
336 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8" x 9 1/4". 1-Color. 2008. ISBN: 9780495115885.

Clear and applied, INTERVIEWING FOR SOLUTIONS features a unique solutions-oriented approach to basic interviewing in the helping professions. Peter DeJong and Insoo Kim Berg's proven approach views clients as competent, helps them to visualize the changes they want, and builds on what they are already doing that works. Throughout the book, the authors' present models for solutionfocused work, illustrated by examples and supported by research. NEW TO THIS EDITION This edition features an instructional DVD with "Guided Exercises" that invite the learner into recorded interviews through a

set of pre-programmed stops and requests for their interviewing questions and responses. Learners must listen, absorb client perceptions and language, and formulate responses and next questions "in the moment" much as they would in actual interviews. The book is completely crossreferenced to identify specific clips where given skills and types of solution-focused conversations may be found. The Book Companion Website provides an Instructor's Resource Manual for the learning materials as well as an area where learners can record their responses to the "Guided Exercises" on the DVD. The responses can be e-mailed to the instructor for review. The Instructor's Resource Manual includes learning activities and workshops; suggestions on using the DVD to enhance learners' interviewing skills; role play scenarios of different interviewing situations; sample test questions; and solution-building tools to enhance practice and learning. A new chapter, Chapter 14, emphasizes the application of solution-focused thinking and techniques to different practice contexts. This chapter is composed of eight different program applications whose settings range from schools to prisons and whose levels of application include individual, family, group, and organizational practice. The descriptions of the eight program applications are written by those who invented and refined them. This edition is updated throughout to capture additional changes as the solution-focused approach itself has continued to develop. Chapter 11 on qualitative and quantitative outcomes has been updated to show the outcomes that reflect the increased research on the approach. Chapter 12, "Professional Values and Human Diversity" has been significantly revised to reflect
www.cengageasia.com

innovations in record keeping, supervision, and other aspects of agency practice that are associated with a shift from problem solving to solution building. KEY FEATURES The text presents a step-by-step description of how to build solutions with clients collaboratively, helping students to see how to apply the skills when working with clients. Generous excerpts from actual interviews illustrate solutionfocused techniques. The text provides readers with interviewing protocols and other tools for use with clients. The authors include outcome data about the usefulness of the approach with a wide range of clients and client difficulties. The Appendix provides very helpful forms and questionnaires that students or professionals can use with clients. CONTENTS 1. From Problem Solving to Solution Building. 2. Solution Building: The Basics. 3. Skills for Not Knowing. 4. Getting Started: How to Pay Attention to What the Client Wants. 6. Exploring for Exceptions: Building on Client Strengths and Successes. 7. Formulating Feedback for Clients. 8. Later Sessions: Finding, Amplifying, and Measuring Client Progress. 9. Interviewing Clients in Involuntary Situations: Children, Dyads, and the Mandated. 10. Interviewing in Crisis Situations. 11. Outcomes. 12. Professional Values and Human Diversity. 13. Agency, Group, and Community Practice. 14. Applications. 15. Theoretical Implications.

IE

- International Edition

Page 31

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

IE

ESSENTIALS OF SKILLED HELPING: MANAGING PROBLEMS, DEVELOPING OPPORTUNITIES


(WITH SKILLED HELPING AROUND THE WORLD: ADDRESSING DIVERSITY AND MULTICULTURALISM BOOKLET) GERARD EGAN, Professor Emeritus, Loyola University of Chicago
352 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2006. ISBN: 9780495008156.

in action in a vast array of possible relationships and settings, from correctional institutions and hospitals to private practice. To emphasize positive psychology, Egan discusses viewing problems as opportunities, hope and optimism, a self-healing approach to client-helper collaboration, the place of motivational interviewing and encouragement in helping, and client resilience. CONTENTS PART I: LAYING THE GROUNDWORK 1. Introduction to Helping 2. The Helping Relationship and the Values that Drive it PART II: THE THERAPEUTIC DIALOGUE 3. The Basics of Communication: Visibly Tuning in to Clients and Active Listening 4. Communicating Empathy and Checking Understanding 5. The Art of Probing and Summarizing 6. Helping Clients Challenge Themselves 7. Challenging Skills and the Wisdom Needed to Use Them PART III: THE STAGES AND TASKS OF THE HELPING MODEL 8. Stage I. Helping Clients Tell Their Stories 9. Stage II. Helping Clients Identify, Choose, and Shape Problem-Managing Goals 10. Stage III. Helping Clients Develop Strategies and Plans for Accomplishing Their Goals 11. The Action Arrow: Helping Clients Overcome Obstacles and Get Results

SKILLS AND TOOLS FOR TODAYS COUNSELORS AND PSYCHOTHERAPISTS: FROM NATURAL HELPING TO PROFESSIONAL COUNSELING (WITH DVD)
EDWARD S. NEUKRUG, Old Dominion University, and ALAN M. SCHWITZER, Old Dominion University
416 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2006. ISBN: 9780534644901.

Internationally recognized for its successful problem-management and opportunity development approach to effective helping, Egans classic book is now available in a briefer, paperback edition. ESSENTIALS OF SKILLED HELPING offers an accessible presentation of Egans three-stage model through its streamlined content, simpler language, and case studies. KEY FEATURES This briefer, paperback essentials version of THE SKILLED HELPER presents key skills, concepts, and examples showing helping skills in eleven concise chapters. Egan lays the groundwork for his three-stage model in Chapters 1 and 2. In these chapters, he outlines the nature and goals of helping, the helping relationship, and the values that drive helping. Egan integrates the most relevant aspects of different theoretical orientations (humanistic, cognitive, and cognitive-behavioral, and solution-focused) into a pragmatic approach to helping. Vivid examples show helping skills

This innovative text/DVD package covers essential counseling communication skills, gives an overview of the nature of helping, applies knowledge and skills to the core areas helping professionals should master, and systematically explores the ethical, professional and cross-cultural issues to be considered as part of the counseling endeavor. Role plays and demonstrations of counseling skills and process stages, presented on the accompanying DVD, provide students with the opportunity to see these essential skills in action. KEY FEATURES Highlights, exercises, professional perspectives, and case examples help students to apply the concepts presented in the text. The accompanying integrated DVD includes introductions, roleplays of skills covered in Chapters 4 through 7 with three different clients, and demonstrations of the stages of counseling (Beginning, Middle, and Ending) with one client. The final section of the text provides students with applications related to the DVD. Part IV provides students with

Page 32

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

helpful application tools, including Key Website URLs and information on counseling with diverse groups. It also includes care report, an overview of Axis I and II of DSM IV-TR, and applications of clinical tools related to the DVD. Part IIIs unique final section, Clinical Tools, covers such treatment concerns as case conceptualization, diagnosis, treatment planning, and case management. Every chapter ends with Professional Perspectives, personal and helpful inserts in which counseling professionals share their guidance and expertise with students. Where appropriate, DVD boxes and icons within the text prompt the student to view the portion of the DVD that demonstrates those skills and process in action. A grid in the Preface shows where core essential professional content areas appear in each chapter. A DVD Correlation grid located on the texts endpapers helps students easily locate the DVD segment that correlates with the chapter they are reading. The companion Website includes Microsoft PowerPoint slides and teaching tips for instructors. For students, there will be Weblinks, chapter quizzing, case studies and sample vignettes. CONTENTS Section I: UNDERSTANDING THE NATURE OF THE HELPING RELATIONSHIP 1. From Natural Helper to Professional Counselor 2. The Stages of the Counseling Relationship 3. Ethical, Professional, and CrossCultural Issues Section II: CLINICAL SKILLS: ATTITUDES AND TECHNIQUES FOR EFFECTIVE COUNSELING Introduction to Section II 4. Attitudes and Characteristics of

the Effective Clinician 5. Foundational Skills: Non-Verbal Behavior, Silence, Pause Time, Listening, Paraphrasing, and Empathy 6. Information Gathering: Questions, Structured Interviews, Assessment Procedures, and Writing a Case Report 7. Commonly Used Skills: Affirmation Giving, Encouragement, Modeling, Selfdisclosure, Confrontation, Offering Alternatives, Information Giving, Advice Giving, and Collaboration Section III: CLINICAL TOOLS: MANAGING THE CHANGE PROCESS. 8. Diagnosis: Developing DSM-IVTR Skills 9. Case Conceptualization: Understanding the Clients Concerns 10. Treatment Planning: Building A Plan For Change 11. Case Management: Monitoring and Documenting the Professional Relationship Part IV: Professional Toolboxes

Based Practice For The Helping Professions gives students access to a robust companion Web site, linked to the best databases of use across all the helping professions. Also accompanying this book is a CDROM that contains three enactments of evidence-based practice: one of a hospital team, one of a courtroom testimony, and one of a schools individual education plan team meeting. Through viewing the videos on the CD-ROM and completing the interactive assignments, students will learn how to integrate practice and research. KEY FEATURES Provides an introduction to the Evidence-Based Practice followed by a simple six-step model that integrates the practice process with strategies for gathering evidence/data. Demonstrates with examples from practice how, in real time, as problems arise, practitioners can pose questions of practical importance and seek the best and most relevant evidence electronically as a guide. Contains three enactments of evidence-based practice. The three examples are all on the accompanying interactive CDROM with video segments demonstrating evidence-based practice in a hospital team, in courtroom testimony, and in a schools Individual Education Plan team meeting. Includes worksheets and activities that help to guide the student through the process in each chapter. Contains one-stop Web site access to the best databases of use across all of the helping professions, which will be continuously updated. Features examples from a wide range of disciplines and settings, including social work, psychology, medicine, nursing, education, child welfare, geriatrics, mental health, social services and corrections. InfoTrac College Edition is
Page 33

EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE FOR THE HELPING PROFESSIONS: A PRACTICAL GUIDE WITH INTEGRATED MULTIMEDIA
LEONARD E. GIBBS, University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire
320 pages. Paperbound. 2003. ISBN: 9780534539238.

Practitioners in the helping professions make life-affecting judgements and decisions. This new integrated learning package seeks to improve practice reasoning through principles of logical thinking and evidence-based practice. Evidence-

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Direct Methods/Practice with Individuals/Clinical Practice (Micro)

automatically bundled free with every new copy of this text. InfoTrac College Edition is a world-class, online university library that offers the full text of artikcles from thousands of scholarly and popular publications. Both adopters and their students receive unlimited access for one academic term (four months). CONTENTS 1. Evidence-Based Practice: Definition and What It Offers To You and Your Clients 2. Become Motivated To Apply the Current Best Evidence to Practice 3. Pose a Specific Question of Importance to Your Clients Welfare 4. Locate the Best External Evidence to Answer Your Question 5. Effectiveness Research: Evaluating Study Quality and Applying Results to Practice 6. Meta-Analyses: Evaluating Review Quality and Applying Findings to Practice 7. Assessment and Risk Studies: Evaluating Study Quality and Applying Results to Practice 8. Descriptive and Qualitative Studies: Evaluating Study Quality and Applying Results to Practice 9. Collecting Data in Practice. 10. Teaching Others

CONTENTS PART I: THE COUNSELING ENVIRONMENT 1. Characteristics of the Effective Helper 2. Entering the Agency PART II: HELPING SKILLS 3. Stages of the Helping Relationship: Theory, Process, and Skills 4. Foundational Skills 5. Commonly Used Skills 6. Information Gathering 7. Helper-Centered Skills PART III: TREATMENT ISSUES 8. Case Management 9. Multicultural Counseling: Issues and Techniques 10. Ethical and Professional Issues Appendices

SKILLS AND TECHNIQUES FOR HUMAN SERVICE PROFESSIONALS: COUNSELING ENVIRONMENT, HELPING SKILLS, TREATMENT ISSUES
ED S. NEUKRUG, Old Dominion University
311 pages. Paperbound. 2002. ISBN: 9780534567682.

Offering students thorough coverage of the attitudes, techniques, skills, and major treatment issues that are unique to the helping relationships of human service professionals, Edward Neukrugs exciting new book presents a useful model for practice. This model clarifies the relationship between theory, case conceptualization, stages of the helping relationship, and the skills used in the relationship. KEY FEATURES A wide variety of exercises highlight points and allow students to practice skills. Vignettes throughout the book offer a real world dimension and can be used to further discussion. Ethical and professional dilemmas are included to help students learn what skills to use and when to use them. Actual treatment issues are covered, including stages of the helping relationship, case management, an introduction to diagnosis and psychopharmacology, and values and ethics of the discipline. Neukrug examines the importance of a cross-cultural understanding of helping skills and encourages the student to explore the ethical and professional issues relevant to the human service professional.
www.cengageasia.com International Edition IE

Page 34

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Social Work Methods/Practice with Groups Section (Mezzo) Name

SOCIAL WORK METHODS/ PRACTICE WITH GROUPS (MEZZO)

SOCIAL WORK METHODS/ PRACTICE WITH GROUPS (MEZZ0)


NEW FOR 2012!

well-suited for school counselors, mental health counselors, social workers and psychologists. NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! The ethics section has been moved from the last chapter to the first chapter, giving students access to ethical considerations immediately upon beginning to read the book. NEW! The text includes an enhanced discussion of group counseling in school settings, providing more useful information that is unique to group work with children and young adults in schools. NEW! All references have been updated and expanded. KEY FEATURES Covers basic and advanced group leadership skills for school counseling students, as well as mental health and social work students. The book is easy to read with numerous examples and creative exercises, providing students with a unique learning experience in group counseling courses. Includes a chapter on issues in group counseling that covers ethics, co-leading a group, and research. Activities at the end of each chapter help students practice what they have read. The new 43-segment DVD can be used in class and as homework. Each segment lasts 1-6 minutes, providing numerous teachable moments in small, easy-to-digest clips. CONTENTS 1. Techniques and Leadership Skills in Group Counseling. 2. Stages, Process, and Therapeutic Forces in Group Counseling. 3. The Importance of Purpose in Group Counseling.

IE

GROUP COUNSELING: INTERVENTIONS AND TECHNIQUES


Seventh Edition

ROBERT L. MASSON and ED E. JACOBS, both of West Virginia University, Morgantown; RILEY L. HARVILL, Private Practice and CHRISTINE J. SCHIMMEL, West Virginia University
480 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840033956.

4. Planning Your Group and Planning Your Session. 5. Getting Started: The Beginning Stage and Beginning Phase. 6. Basic Techniques in Group Leadership. 7. Focusing Your Group. 8. Essential Techniques: Cutting Off and Drawing Out. 9. The Use of Rounds and Dyads. 10. Using Exercises in Group Counseling. 11. Introducing, Conducting and Processing Exercises in Group Counseling. 12. Leading the Middle Stage of a Group. 13. Counseling Theories in Group Counseling. 14. Counseling and Therapy in Groups. 15. Closing a Session or Group. 16. Dealing with Problem Situations. 17. Group Counseling and Specific Populations. 18. Issues in Group Counseling.

This widely used and respected book presents an active, multisensory approach to group leading, focusing heavily on group leadership skills. The authors discuss the many facets of group counseling and provide examples of how each skill can be applied in a wide range of group settings to produce effective and efficient group sessions. New to this edition is an accompanying DVD that enables students to see many of the skills highlighted in the book, helping them to more effectively bridge the gap between theory and practice. This book focuses on the skills necessary for starting and ending a session, as well as how to make the middle phase productive and meaningful, uniquely equipping students with the tools necessary to lead a group. Group Counseling: Interventions and Techniques, International Edition is

NEW FOR 2012!

IE

SOCIAL WORK WITH GROUPS: A COMPREHENSIVE WORKBOOK


Eighth Edition

CHARLES ZASTROW, George Williams College


560 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034519.

Through a plentiful selection of skillbuilding and self-evaluation exercises, author Charles Zastrows comprehensive, workbook-style text promotes his philosophy that students learn group leadership skills best

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 35

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Methods/Practice with Groups (Mezzo)

when they can practice them in class. Teaching social work students how to lead and participate effectively in groups are challenges. The basic assumption of this text is that the best way for students to learn how to run groups is by leading groups in class. The classroom thus becomes a laboratory for students to practice and develop their leadership skills. In this eighth edition of SOCIAL WORK WITH GROUPS: A COMPREHENSIVE WORKBOOK, International Edition, Zastrow discusses topics central to a successful understanding of group leadership: stages of groups, group dynamics, verbal and nonverbal communication, types of groups, and diversity in groups. A major theme of this edition is to provide text content and skill-building exercises that focus on helping students acquire the 10 Competencies and 41 Practice Behaviors of the 2008 EPAS (Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards) of the Council on Social Work and Education (CSWE). NEW TO THIS EDITION New! A major theme of this eighth edition is to provide text content and skill-building exercises that focus on students acquiring the 10 Competencies and 41 Practice Behaviors of the 2008 EPAS. The text and ancillary materials have an assessment process that facilitates students being evaluated on the extent to which they are attaining these competencies and practice behaviors. An additional advantage of this approach is that the assessment results provide invaluable data that is needed for preparing self-study documents for accreditation. New! Motivational interviewing is a new topic area that is described. New! Material has been added on safeguarding human rights. New! Indicators for the achievement of the NASW Standards for Cultural Competency have been added.

KEY FEATURES Two kinds of exercises engage students directly. A set of individual questions and points for reflection ask the student to build on the principles described and their own experience. These can be turned in as homework assignments. Then, a set of group exercises describe a problem and provide the leader with a set of procedures or protocols to guide the group in addressing the problem. Because the book takes a comprehensive, clear look at how social work professionals interact with groups, the text is appropriate for undergraduate as well as graduate social workers. The accompanying Practice Behaviors Workbook consists of exercises that also appear in the text SOCIAL WORK WITH GROUPS. CONTENTS 1. Groups: Types and Stages of Development. 2. Social Group Work and Social Work Practice. 3. Group Dynamics: Leadership. 4. Group Dynamics: Goals and Norms. 5. Verbal and Nonverbal Communication. 6. Task Groups. 7. Working with Diverse Groups. 8. Self-Help Groups. 9. Social Work with Families. 10. Organizations, Communities, and Groups. 11. Educational Groups: Stress Management and Time Management as Examples. 12. Treatment Groups. 13. Termination and Evaluation of a Group.

NEW FOR 2012!

New! Family group conferencing is described. New! Twenty new exercises have been added.

IE

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF GROUP COUNSELING


Eighth Edition

GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton (Emeritus)


544 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840033895.

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF GROUP COUNSELING, International Edition gives students an in-depth overview of the eleven group counseling theories. This bestselling text not only illustrates how to put these theories into practice but also guides students in developing their own syntheses of various aspects of the theories discussed in the book. With Coreys clear, straightforward writing style, students are able to grasp each theoretical concept and its relationship to group practice with ease. NEW TO THIS EDITION New section on the role of research in group counseling has been added. New section on evidence-based practices in group work and a discussion of practice-based evidence as an alternative is now included in the text. Each of the theory chapters has been revised to reflect contemporary practice and to include the most current references availab. New section on motivational interviewing has been included to offer students some unique ways to consider ambivalence regarding change, minimizing reluctance and resistance, and creating a context for increasing the motivation to change. Updated research on the effectiveness of group counseling has been added.
International Edition IE

Page 36

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Methods/Practice with Groups (Mezzo)

KEY FEATURES The great popularity of this bestseller stems from Coreys success in linking theory to successful practice--ultimately giving students the ability to integrate approaches to develop their own frameworks for effective group counseling. Each theory chapter follows a consistent outline, enabling students to easily compare and contrast different theoretical approaches across chapters. The text is packed with examples, applications, and links from theory to practice throughout. Part Three: Application and Integration includes two chapters focused specifically on practical application. Chapter 17, Comparisons, Contrasts, and Integration features an integrative model of group counseling that illustrates how theories and approaches can be combined into a practical and unique synthesis. Chapter 18, Evolution of a Group: An Integrative Perspective follows a group in action, demonstrating how Marianne and Jerry Corey draw from various approaches as they lead groups. Students can watch this process unfold on the GROUPS IN ACTION: EVOLUTION AND CHALLENGES DVD/workbook. CONTENTS PART I: BASIC ELEMENTS OF GROUP PROCESS: AN OVERVIEW. 1. Introduction to Group Work. 2. Group Leadership. 3. Ethical and Professional Issues in Group Practice. 4. Early Stages in the Development of a Group. 5. Later Stages in the Development of a Group. References and Suggested Readings for Part I. PART II: THEORETICAL APPROACHES TO GROUP COUNSELING. 6. The Psychoanalytic Approach to Groups. 7. Adlerian Group Counseling.

8. Psychodrama. 9. The Existential Approach to Groups. 10. The Person-Centered Approach to Groups. 11. Gestalt Therapy in Groups. 12. Transactional Analysis in Groups. 13. Cognitive Behavioral Approaches to Groups. 14. Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy in Groups. 15. Reality Therapy in Groups. 16. Solution-Focused Brief Therapy in Groups. PART III: INTEGRATION AND APPLICATION. 17. Comparisons, Contrasts, and Integration. 18. The Evolution of a Group: An Integrative Perspective.

who may find this book useful are rehabilitation counselors, teachers, pastoral counselors, correctional counselors, and marriage and family therapists. Courses that most often adopt the book include: Group Counseling, Group Process, Group Procedures, Group Techniques, Practicum in Group Counseling, Groups: Process and Practice. NEW TO THIS EDITION New co-author Cindy Corey has infused enhanced coverage of diversity themes into most chapters. In addition to new material that provides guidelines for working with diverse populations and suggestions for modifying interventions to meet these groups' needs, the book's expanded discussions on becoming a culturally competent group counselor help students understand why it is so crucial for them to gain knowledge of and experience in how to serve these culturally diverse populations. This edition includes updated and improved coverage of the legal aspects of group counseling, as well as ethical issues in training group counselors. The authors added revised guidelines for group work with children and adolescents to reflect the most current practice. In addition to bringing the book thoroughly in line with the new CACREP standards, the authors have incorporated up-to-date research and references throughout the text. The updated instructor supplements include improvements to the Instructor's Resource Manual has been improved and additional test bank questions in the Test Bank. KEY FEATURES GROUPS: PROCESS AND PRACTICE, International Edition covers the group process from the initial to ending stages and includes practice information with specific groups. The text portrays the group counselor as both

IE

GROUPS: PROCESS AND PRACTICE


Eighth Edition

MARIANNE SCHNEIDER COREY, Private Licensed Therapist, Private Practice, GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton (Emeritus), CINDY COREY, San Diego State University Communited-Based Block Program
480 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/2 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2010. ISBN: 9780495600725.

This book is intended for graduate and undergraduate students majoring in counseling, social work, counseling psychology, and human services who are taking courses in group work. (According to a recent e-survey of 102 faculty members teaching this course, the split between undergraduate and graduate courses is 46% undergraduate, 51% graduate, and 1% Ph.D.) It is designed as a primary textbook and is comprehensive in scope. It is also a practical manual for practitioners involved in leading groups. Others

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 37

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Methods/Practice with Groups (Mezzo)

person and a professional, addresses skills of group leadership (including the co-leadership model), and discusses the training of group counselors. Case examples and dialogues throughout illustrate the group process, interventions, and other important concepts. The text includes twenty types of groups broken into age categories (children, adolescents, adults, and the older adults) along with guidelines for working with each group and where to go for further information. Current trends in ethical, legal, and professional issues, as well as strategies for creating and maintaining trust, provide students with the critical information they need to confront and resolve the questions they will face in practice. Thought-provoking questions, summaries, exercises, and suggested readings involve students and help them master the material. CONTENTS Part I: INTRODUCTION: BASIC ISSUES IN GROUP WORK. 1: Introduction to Group Work. 2: The Group Counselor: Person and Professional. 3: Ethical and Legal Issues in Group Counseling. Part II: GROUP PROCESS: STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT. 4: Forming a Group. 5: Initial Stage of a Group. 6: Transition Stage of a Group. 7: Working Stage of a Group. 8: Final Stage of a Group. Part III: APPLICATION OF GROUP PROCESS TO SPECIFIC GROUPS. 9: Groups for Children. 10: Groups for Adolescents. 11: Groups for Adults. 12: Groups for Older Adults.

a script for this video; group members improvised around a series of situations. The workbook, which utilizes an interactive format, engages active learning skills as students study the group process in action. KEY FEATURES

GROUPS IN ACTION: EVOLUTION AND CHALLENGES DVD (WITH WORKBOOK)


GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton emeritus, MARIANNE SCHNEIDER COREY, Private Practice, and ROBERT HAYNES, Borderline Productions
176 pages. paperbound. 8 1/2 x 11. 2006. ISBN: 9780534638009.

Illuminating, challenging, and inspiring this outstanding resource shows Gerald and Marianne Corey in action as they demonstrate their integrative approach to group work. The video features two separate programs. Filmed at a three-day intensive group co-facilitated by the Coreys, the two-hour Evolution of a Group program portrays the significant events that occurred as the group moved through its initial, transition, working, and ending stages. The Coreys demonstrate a wide variety of group techniques and skillsincluding how to deal with members feelings of not being good enough, their fears of being judged, and their difficulties with intimate relationshipsand the real participants (not actors) present reactions in the group context. Covering themes suggested by the Coreys work with students and by their colleagues, the 90-minute Challenges Facing Group Leaders portion of the DVD emphasizes the initial and transition stages of a groups developmentthe stages which tend to create the most anxiety and concern for group practitioners. By watching this program, students will explore diversity issues in group work, discover ways of reframing resistance; and find examples of how to work therapeutically with defensive behaviors. The Coreys did not create
www.cengageasia.com

This is the first DVD of its kind, offering students a contemporary, accessible showcase of real group work in action. In the Evolution of a Group video segments, viewers will see a wide variety of group techniques demonstrated, including the ways in which a group leader can facilitate the group process and build cohesion. In the second video training program, Challenges for Group Workers, students watch onehour program covering approximately 10 to 12 of the most problematic situations that group counselors often encounter. Marianne Corey and Jerry Corey co-lead the workshop, which features eight group members. Challenges for Group Workers features a 40-minute program on Addressing Diversity Issues in Group Work, which addresses a number of multicultural issues, such as culture and identity, challenges with language, stereotypes, and acknowledging likenesses and differences. The workbook includes exercises that correlate directly with each segment of the video, as well as self-assessments and selfinventories; skills checklists; the Coreys commentary; questions for application, discussion, and reflection; references to the main text; and more. By watching the Challenges for Group Workers video, students will explore critical issues often faced by group counselors, discover ways of reframing resistance, and find examples of how to work therapeutically with defensive behaviors.

Page 38

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Methods/Practice with Groups (Mezzo)

CONTENTS SEGMENT ONE. CHALLENGES OF DEALING WITH DIFFICULT BEHAVIORS IN GROUP 1. Checking in: What was it like to return to group? 2. The leaders let me down 3. Im not feeling safe in here 4. I didnt want to come back to group 5. Im in this group against my will 6. Emotions make me uncomfortable 7. Im self-conscious about my accent 8. I want the leaders to disclose more 9. I learn a lot by being quiet COMMENTARY 10. Silence serves a function 11. I feel pressured to disclose 12. Whats wrong with helping others? 13. Cant we stop all this conflict? 14. I feel weak when I show feelings 15. Checking out: What is each of you taking from this session? COMMENTARY at End of Segment One SEGMENT TWO: CHALLENGES OF ADDRESSING DIVERSITY ISSUES 16. What does my culture have to do with my identity? 17. I feel different from others in here 18. Sometimes I want to exclude others 19. I struggle with language 20. I resent being stereotyped 21. We are alike and we are different 22. I express myself better in my native language 23. I am colorblind 24. I know little about my culture 25. I want more answers from you leaders COMMENTARY on DIVERSITY FINAL CLOSING COMMENTARY

GROUP TECHNIQUES
Third Edition

GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton; MARIANNE SCHNEIDER COREY, Private Practice; PATRICK CALLANAN, Private Practice; and J. MICHAEL RUSSELL, California State University, Fullerton
224 pages. Paperbound. 2004. ISBN: 9780534612672.

Chapters 3 through 7 help students see how the specific techniques relate to the theories. Exercises and references in Chapters 4 through 7 relate to video segments from Evolution of a Group: Student Video and Workbook. This accessible video/workbook package, which lets students actually see a real group in action, can be bundled with Group Techniques. KEY FEATURES The authors draw upon their clinical experiences in leading groups and training group leaders to flesh out examples and discussion of key concepts. The books design, along with its numerous activities, allows it to be a text, a student manual, and a reference work for practitioners. Types of techniques presented in the book include creating trust, dealing with resistance, starting a session, working with dreams, working with intense emotions, and ending a session. The authors present specific examples for each stage of a group to help students better understand what happens during a particular group stage. Students will learn about the role of cultural factors in the use of group techniques. The book discusses ethics as applied to group techniques. CONTENTS 1. The Role of Techniques 2. Ethical Issues in Using Group Techniques 3. Techniques for Preparing Groups 4. Techniques for the Initial Stage 5. Techniques for the Transition Stage 6. Techniques for the Working Stage 7. Techniques for the Final Stage 8. In a Nutshell

Far more than a recipe book of techniques that readers can pull out at the right time, this book encourages readers not only to use techniques sensitively and creatively in their own groups, but also to go one step further to invent their own techniques. The authors draw on their combined experiences as teachers, as consultants to mental-health professionals, and as private practitioners to provide readers with a realistic approach to group work. Emphasizing that techniques are means, not ends, the book is designed to enhance the group leaders ability to generate a therapeutic and human rapport between leader and members. NEW TO THIS EDITION Chapter 3, Techniques for Preparing Groups, includes new material on psychoeducational groups. The book now offers new material on the connection between theory and practice, with emphasis on the various theories and the techniques that are associated with the theories. Brief commentaries provide students with information on how the examples described in the book are related to different group counseling theories. Direct references to Theory and Practice of Group Counseling in

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 39

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Section Name Methods/Practice with Children/Child Welfare (Mezzo)

METHODS/PRACTICE WITH CHILDREN/CHILD WELFARE (MEZZO)

METHODS/PRACTICE WITH CHILDREN/CHILD WELFARE (MEZZO)


NEW FOR 2011!

and also addresses core multicultural competency requirements of counselor education. New CACREP-aligned learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, providing students with helpful guidelines for reading the text. KEY FEATURES The book presents twelve established counseling theories used when working with children and their families, as well as techniques and interventions based on those theories. The updated text features in-depth practice information on issues and techniques in counseling children, such as play therapy, counseling children from different cultures, and ethical and legal issues. Each theory chapter includes information on how to use that theory, as well as website listings that provide students with further resources for the information discussed in the text. The text offers solution-focused brief counseling and paradoxical counseling methods, providing step-by-step assistance in helping beginner counselors develop their skills. CONTENTS PART I: INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING CHILDREN. 1. Counseling. 2. Introduction to a Childs World. 3. The Counseling Process. 4. Legal and Ethical Considerations. PART II: COUNSELING THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES. 5. Psychoanalytic Counseling. 6. Person-Centered Counseling. 7. Gestalt Therapy.

8. 9.

IE

COUNSELING CHILDREN: A DEVELOPMENTAL APPROACH


Eighth Edition

Behavioral Counseling. Reality Therapy: Counseling with Choice Theory. 10. Brief Counseling: Solution Focused. 11. Individual Psychology. 12. Rational-Emotive-Behavioral Therapy. 13. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy. 14. Transactional Analysis. 15. Family Counseling. 16. Consultation and Collaboration. 17. Play Therapy. 18. Group Counseling with Children. 19. Counseling Children with Special Concerns. 20. Counseling Children with Special Needs.

DONNA A. HENDERSON, Wake Forest University and CHARLES L. THOMPSON, University of Tennessee, Knoxville
736 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 9-1/4. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032607.

COUNSELING CHILDREN, International Edition covers the most practical and up-to-date methods for developing effective approaches to counseling children. Authors Charles Thompson and Donna Henderson's text is unparalleled in its translation of theory into practice. COUNSELING CHILDREN, International Edition is an easy-to-read guide that includes useful strategies and case studies to provide students with a realistic look at the counseling field. NEW TO THIS EDITION COUNSELING CHILDREN offers a new focus on ethics, moving the section forward to help students build an ethics foundation and utilize it throughout the text. New material in the multicultural chapter, including a focus on religion and sexual orientation,

AT RISK YOUTH: A COMPREHENSIVE RESPONSE FOR COUNSELORS, TEACHERS, PSYCHOLOGISTS, AND HUMAN SERVICES PROFESSIONALS
Fourth Edition

J. JEFFRIES MCWHIRTER, Arizona State University; BENEDICT T. MCWHIRTER, University of Oregon; ELLEN HAWLEY MCWHIRTER, University of Oregon; and ROBERT J. MCWHIRTER, Assistant Federal Public Defender, District of Arizona
384 pages. paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2007. ISBN: 9780534272364.

This timely book addresses one of the greatest social, family, and community concerns of todaychildren and youth who are at-risk for a variety of problem behaviors. Whether the term at risk is associated with a local

Page 40

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Children/Child Welfare (Mezzo)

school districts problems, with child and adolescent suicide, violence, or school dropout, with the correction systems concerns about gangs or juvenile delinquency, or public health concerns of teen pregnancy, child abuse, AIDS and STDs, and drug and alcohol use, individuals considered at risk need the ongoing attention of professionals across many disciplines. To help prepare students for work with at-risk youth, this book provides conceptual and practical information on key issues and problems. Prevention and intervention techniques are described in the book to help future and current professionals perform their jobs successfully and improve the lives of young people at risk. NEW TO THIS EDITION New to this edition, online brief ABC video clips illustrate principle problem areas for at-risk youth supplemented by prevention and intervention strategies. These clips, followed by questions developed by the authors, deepen students awareness of issues they may not have considered important and are guaranteed to spark class discussion. Additional and updated prevention and treatment suggestions appear in many chapters. New to this edition, an Instructors Manual available electronically via e-mail, includes test questions, resources, suggestions for lessons, and Microsoft PowerPoint slides. KEY FEATURES The texts Part One describes the ecological factors leading to the problems that children and adolescents face. Case study families that are revisited throughout the text are introduced in Part One. Part Two describes the actual atrisk categories (suicide, violence, drug/alcohol use, etc.) and presents treatment suggestions that are particularly effective for

working with young people experiencing each of these categories of problems. Part Three contains a complete set of prevention and treatment intervention approaches, including descriptions of school-based, family systems, and communitybased prevention programs. The text presents educational, psychological, and counseling interventions for prevention and treatment of at-risk behaviors including those appropriate for adolescents, pre-adolescents, and younger children. Each chapter has a recommended reading list and makes use of case studies and stories of real clients to illustrate concepts and to highlight, apply, and personalize the books information. Most of the chapters have a section on interventions so that students can learn about successful techniques in working with young people at risk. Prevention and treatment suggestions now appear in many of the chapters. End-of-chapter citations include suggestions for further readings that supplement the information presented in the text. Appendix A provides an extensive list of addresses, phone numbers, and Web page information on national organizations, agencies, and clearinghouses that provide information, technical assistance, and other resources on the problems of and working with atrisk children, adolescents, and families. CONTENTS PART I. AT-RISK CHILDREN AND YOUTH: THE ECOLOGY OF PROBLEMS 1. An Introduction to At-Risk Issues: The Tree 2. Environmental/Societal Factors that Contribute to Risk 3. Family Problems of At-Risk Children and Youth 4. School Issues that Relate to At-

Risk Children and Youth 5. Individual Characteristics of High-Risk and Low-Risk Children and Youth PART II. AT-RISK CATEGORIES 6. School Dropouts 7. Substance Use and Addiction 8. Teenage Pregnancy and Risky Sexual Behavior 9. Antisocial Behavior, Delinquency and Youth Gangs 10. School Shooters 11. Youth Suicide PART III. PREVENTION, INTERVENTION, AND TREATMENT APPROACHES 12. A Prevention/Early Intervention/Treatment Framework and Other Environmental Considerations 13. Core Components of Programs for Prevention and Early Intervention 14. Peer Interventions 15. Family Interventions 16. Legal and Ethical Issues

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 41

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Children/Child Welfare (Mezzo)

CHILD WELFARE: POLICIES AND BEST PRACTICES


Second Edition

JANNAH MATHER, University of Utah, PATRICIA B. LAGER, Florida State University, and NORMA HARRIS, University of Utah
448 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2007. ISBN: 9780495004844.

This groundbreaking book discusses both child welfare policy and child welfare practice and provides a fully integrated balance between the two. By using what research has proven to be the best-practice methods, this approach enables readers not only to understand policies and laws, but also learn how to be an effective practitioner and advocate when working in a myriad of situations. As they focus on an approach with a multi-systemic view, readers learn how to prevent crisis situations such as child abuse and neglect and family separation, rather than simply react to these issues. NEW TO THIS EDITION New co-author Norma Harris, the primary author of national guidelines in child protective services, brings additional information and insights to the policies that effect child welfare practice. Chapter 2 is now titled Child Welfare Services: Formal and Informal and presents the most recent research findings and innovations such as family support, family preservation, family group conferencing, wrap-around, interagency collaboration, self-help groups, and mentoring programs. New Chapter 4, Policy and Research in Child Welfare,

presents the most current policies and research findings, including the federal policy Child and Family Services Reviews, which was used to evaluate the effectiveness of child welfare services throughout the states. By focusing on the strengths-based perspective throughout, students are taught how to tailor interventions for specific cases using already-existing resources within the family system. New Chapter 5 on cultural competence provides students with information on working with diverse groups such as Latinos, Asian, Native-American and Euro American families. New Chapter 12 focuses on prevention to resolve the issue of child maltreatment. Permanency planning and adoption are addressed in a new Chapter 11, providing students with the insight and skills needed in these situations. KEY FEATURES Practical, hands-on practice interventions equip readers with both knowledge about policies and strategies that they can use to be more effective in the field. Vignettes and case studies illustrate particular techniques and engage students at the beginning of chapters. Chapter-ending summaries and discussion questions reinforce content and engage students thinking. CONTENTS 1. Child Welfare History. 2. Best Practices in Child Welfare. 3. Child Welfare Services: Formal and Informal. 4. Policy and Research in Child Welfare. 5. Cultural Competency in Child Welfare. 6. Neglect. 7. Abuse and Emotional Maltreatment.

8. Child Sexual Abuse. 9. Behavioral and Delinquency Issues. 10. Children with Special Challenges and Teenage Pregnancy. 11. Permanency Planning and Adoption. 12. Alternatives: Prevention and Early Intervention. 13. Leadership and Change.

Page 42

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Methods/Practice with Families Section (Mezzo) Name

METHODS/PRACTICE WITH FAMILIES (MEZZO)

NEW TO THIS EDITION Challenging new exercises, placed strategically throughout each chapter, help students understand and master the material. New Chapter 2, "What is Family?", gives students a philosophical perspective of family social work and conceptual understanding of different family forms they may work with in practice. Chapter 6 offers an enhanced and updated discussion of family resilience and the family strengths perspectivea topic that has become a theme of this edition. Chapter 11's expanded coverage of the devastating effects of substance abuse on families keeps students informed of the latest developments in this critical era. Chapter 14 discusses methods based on the Council on Social Work and Canadian Association of Schools of Social Work Accreditation Standards. KEY FEATURES Encourage and support student involvement with the text's engaging case studies. Present the authors' problemsolving/change approach, rather than psycho-dynamics or therapy. Stimulate the visual learners in your classroom with helpful illustrations and graphics abundantly placed throughout the text. Promote acceptance of family diversity. The topic is infused throughout the book rather than being a single chapter.

CONTENTS 1. The Field of Family Social Work. 2. What is Family? 3. Family Systems. 4. Practical Aspects of Family Social Work. 5. The Beginning Phase. 6. Family Strengths and Resilience. 7. Qualitative Family Assessment. 8. Quantitative Family Assessment. 9. Family Development and the Life Cycle. 10. Family Systems Interventions. 11. The Intervention Phase. 12. Interventions at the Child and Parental Levels. 13. Interventions with Couples and Gender Sensitive Practice. 14. The Termination Phase.References.

METHODS/PRACTICE WITH FAMILIES (MEZZO)

IE

AN INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY SOCIAL WORK


Third Edition

DONALD COLLINS, University of Calgary; CATHELEEN JORDAN, University of Texas, Arlington and HEATHER COLEMAN, University of Calgary
416 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2-Color. 2010. ISBN: 9780495808725.

AN INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY SOCIAL WORK, Third Edition provides a strong foundation in the concepts and skills students need to succeed as future social work professionals. Designed for students who will work with families, but not necessarily continue with advanced family therapy training, the text features engaging case studies, end-ofchapter exercises, illustrations, and graphics to help students master the material.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 43

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo)

the latest information available on these hot topics. A new chapter with brief case studies has been added that includes interesting stories on intimate partner violence, sexual abuse, and parenting challenges.
IE

KEY FEATURES This book addresses the needs of beginning professionals who need an effective, applied practice approach to changing social environments with ethnically and culturally diverse families. Thomlison provides practical suggestions for both assessment and intervention activities within a multi-systems framework. All of the book's cases, activities, and concepts emphasize the complex interplay of multisystemic family practice. The family case studiestaken directly from practice experience of the author and collaborators guide students through the process of assessment and introduce selected interventions for working with diverse families. CONTENTS PART I: FOUNDATIONS FOR FAMILY ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION. 1. Family Contexts. 2. A Framework for Understanding Families. 3. Family Systems. 4. Intergenerational Family Systems. PART II: FAMILY ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION. 5. Family Assessment. 6. Evidence-Based Assessment and Intervention Strategies. 7. Evaluating Change. 8. Common Family Conflicts and Parenting Challenges. PART III: PREPARING FOR FAMILY ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION. 9. Critical and Reflective Thinking. 10. Narratives: Journals, Stories, and Letter Writing.

FAMILY ASSESSMENT HANDBOOK: AN INTRODUCTORY PRACTICE GUIDE TO FAMILY ASSESSMENT


Third Edition

BARBARA THOMLISON, Florida International University


192 pages. Paperbound. 8 1/2 x 11. 2010. ISBN: 9780840032942.

With a focus on how to conduct a family assessment for case intervention, this practical guide offers a step-by-step approach to family practice. Fascinating family case studies demonstrate the process of assessment and selected interventions for working with diverse families. The Third Edition includes numerous resources to help readers develop evidence-based practice competencies, attitudes, and skills that support assessment of diverse family systems. NEW TO THIS EDITION To further expand on students' comprehension of the material, Thomlison has added engaging new activities, including one class conference activity, to the chapters and cases. Many new family system theory concepts have been added to this edition. Evidence-based practices for common family conflicts and parenting challenges sections include the most modern, effective strategies. Additionally, the chapters on evidence-based family interventions and measuring & evaluating family change have been thoroughly revised to include
Page 44

11. Exploring You Own Family Systems. PART IV: PRACTICING FAMILY ASSESSMENT THROUGH CASE STUDIES. 12. The Yellowbird Family: Foster Care, Delinquency, and Transition to Independent Living. 13. The Foxx Family: Physical Abuse, Aggression, and ParentChild Management. 14. The Sherman Family: Applying for Adoption. 15. The Fernandez Family: Supporting an Older Adult. 16. The Del Sol Family: Marital Conflict and Parenting Concerns. 17. The McCoy Family: Coping with Role Change after a Mother's Death. 18. The Jacques Family: Assessment and Intervention in Intimate Partner Violence. 19. Brief Case Studies.

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo)

IE

MASTERING COMPETENCIES IN FAMILY THERAPY


DIANE R. GEHART, California State University, Fresno
450 pages. Paperbound. 8 1/2 x 11. 1-Color. 2010. ISBN: 9781439040904.

professional accrediting bodies. To this end, the author provides related assignments and rubrics. The book incorporates both traditional marriage and family therapy theories as well as newer evidenced-based therapies. Rather than presenting these theories in the traditional historical fashion, theories are introduced from a practical perspective: how does it look in the therapy room? A comprehensive set of clinical forms, incorporated into the text, can be used in practice environments, either in university training clinics or community agencies. CONTENTS Part I: MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY COMPETENCIES. 1. Competency in Family Therapy. 2. Case Conceptualization. 3. Clinical Assessment. 4. Treatment Planning. 5. Evaluating Progress in Therapy. 6. Document It: Progress Notes. Part II: MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY THEORIES. 7. Understanding the Role of Theory in Therapy. 8. Philosophical Foundations of Family Therapy Theories. 9. Systemic and Strategic Therapies. 10. Structural Therapy. 11. Experiential Family Therapies. 12. Intergenerational and Psychoanalytic Family Therapies. 13. Behavioral and Cognitive Couple and Family Therapies. 14. Solution-Based Therapies. 15. Collaborative and Narrative Therapies. 16. Group Therapy With Couples and Families.Closing Thoughts: Where to Go From Here?

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF FAMILY COUNSELING AND THERAPY


JAMES R. BITTER, East Tennessee State University
550 pages. Casebound. 7 3/8" x 9 1/4". 1-Color. 2009. ISBN: 9780534421786.

MASTERING COMPETENCIES IN FAMILY THERAPY, International Edition provides a competency-based approach to teaching clinical skills in marriage and family therapy, an approach already adopted by the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT). Using a light and inviting tone, Gehart offers a comprehensive five-step model for competent treatment which includes case conceptualization, clinical assessment (diagnosis) and case management, treatment planning, evaluation of progress, and documentation. The work also includes a set of useful clinical forms that can be applied in practice environments, as well as an introduction to the importance of theory and evidence-based practice in all five steps. KEY FEATURES The book is designed to teach the majority of skills and knowledge outlined in the AAMFT Core Competencies (70 of the 128 competencies); an estimated 70% of these skills are likely to overlap with the forth-coming general counseling ACA/CACREP competencies. The design of the book allows you to easily measure students' mastery of competencies and learning outcomes, which are now required for both university and

A model for successful integration of multiple points of view, James R. Bitter's THEORY AND PRACTICE OF FAMILY COUNSELING AND THERAPY supports the development of personal, professional, and ethical family practice. The text's concrete, empirically based approaches, as well as diagnostics and visual tools, allow students to observe others in groups. Case studies, sample dialogues, and exercises help them to apply the concepts to practice. KEY FEATURES THEORY AND PRACTICE OF FAMILY COUNSELING AND THERAPY embraces multiple perspectives and provides a comprehensive discussion of contemporary family theories and practices, including human validation process and symbolicexperiential models. Bitter encourages students' personal growth and development as family therapists with a warm, inviting writing style and numerous self-reflection and active-learning exercises. Learning is enhanced through consistent chapter organization and the use of a single case, the Quest family, throughout. This enables students to compare and contrast the various models and see how different approaches can be used in an integrated way.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 45

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo)

The text presents a four-stage process for conducting family sessions, including processes for forming relationships, family assessment, hypothesizing and shared meaning, and facilitating change. Each chapter ends with a Quest family case (applying the model being discussed in the chapter to the fictional Quest family); summary and multicultural evaluation; exercises for personal and professional growth; contact and Web information for finding out more about the specific therapy; recommended supplementary readings; and references. Additional cases throughout the text are based on Bitter's years of practice in marriage and family counseling. A majority of family counseling deals with parenting questions and issues. To address this, Bitter includes a unique Chapter 14, Parenting for the 21st Century. CONTENTS Part I: BASIC ISSUES IN THE PRACTICE OF FAMILY THERAPY AND COUNSELING. 1. Introduction and Overview. 2 The Family Practitioner as Person and Professional. 3. Virtue, Ethics, and Legality in Family Practice. Part II: THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF FAMILY THERAPY AND COUNSELING-INTRODUCING THE QUEST FAMILY. 4. Multigenerational Family Therapy. 5. Adlerian Family Therapy. 6. Human Validation Process Model. 7. Symbolic-Experiential Family Therapy. 8. Structural Family Therapy.

9. Strategic Family Therapy. 10. Solution-focused/Solutionoriented Therapy. 11. Postmodernism, Social Construction, and Narratives in Family Therapy. 12. Feminist Family Therapy. 13. Cognitive-Behavioral Family Therapy. 14. Parenting for the 21st Century. Part III: INTEGRATION AND APPLICATION. 15. Integration I: From SelfDiscovery to Family Practice: Forming a Relationship and Family Assessment. 16. Integration II: Shared Meaning, Tailoring Interventions, and Facilitating Change--plus Integrative Family Therapy with the Quest Family.

IE

FAMILY THERAPY: AN OVERVIEW


Seventh Edition

IRENE GOLDENBERG, UCLA Neuropsychiatric Institute, and HERBERT GOLDENBERG, California State University, Los Angeles, Emeritus
560 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8" x 9 1/4". 1-Color. 2008. ISBN: 9780495603658.

In FAMILY THERAPY: AN OVERVIEW, SEVENTH EDITION, Irene and Herbert Goldenberg deliver an outstanding introduction to family therapybased on traditional theoretical frameworks yet focused on the field's evolving models of practice. Completely updated and revised to reflect the state of family therapy today, the book examines and explains traditional and evolving viewpoints, perspectives, values, intervention techniques, and goals of family therapy and provides current, engaging, practice-oriented content that helps pave the way for students to become empathic and effective family therapists. The authors incorporate an array of pedagogical features, including lengthy case studies, clinical notes, multiple examples, tables, and charts that give instructors the flexibility to teach the course in their own style. These learning tools give added significance to topics and help students gain a sense of how the various family therapy techniques truly play out in practice. The case studies bring theory to life with transcripts of actual therapy sessions that demonstrate the practical applications of specific theories. FAMILY THERAPY: AN OVERVIEW is the complete resource for assisting students in mastering the many facets of family therapy and with new teaching tools, a more comprehensive and exciting package for instructors. Michael White, founder of Narrative Therapy, penned

Page 46

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo)

the foreword for the text. NEW TO THIS EDITION Located in each chapter, a new feature entitled 'Clinical Notes' draws on the authors' wealth of clinical experience with couples and families to help students gain a better understanding of the link between theory and practice. The authors have spent considerable time, especially in the research chapter (Chapter 17) on evidence-based family therapy with examples of research-verified techniques. The new edition includes the latest references and contemporary thinking on central issues such as family resiliency, alternative forms of family life today, gender, culture and ethnic considerations. Suggested readings at the end of each chapter help students further explore the key concepts discussed within each chapter. An accompanying workbook and website feature study aids, a glossary, and quizzing activities all designed to help you get the most from this course. A new friendly and inviting layout makes this new edition even more attractive and accessible to students. KEY FEATURES Known as the reliable, venerable choice for the introduction to family therapy course, the Goldenbergs' text is the complete resource for assisting students in mastering the many facets of family therapy. In the Seventh Edition, the Goldenbergs examine the history, development, training, research, and interventions of the field of family therapy and include a basic introduction to family systems theory and the family life cycle framework. The authors give attention to all theories, including therapies that have emerged from the current postmodern influence on family

therapy and such evolving areas as psychoeducation and medical family therapy. In addition, the book's expanded descriptions of object relations family therapy, medical family therapy, and the social constructionist therapies bring students up to speed on these emerging types of treatment. The authors now include more detailed coverage of training and supervision issues, and they revisit the impact of managed care on the changing practice of family therapy. The authors anticipate new directions in which the field is headed and discuss how the postmodern revolution in thinkingreflected in the arts and literatureas significantly influenced family therapy. Family strength and resiliency is greatly emphasized in this edition, in keeping with the trend in the field that families, with renewed courage, are supported by therapists in seeking successful but subjugated solutions from the past to apply to a current impasse. The book presents both qualitative and quantitative approaches to family research providing students with balanced coverage. The text's family life cycle outlook helps students tie family problems to life stages in intact and alternate family organizations. Numerous pedagogical features, such as case transcripts, multiple examples, tables, and charts help students apply the concepts discussed in the text. Many of these features are highlighted or "set apart" from the main text, making it easier for students to review. Case studies with transcripts of actual therapy sessions demonstrate practical applications of specific theories. In Chapter 3 and throughout the text, the authors present coverage of gender, culture, and ethnicity, in

order to help students learn about the importance of being a culturally competent practitioner. CONTENTS Part I. FUNDAMENTALS OF FAMILY PSYCHOLOGY. 1. Adopting a Family Relationship Framework. 2. Family Development: Continuity and Change. 3. Gender, Culture, and Ethnicity Factors in Family Functioning. 4. Interlocking Systems: The Individual, the Family, and the Community. Part II. THE DEVELOPMENT AND PRACTICE OF FAMILY THERAPY. 5. Origins and Growth of Family Therapy. 6. Professional Issues and Ethical Practices. Part III. THE ESTABLISHED SCHOOLS OF FAMILY THERAPY. 7. Psychodynamic Models. 8. Transgenerational Models. 9. Experiential Models. 10. The Structural Model. 11. Strategic Models. 12. The Milan Systemic Model. 13. Behavioral and CognitiveBehavioral Models. Part IV. NEW DIRECTIONS IN FAMILY THERAPY. 14. Social Construction Models: I. Solution-Focused Therapy and Collaborative Therapy. 15. Social Construction Models: II. Narrative Therapy. 16. Psychoeducational Models: Teaching Skills to Specific Populations. Part V. CLINICAL RESEARCH THE SYNERGY OF SCIENCE AND PRACTICE. 17. Research on Family Assessment and Therapeutic Outcomes. Part VI. FAMILY THEORIES AND FAMILY THERAPIES: AN OVERVIEW. 18. A Comparative View of Family Theories and Therapies.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 47

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo)

school-based, court-based, and medically-based environments), provide students with examples they will most likely deal with as practitioners. KEY FEATURES

PRACTICE OF FAMILY THERAPY


Fourth Edition

SUZANNE MIDORI HANNA, Loma Linda University


368 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2007. ISBN: 9780534523497.

In this practice-based book, Suzanne Hanna shows beginners how to combine different models of family therapy into a step-by-step plan for family therapy. The author helps students with practical questions at different stages of the process that help with integration of different approaches. Students learn to develop multiple views of a problem, and to integrate common skills from traditional and contemporary relational models. The first part of the book compares and contrasts relevant aspects of theory that guide practice. The second part covers assessment in a way that bridges the gap between ivory tower and community-based clinics. The third part covers basic treatment skills that target cognitive, behavioral and affective levels of relationships. NEW TO THIS EDITION This text is one of the first on the market to fully integrate the new AAMFT core competencies into each chapter. The new AAMFT core competencies also appear in their entirety in the Appendix. This edition provides expanded coverage of evidence-based models specific to family-therapy for beginning practice. Hanna places additional emphasis on treatment planning in real world community-based settings in this edition. A wider range of clinical examples across more diverse settings (home,

This text offers broader coverage of family therapy practice skills and more detailed instructions for how to begin practice than other texts for the course. It provides a framework for how to move through different stages of therapeutic process drawing upon the strengths of different approaches. A framework for integration helps students master the skills of providing structure, exploring client experience, redirecting relationships, and developing unified goals. Numerous practical suggestions and strategies allow students to practice and implement the skills presented in the text. Summary outlines, sample questions, and key points provide students with a resource that they can use as a guide in the treatment process. The author shows how each family therapy model can contribute to an integrated assessment. Diverse cases taken from child welfare, school and medical environments, as well as examples and techniques for working with child, adolescent and adult cases, enhance the texts coverage of diversity. Chapters 2 and 9 expand coverage of the concepts and skills of evidence-based models, including multisystemic therapy, multidimensional family therapy and emotionally-focused therapy for couples. Chapters 3 and 6 contain helpful information on integrating common theoretical themes into treatment planning. A section on integrative treatment planning in

Chapter 6 helps beginners decide what model to use first and how to match the models of family therapy with the problem and clients goals. Chapter 6 also provides examples of communitybased treatment plans that are important in real-world practice. Chapter 4 features a discussion of the therapeutic relationship, emphasizing strength-based practice, instilling hope and developing the self of the therapist. Chapter 10 on collaborative settings (schools and healthcare) provides students with concepts, processes, and examples for working with diverse clients. CONTENTS Part I: FROM THEORY TO PRACTICE: FAMILY THERAPY AS A MOVEMENT ACROSS TIME 1. Family Therapy: Journey through Diversity and Integration 2. The Journey Continues: Second-Generation Trends in Family Therapy 3. Integration of Theory: Common Themes 4. Integration of Practice: Common Themes Part II: ORGANIZING TREATMENT: AN OVERVIEW OF SEQUENCES AND TASKS 5. Starting off on the Right Foot: Referral and Intake 6. The Initial Interview: A Template for General Tasks in Family Therapy 7. Relational Assessments: Exploring Client Experience 8. Beginning and Maintaining Relational Change Part III: THE FUTURE OF FAMILY THERAPY: EVALUATIONS, RESEARCH AND COLLABORATION 9. Evaluations and Research in Family Therapy 10. Family Therapy Collaborations

Page 48

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo)

FAMILY TREATMENT: EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE WITH POPULATIONS AT RISK


Fourth Edition

CURTIS JANZEN, Emeritus, University of Maryland, Baltimore, OLIVER HARRIS, Emeritus, University of Maryland, Baltimore, CATHELEEN JORDAN, University of Texas, Arlington, CYNTHIA FRANKLIN, University of Texas, Austin
464 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 2006. ISBN: 9780534641450.

experiential means of bringing about change in both. Part I discusses the framework of evidence-based family treatment, explains the stages of treatment, and offers a number of theoretical approaches to family treatment that emphasize that no one approach is suitable for all clients. Chapters focus on specific problems, such as abuse and violence, alcoholism and substance abuse, mental illness, chronic and terminal illness, and family breakup and remarriage. CONTENTS PART I. INTRODUCTION TO EVIDENCE BASED FAMILY TREATMENT 1. Framework for Evidence Based Family Treatment 2. Theoretical and Treatment Approaches to Evidence-based Family Treatment 3. Beginning Evidence-based Treatment PART II. EVIDENCE-BASED INTERVENTION STRATEGIES 4. Evidence-based Treatment of Families Headed by a Single Parent 5. Evidenced-based Treatment of Families with Aging Members 6. Evidence-based Treatment of Families with Multiple Problems Including Income Loss and Poverty 7. Evidenced-Based Treatment of Persistent Mental Disorders 8. Evidence-based Treatment for Families with Chronically and Terminally Ill Members Including Persons with AIDS 9. Evidence-based Treatment of Child Abuse and Other Family Violence 10. Evidenced-based Treatment of Substance Abuse 11. Evidenced-based Treatment During Separation and Divorce 12. Evidence-based Treatment of the Reconstituted Family

FAMILY THERAPY BASICS


Third Edition

MARK WORDEN, late of Fairfield University


224 pages. Paperbound. 2003. ISBN: 9780534519711.

Now featuring the work of two new co-authors (Catheleen Jordan and Cynthia Franklin) and emphasizing the fields current focus on evidencebased approaches in family treatment, this text gives students an understanding of the relationship between individual and family functioning and problem solving. It helps students develop skills to assist individuals and families in solving their own problems as well as making use of interventions from outside the family. Written especially for social workers, and complete with many new case studies throughout, this text builds on basic social work knowledge, focuses on the kinds of situations that commonly confront social workers, and takes into account the environment in which families live. KEY FEATURES This text is an easy-to-read guide for the social worker or therapist, from both a theoretical and practical perspective. The authors specify concepts for understanding family functioning, as well as the goals and principles of treatment. Functional family structures and processes are thoroughly described, as are verbal and
IE - International Edition

This text provides readers with the critical link between theory and practice illustrating how to actually do family therapy. It is a nuts-andbolts primer that takes students stepby-step through the process of conducting family therapy sessions. The book starts with the initial session and finishes with the terminating session covering assessment, diagnosis, skills and techniques needed throughout each stage. The case of the Martin family, a blended family, is followed throughout the treatment process. CONTENTS 1. The Movement to Systems and Social Construction 2. The First Interview: Initiating Assessment and Engagement 3. Engagement: Establishing Therapeutic Boundaries 4. Assessment: Diagnosis and Systems Models 5. Assessment: The Process of Identifying Family Patterns 6. Change and Resistance 7. Change Techniques 8. Termination Epilogue / References / Index

www.cengageasia.com

Page 49

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo)

CONTENTS PART I: FOUNDATIONS OF MARITAL THERAPY 1. Dimensions of Marriage 2. Models of Marital Therapy PART II: ASSESSMENT, CONCEPTS AND SKILLS 3. Processing the Referral and Structuring the Initial Interview 4. Assessing the Problem for Treatment Planning and Formulating Goals 5. Developing Treatment Recommendations PART III: TREATMENT, CONCEPTS AND SKILLS 6. Developing Rules for Negotiating Conflict 7. Enhancing Communication and Problem Solving 8. Building Trust and Intimacy 9. Handling Unresolvable Problems 10. Getting Support for the Relationship PART IV: EVALUATION OF TREATMENT OUTCOME 11. Termination and Evaluation PART V: TECHNIQUES IN PRACTICE 12. Case Studies of Special Populations

MARITAL THERAPY: CONCEPTS AND SKILLS FOR EFFECTIVE PRACTICE


JOE H. BROWN, University of Louisville; and CAROLYN S. BROWN, Greater Clark County Schools
352 pages. Paperbound. 2002. ISBN: 9780534527327.

COUNSELING TODAYS FAMILIES


Fourth Edition

HERBERT GOLDENBERG, California State University, Los Angeles and IRENE GOLDENBERG, University of California, Los Angeles
400 pages. Paperbound. 2002. ISBN: 9780534367114.

This book is designed to help entrylevel marital therapists learn the concepts and skills necessary for effective practice. The authors emphasize the concepts and skills necessary for effective practice and focus on the current trends toward accountability and the requirements of mental health care brought about by the managed care environment. Stressing the relational perspective, the text helps readers to learn how to develop multiple views of the problem and select appropriate skills.

This new edition of Counseling Todays Families is thoroughly revised and updated, continuing to use systems-based approach to understanding, assessing, and counseling a variety of todays families. The authors examine current family structures and living arrangements, detail common problem areas from a family systems perspective, and offer intervention guidelines for working effectively with varying family types. Cultural considerations, gender issues, and social context are included for each family pattern to ensure that the coverage in the text does indeed offer a realistic view of families today.

Page 50

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Families (Mezzo)

CONTENTS PART I: UNDERSTANDING FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS 1. Counseling Todays Changing Families 2. The Family as a Social Unit: Systems Theory and Beyond 3. Appraising Couple and Family Functioning 4. Multiple Views of Family Counseling: A Case Study 5. Intervening in Troubled Couple and Family Relationships PART II: COUNSELING FAMILIES WITH VARIED LIFESTYLES 6. Counseling the Single-ParentLed-Family 7. Counseling the Remarried Family 8. Counseling Cohabiting Heterosexual Adults 9. Counseling Gay Male and Lesbian Families PART III: COUNSELING FAMILIES WITH SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES 10. Counseling the Dual-Career Family 11. Counseling Ethnically Diverse Minority Families

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 51

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Section Name Methods/Practice with Communities & Organizations (Macro)

METHODS/PRACTICE WITH COMMUNITIES & ORGANIZATIONS (MACRO)

METHODS/PRACTICE WITH COMMUNITIES & ORGANIZATIONS (MACRO)


NEW FOR 2012!

work effectively in the area of macro practice--providing leadership, working with supervisors, managing conflict, working with the media, using new technological advances, fundraising, grant writing, managing stress, and working in court settings. NEW TO THIS EDITION New! Content is linked to the Council on Social Work Educations Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) competencies and practice behaviors throughout. Icons placed in the text indicate content locations and make references to EPAS. Competency notes at the end of each chapter explain the contents relationship to the EPAS. New! Updated material covers topics critical to the social work profession and educators. The authors examine newly specified concepts like the modified definition of generalist practice and the International Federation of Social Workers Ethics in Social Work, Statement of Principles. This edition also explores advocacy for human rights and the pursuit of social and economic justice; concepts of diversity, including gender identity and expression, immigration status, and political ideology; practiceinformed research and researchinformed practice; and identification as a professional social worker. New! The new edition includes updated models of community organization and significantly expanded content on globalization and issues regarding immigrants and refugees, with community examples; on political-economy theory and the institutional perspective of organizations; on the appropriate use of memos and e-mails; and on rural communities

IE

GENERALIST PRACTICE WITH ORGANIZATIONS AND COMMUNITIES


Fifth Edition

KAREN K. KIRST-ASHMAN, University of Wisconsin, Whitewater, and GRAFTON H. HULL, JR., University of Utah
656 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034267.

Thix text is designed to help students better understand the dynamics of generalist practice with communities and organizations, and develop the competencies and practice behaviors required by the Council on Social Work Educations (CSWE) latest Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS). Authors Karen Kirst-Ashman and Grafton Hull are adept at creating interesting, realistic cases and practical examples that are skillfully woven into the main text. At the heart of the book are two original models, illustrated by a running case study-- Prepare (the assessment and planning phases of planned change) and Imagine (the implementation stage). These models form useful frameworks for effective macro social work practice. In clear and accessible writing, the authors emphasize the practical skills students will need to

and rural social work. New! This edition includes updated resources for social workers, enhanced content on advocacy organizations, a description of early Obama actions, and an updated discussion of the National Association of Social Workers Code of Ethics. New! Accompanying the text are a comprehensive Book Companion Site and a new Practice Behaviors Workbook, both designed to enhance students abilities to comprehend and assimilate course content. In the Practice Behaviors Workbook, a wide range of experiential exercises give students opportunities to employ the Practice Behaviors in class or as part of their homework, thus minimizing the need for programs to produce additional assessments based on the practice behaviors and competencies. The Book Companion Site at www.cengagebrain.com provides tutorial quizzes for specific chapters. KEY FEATURES Adopting a generalist perspective, the authors emphasize how micro, mezzo, and macro skills are interlinked. This approach assumes that group (mezzo) skills are built on a firm foundation of individual (micro) skills. Likewise, skills involved in working with organizations and communities (macro skills) rest on a solid base of both micro and mezzo skills. In linking the three levels of practice-micro, mezzo, and macro--the text clearly shows students how all three skill levels are used in everyday practice situations. Content is linked to the Council on Social Work Educations Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) competencies and practice
International Edition IE

Page 52

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Communities & Organizations (Macro)

behaviors throughout the text. Icons placed in the text indicate content locations and make references to EPAS. Competency notes at the end of each chapter explain the contents relationship to EPAS. Numerous real-world situations and case examples make the material interesting and relevant. Organizational and community theories are examined and linked to practice applications. The authors offer clearly defined, step-by-step frameworks for thinking about and initiating macro change in organizations and communities. They propose a model for use in deciding whether to pursue macro intervention, and describe a procedure for pursuing the macro intervention process. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Generalist Practice with Organizations and Communities. 2. Using Micro Skills in the Macro Environment. 3. Group Skills for Organizational and Community Change. 4. Understanding Organizations. 5. Prepare: Decision Making For Organizational Change. 6. Imagine: How To Implement Macro Intervention: Changing Agency Policy. 7. Imagine: Project Implementation and Program Development. 8. Understanding Neighborhoods and Communities. 9. Macro Practice in Communities. 10. Evaluating Macro Practice. 11. Advocacy and Social Action With Populations-At-Risk. 12. Ethics and Ethical Dilemmas in Macro Practice. 13. Working with the Courts. 14. Developing and Managing Agency Resources. 15. Stress and Time Management.

NEW FOR 2011!

NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! Completely current and reflecting the latest practices from the field, the new Fourth Edition incorporates the RESPECTFUL model as a way for counselors to be aware of the multidimensional diversity and cultural issues with clients they are working with. Thoroughly integrated, the model is described in detail in Chapter 1 as well as applied throughout the text. NEW! Chapter 1 now includes material on professional ethics, equipping readers with solid information on the ethical decision-making process--which they can immediately start putting into practice. The book continues a strong emphasis on professional ethics throughout, discussing various ethical challenges and responsibilities mental health professionals face when using the Community Counseling Model. NEW! Competency-building Activities are now included in every chapter. Intentionally designed to help the reader move from theory to practice, these activities give students hands-on experience using the Community Counseling Model--which helps them acquire the awareness, knowledge, and skills necessary for effectively working in various counseling settings. NEW! Thoroughly demonstrating the Community Counseling Models effectiveness, the text includes numerous examples of actual programs from across the United States to illustrate how the community counseling model is used to foster the mental health and personal well-being of large numbers of people in this country.

IE

COMMUNITY COUNSELING: A MULTICULTURAL-SOCIAL JUSTICE PERSPECTIVE


Fourth Edition

JUDITH A. LEWIS, Governors State University, MICHAEL D. LEWIS, Executive Director, Educational World Charities, JUDY A. DANIELS and MICHAEL J. DANDREA, both of University of Hawaii, Manoa
360 pages. Paperbound. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032843.

Thoroughly revised and updated, COMMUNITY COUNSELING: A MULTICULTURAL-SOCIAL JUSTICE PERSPECTIVE, International Edition now more than ever clearly describes and illustrates the practice of community counseling by discussing the most current issues and practices for community work in the 21st century. The Fourth Edition gives special emphasis to the practices of diversity, ethics, and the role of the counselor as a change agent and advocate. Focusing on how to promote change and growth, the text delivers proven guidelines for planning and implementing productive community counseling programs. It also provides readers with a basic understanding of the role of the community counselor, the services offered by community agencies, and the settings in which they are offered. Packed with practical, relevant, and timely examples, the text examines four vital facets of counseling: direct community counseling, direct client services (outreach), indirect community services (influencing public policy), and indirect client services (client advocacy).

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 53

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Communities & Organizations (Macro)

KEY FEATURES This proven textbook integrates the Community Counseling Model throughout the text as an organizing structure to help readers examine and apply the concepts learned in each chapter. This model encourages community workers to evaluate the environment of the client, empower clients, employ a multifaceted environmental approach to helping, recognize diversity, and strive for prevention. Spotlighting current best practices, COMMUNITY COUNSELING, 4e provides examples of outstanding community counseling programs now in operation across the United States. The texts thorough coverage includes specific references to strategies that foster individual and community empowerment. COMMUNITY COUNSELING is packed with insightful examples of outreach to vulnerable populations, including families coping with marital disruption, farm families faced with economic difficulties, Vietnam veterans, and people with chronic mental health problems. CONTENTS 1. Community Counseling for the 21st Century. 2. The History of the Counseling Profession and the Evolution of the Community Counseling Model. 3. Counseling in Context. 4. Outreach to Distressed and Marginalized Clients. 5. Developmental/Preventive Interventions. 6. Client Advocacy. 7. Community Collaboration and Advocacy. 8. Social/Political Action Strategies. 9. Community Counseling in Diverse Community-Agency Settings. 10. Community Counseling in School Settings. 11. Managing the Community

Counseling Program. 12. Preparing the Competent Community Counselor.

IE

PROMOTING COMMUNITY CHANGE: MAKING IT HAPPEN IN THE REAL WORLD


Fifth Edition

are aging are now included. UPDATED REFERENCES. References to mental health and those engaged in mental health practice have been updated throughout the text. GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES. Recent global events give students an international perspective. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS. Important trends and developments in the field, such as evidence-based practice and the use of technology in community practice, appear throughout the text. KEY FEATURES REAL-WORLD EXAMPLES. The texts many real-world examples show students how to motivate and involve others and keep them involved in making important and necessary changes in the community. COMMUNITY CONNECTIONS. Activities at the end of the chapter as well as online connect the classroom to real world experience in the students community. AGENTS OF CHANGE. The texts discussions of approaches to fundraising, obtaining resources, building an organized changed effort, planning for action, and lobbying techniques help students learn how to be effective change agents. SOLUTIONS FOCUS. Throughout the text, helpful boxed features such as Take a Moment to Discover, Change Agent Tips, and Capturing Concepts promote building community capacity and the collaborative development of specific solutions for common community problems. CONTENTS Part I. RESPONDING TO THE NEED FOR COMMUNITY CHANGE. 1. Understanding the Challenge to

MARK S. HOMAN, Pima Community College


496 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840031969.

Designed for students who want to take the theoretical discussion of community forward and become effective agents of change, PROMOTING COMMUNITY CHANGE, Fifth Edition addresses the real world issues facing professionals in social work, human services, and community health. By emphasizing the role a strengthened community can play in preventing and solving the problems that individuals and families commonly experience, the author gives students the tools they need to improve the lives of not just individual clients, but of entire communities. Students will learn to identify the issues related to change so that they can bring clients, families, and other community members together in order to build a healthier community for themselves, their families, and their neighbors. Rather than a passive 'service' model, the author presents a development model that empowers communities to transform their own conditions. NEW TO THIS EDITION COVERAGE OF AGING. Examples and discussions of human services with clients who

Page 54

NEW FOR 2011!


www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Communities & Organizations (Macro)

Change. 2. Theoretical Frameworks for Community Change. 3. Relating Community Change to Professional Practice. 4. Putting Yourself in the Picture. Part II. PUTTING THE PIECES TOGETHER. 5. Knowing Your Community. 6. Power. 7. Powerful Planning. 8. PeopleThe Most Valuable Resource. 9. Raising Other Resources. 10. Getting the Word Out. 11. Building the Organized Effort. 12. Taking ActionStrategies and Tactics. PART III. A CLOSER LOOK AT TYPICAL CHANGE CONTEXTS. 13. Enhancing the Quality of Neighborhoods. 14. Increasing the Effectiveness of Established, Formal Organizations. 15. Lobbying for Change

solving and the ecological perspective. A strong focus on communitybased practice and social advocacy is woven throughout the text. The book reflects the latest CSWE ethical standards. CONTENTS

MACRO SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE: A STRENGTHS PERSPECTIVE


DENNIS D. LONG, Xavier University, CAROLYN J. TICE, University of Maryland, Baltimore County, JOHN D. MORRISON, Aurora University
336 pages. Casebound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2006. ISBN: 9780534640439.

Providing an in-depth introduction to community and organizational practice, this macro practice text gives students a philosophical foundation of core macro practice concepts and skills. This text utilizes the strengths perspective as its unifying theoretical model and offers detailed premises and strategies for working with communities and organizations and for promoting social justice. It is presented in structured fashion that is both theoretical and applied in nature and makes use of summaries, key terms and case examples to help students master the content. KEY FEATURES Every chapter follows a similar format to assist in student comprehension. Each chapter includes: chapter opening summary of key content areas, chapter ending matter including, key terms, using InfoTrac College Edition and InfoWrite exercises, case example, thinking critically about the case example, reflection exercises, suggested readings and references. The text provides examination of the relationship between the strengths-based perspective and other orientations including empowerment theory, problem

1. Defining Macro Practice 2. Adopting a Strengths Perspective in Macro Practice 3. Considerations for the Practitioner 4. Calling Upon Consumer and Citizen Strengths 5. Enriching Organizational Life 6. Developing Community Resources and Capacities 7. Social Planning 8. Administration from a Strengths Perspective 9. Accentuating Strengths in Policy Practice and Political Persuasion 10. Promoting a Just Society 11. Evaluating Macro Change 12. Promoting Social Justice and Ideological Outlook

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 55

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Communities & Organizations (Macro)

THE PRACTICE OF MACRO SOCIAL WORK


Third Edition

WILLIAM G. BRUEGGEMANN, Kyushu University of Health and Welfare, Japan


496 pages. Casebound. 8 x 10. 2006. ISBN: 9780534575854.

This comprehensive text explores the theory and methods in nine arenas of macro social work at the community, organizational, societal, and global levels of practice. Intended for undergraduate and graduate social work students who want to make a difference in todays modern society, this text challenges readers to use their concern, their values and their critical thinking skills to assist those who have been left out and kept out of making decisions that affect their lives, empowering them to reclaim a wholesome, healthy social environment for themselves and their children. The books generalist orientation provides an organizational framework as well as generous amounts of history, biographical material on leading macro social workers, illustrative contemporary examples, and factual data that offers real life detail for students. Most important, however, is the depth and wealth of practical information that assists students in understanding how to help people engage in solving social problems and making social change to bring about a more just society and humane global civilization. KEY FEATURES Through the texts thorough coverage of theory of social problems, problem solving methods, leadership, community, and organizations, readers gain a comprehensive overview of the

entire field of macro social work. The practice chapters are the most comprehensive of any macro social work text and help students apply theory to practice. The generalist-oriented organizing framework of the book expands undergraduate understanding of macro social work practice and for graduate students specializing in macro social work, it provides a commitment to social works historical mission to those who are among the less powerful members of society both individually as well as at broader levels of society. A detailed history of macro social work in nine practice arenas helps students grasp the breadth and importance of macro social work of the past 100 years. Detailed outlines, relevant quotes and an introduction at the beginning of each chapter illustrate the content. A Narrative Story illustrates the practice arena from a real-life perspective. Biographical material on leading macro social workers, including contemporary social workers in practice, illustrative contemporary examples, and factual data provide real life detail for students. CONTENTS 1. Overview of the Practice of Macro Social Work PART I. Solving Social Problems and Making Social Change 2. Social Problems: The Challenge of Macro Social Work 3. Rational Problem Solving and Social Thinking 4. Leadership: The Hallmark of Macro Social Work PART II. The Practice of Social Work with Communities 5. Communities 6. The Practice of Community Social Work Planning 7. The Practice of Community Development 8. The Practice of Community Organization PART III. The Practice of Social Work with Organizations 9. Modern and Social

Organization 10. The Practice of Social Work Program Development 11. The Practice of Social Administration 12. The Practice of Organization Development PART IV. The Practice of Social Work at the Societal and Global LevelS 13. The Practice of Social Work Policy Advocacy 14. The Practice of Social Work with Social Movements 15. The Practice of Social Work at the Global Level PART V. Macro Social Work Resources

Page 56

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Methods/Practice with Diverse Section Populations Name

METHODS/PRACTICE WITH DIVERSE POPULATIONS

METHODS/PRACTICE WITH DIVERSE POPULATIONS


NEW FOR 2012!

counselors and clients. A new chapter on social justice includes a discussion of accreditation requirements for counselors, psychologists, and social workers. KEY FEATURES This text examines five ethnic populations (African Americans, Latin Americans, Asian Americans, Native Americans, and European Americans) and four groups that focus on gender and sexual orientation (gays and lesbians; transgendered persons; women and feminism; and men and the men's movement), and it includes a chapter devoted to mixed cultural identities. Each chapter follows a common outline, making it easy to compare and contrast concepts. Students explore the history of oppression, family, economics, education, health, cultural uniqueness, psychological issues, within-group differences, and counseling issues. The author presents specific counseling skills, as well as reasons why traditional, Eurocentric therapeutic interventions may be inadequate for each of the ethnic and gender groups covered in the text. Chapter-opening "Insight Exercises" present thoughtprovoking stories designed to stimulate individual and group exploration. Personal stories in each chapter are written from a specific cultural perspective. Stories range from a mother's attempt to fight the social stigma directed at her HIVinfected bisexual son to a Latino's struggle to understand his European-American wife's different values.

CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Diversity. 2. Social Justice and Counseling Standards. 3. European Americans. 4. African Americans. 5. Latino/a Americans. 6. Asian Americans. 7. Native Americans. 8. Arab and Jewish Americans. 9. Mixed Cultural Identities. 10. People with Gender Variations. 11. Gays and Lesbians. 12. Women and Feminism. 13. Men and the Men's Movement. 14. Culture of Appearance.

IE

DIVERSITY IN COUNSELING
Second Edition

ROBERT BRAMMER, West Texas A and

M University
400 pages. Casebound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034540.

Designed to help readers gain a better understanding of cultural dynamics, DIVERSITY IN COUNSELING, International Edition encourages students to examine their own biases and perspectives and apply the material to clinical practice. The text provides a comprehensive examination of issues concerning ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation and mixed cultural identities, and assists the reader in applying the information to counseling. Each chapter includes critical- thinking material, consisting of insight exercises, personal stories, and questions to consider. NEW TO THIS EDITION There is additional emphasis on social justice, advocacy, and increased personal responsibility in each chapter. Practical suggestions for working with people from different cultural groups are provided in every chapter, with the chapters including first-person stories from

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 57

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Diverse Populations

NEW FOR 2011!

KEY FEATURES This text provides students with hands-on clinical suggestions and cautions through captivating interviews with professionals of different ethnic backgrounds, including Latino/Latina, Native American, African American, Asian American, and Arab and Muslim American. The text features self-awareness questions to help students become more aware of what racism is, as well as how to become aware of and alter negative racial attitudes, helping them to be more effective when working with diverse clients. The text provides case studies to help students learn how to effectively deliver cross-cultural counseling services. The text features real-world examples, personal clinical experiences, and anecdotes to help students develop an understanding of difference, as well as apply the text concepts and learn about their own biases and discomforts.

CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. What It Means to Be Culturally Competent. 3. Understanding Racism, Prejudice, and White Privilege. 4. Understanding Culture and Cultural Differences. 5. Bias in Service Delivery. 6. Working with Diverse Children, Parents, and Families. 7. Mental Health Issues. 8. Addressing Ethnic Conflict, Genocide, and Mass Violence. 9. Working with Culturally Diverse Clients. 10. Working with Latino/a Clients: An Interview with Roberto Almanzan. 11. Working with Native American Clients: An Interview with Jack Lawson. 12. Working with African American Clients: An Interview with Veronique Thompson. 13. Working with Asian American Clients: An Interview with Dan Hocoy. 14. Working with Arab and Muslim American Clients: An Interview with Marwan Dwairy. 15. Working with White Ethnic Clients: An Interview with the Author. 16. Some Closing Thoughts.

IE

CULTURAL DIVERSITY A PRIMER FOR THE HUMAN SERVICES


Fourth Edition

JERRY V. DILLER, The Wright Institute


352 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032263.

CULTURAL DIVERSITY: A PRIMER FOR THE HUMAN SERVICES, International Edition provides the tools required of students to become a successful and effective counselor. This innovative text covers a variety of topics, ranging from the general principles of cultural diversity to how to work with clients from various cultures. NEW TO THIS EDITION The Fourth Edition includes coverage of important new concepts, such as racial microaggressions, therapeutic interventions with individuals from collective family systems, enforcing professional standards, and culturally sensitive treatment of children. The updated text features a reorganized table of contents for a more logical flow and greater readability. The text offers a new interview chapter with Marwan Dwairy on working with Arab and Muslim Americans.

Page 58

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Diverse Populations

NEW FOR 2011!

NEW TO THIS EDITION New! Chapter 1 emphasizes the necessity for clarity of definition and synthesizes past and present definitions and critiques of cultural competence into a current and comprehensive working definition. New! Chapters on cultural competence with Muslim Americans, European Americans, elderly persons and persons with disabilities encourage greater discussion of the specific issues facing these cultural groups. New! Updates on cultural competence literature and trends with the most up-to-date information better equip students to navigate the constantly evolving multicultural landscape. New! While rooted in the rich history and tradition of the cultural competence movement, a forward-looking section on New Horizons and the Unfinished Agenda emphasizes cultural competence as dialogical process and challenges students and professors to continue the conversation to achieve greater mutual understanding and social justice.

KEY FEATURES A practice model, which addresses social reality, cultural competence framework, diversity groups and goal outcome, provides students with a foundation for understanding and working with diverse populations. With this leading-edge revision, Lum asks how both clients and workers can become culturally competent and proficient by working through culturally based problems together. Contributions from renowned and respected members of social work education include Dorothy Van Soest, Francis K. O. Yuen, Hilary N. Weaver, Nocona Pewewardy, Rhea V. Almeida, Lisa Dressner, Caroline Hann, Ruth McRoy, Margaret Lombe, Betty Garcia, Rowena Fong, Fariyal RossSheriff, Altat Husain, Christine T. Lowery, Carol Tully, Romel Mackelprang, Donna L. Yee, and Linda A. Revilla.

IE

CULTURALLY COMPETENT PRACTICE: A FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTANDING DIVERSE GROUPS AND JUSTICE ISSUES
Fourth Edition

DOMAN LUM, Emeritus, California State University, Sacramento


592 pages. Paperbound. 2011. ISBN: 9780840034441.

CULTURALLY COMPETENT PRACTICE: A FRAMEWORK FOR UNDERSTANDING DIVERSE GROUPS & JUSTICE ISSUES, International Edition continues its strong tradition of presenting a model for understanding, measuring, and evaluating cultural competence. Author Doman Lum explains how clients and workers can become culturally competent and proficient by working through culturally based problems together. This innovative text emphasizes cultural competence as a dialogical process. It challenges students and professors to continue the conversation to achieve greater mutual understanding and social justice.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 59

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Diverse Populations

Part I: CULTURALLY COMPETENT PERSPECTIVES. 1. Culturally Competent Practice. 2. Social Context. 3. Human Rights and Social and Economic Justice. Part II: A CULTURAL COMPETENCE STRUCTURE. 4. A Framework for Cultural Competence. 5. Cultural Awareness. 6. Knowledge Acquisition. 7. Skills Development. PART III: CULTURALLY DIVERSE GROUPS. 8. Cultural Competence with First Nations People. 9. Cultural Competence with European Americans. 10. Cultural Competence with African Americans. 11. Cultural Competence with Latino Americans. 12. Cultural Competence with Asian Americans. 13. Cultural Competence with Muslim Americans. 14. Cultural Competence with Women. 15. Cultural Competence with Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgender Persons. 16. Cultural Competence with Persons with Disabilities. 17. Cultural Competence with Elderly Persons. Part IV: PRESENT AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS. 18. Some Reflections on Culturally Competent Practice.

NEW FOR 2011!

CONTENTS

KEY FEATURES Sectional introductions make the text easier to navigate and utilize in a classroom setting. Each essay inspires readers to reflect on their own encounters with privilege and oppression. Suggested literature and research is included in each reading for further exploration of the topic. Implications and discussions in each chapter allow readers to see the actions and results of each issue as they apply to real-life practice. Discussion questions at the end of each chapter provide an excellent opportunity to process the issue of privilege at a personal level. CONTENTS Part I: STORIES OF PRIVILEGE. 1. Stories of White Privilege. 2. Stories of Socioeconomic Privilege. 3. Stories of Heterosexual and Cisgender Privilege. 4. Stories of Male Privilege and Sexism. Part II: STORIES OF ASSUMED PRIVILEGE (RACISM, HETEROSEXISM, AND AGEISM) Part III: STORIES OF INTERNALIZED OPPRESSION, ACCULTURATION, AND ASSIMILATION Part IV: INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES: STORIES OF PRIVILEGE, ACCULTURATION, AND ASSIMILATION. Part V: STORIES OF PERSONAL COMPASSION AND BEING ALLIES.

EXPLORATIONS IN DIVERSITY: EXAMINING PRIVILEGE AND OPPRESSION IN A MULTICULTURAL SOCIETY


Second Edition

SHARON K. ANDERSON and VALERIE A. MIDDLETON, both of Colorado State University, Ft. Collins
304 pages. Paperbound. 6-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032157.

This unique text features personal accounts from mental health professionals, professors and students facing issues of privilege and oppression in our diverse society. In this collection of articles, writers discuss discoveries and experiences about their own privileges and oppression, and ultimately, the compassion they've developed for individuals confronted with discrimination. Each essay will inspire readers to reflect on their own encounters with privilege and oppression, while discussion questions at the end of each story provide an opportunity to process these issues on a personal level. NEW TO THIS EDITION The authors have expanded upon an already diverse collection of personal essays. Seven new writers discuss pressing contemporary issues of privilege and oppression in sexuality, ageism, racism, and modern marriage, as well as oppression in academia and within the helping professions.

Page 60

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Methods/Practice with Diverse Populations

KEY FEATURES Helps students examine their biases and prejudices by providing a hypothetical case at the opening of each chapter and the counselors dilemma in handling the case. Provides many case examples to offer real life demonstrations of what both counselors and the client face in treatment. Contains many specific interventions so that students can learn direct clinical applications by example. Provides background coverage on homosexuality. Includes lists of Web sites that can be used for further study at the end of every chapter. The latest news and research articles online, updated daily and spanning over 20 years! Choose to package InfoTrac College Edition with this text and you and your students will have four months free access to an easy-touse online database of reliable, fulllength articles (not abstracts) from thousands of top academic journals and popular sources. Contact your Thomson representative for more information. Available to college and university students only. Journals subject to change.

CONTENTS 1. Sexual Orientation: Social and Cultural Context 2. Gay and Lesbian Identity Development 3. Counseling Lesbians 4. Counseling Gay Men 5. Counseling Gay and Lesbian Couples 6. Counseling Bisexual and Transgendered Clients 7. Sexual Minority Youth 8. Spiritual Issues for Gay and Lesbian Clients 9. Gay and Lesbian Parenting 10. Gay and Lesbian Health Issues

COUNSELING GAY MEN AND LESBIANS: A PRACTICE PRIMER


BOB BARRET, University of North Carolina-Charlotte and COLLEEN LOGAN, University of Houston-Victoria
192 pages. Paperbound. 2002. ISBN: 9780534550844.

This text can also be used as a supplement for diversity courses. This text aims to assist readers in learning practical approaches to counseling and psychotherapy with gay and lesbian clients. Drawn from the authors clinical experience as well as research studies, this book will help mental health professionals expand their repertoire of counseling interventions. This texts unique aspect is its focus on direct clinical application.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 61

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


SectionWelfare Social Name Policy & History

SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY & HISTORY

NEW TO THIS EDITION Pedagogical devices highlight content related to the 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditations Standards (EPAS) competencies from the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). The text includes expanded coverage of international policy developments and human rights issues. Chapter 12 includes new content on the challenges women face in the private health insurance market. Implications of The Great Recession are incorporated throughout and an extended discussion of the effects of globalization on working Americans was added to Chapter 14. KEY FEATURES This text is part of the BROOKS/COLE EMPOWERMENT SERIES, a new program that integrates EPAS competencies and practice behaviors throughout social work texts and their supplements. Within each chapter, EPAS icons are incorporated to correlate content with competencies presented in the EPAS Practice Behaviors and Core Competency chart and are alphabetized for easier navigation. The text maintains a pragmatic approach in addition to rigorous and thorough theoretical content informed by advocates and practitioners throughout the country, to provide students with essential practical preparation for success in their careers. A thoughtful presentation and analysis of international context, with comparative information and

SOCIAL WELFARE POLICY & HISTORY


NEW FOR 2012!

discussion of pertinent issues such as globalization and governance, gives students a broad basis for developing a more complete and nuanced understanding of U.S. social policy. Numerous interesting and relevant case studies are included to illustrate key concepts and aid student understanding of policies and programs by providing concrete examples of individual experiences. CONTENTS PART I: POLICY ANALYSIS: FRAMEWORKS AND TOOLS. 1. Social Justice and Social Workers. 2. The Government?s Role. 3. Policy Analysis and Policy Practice. PART II: COLLECTIVE RESPONSES TO SOCIAL PROBLEMS. 4. The Social Security Act. 5. Poverty. 6. Physical Illness. 7. Mental Illness. 8. Disability. PART III: VULNERABLE POPULATIONS: DISCRIMINATION AND OPPRESSION . 9. People of Color. 10. Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgendered Individuals. 11. Children. 12. Women. 13. The Elderly. 14. Working Americans. 15. Conclusion: Cycles of Liberation.

IE

FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL POLICY: SOCIAL JUSTICE IN HUMAN PERSPECTIVE


Fourth Edition

AMANDA S. BARUSCH, University of Utah


576 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034397.

This innovative text provides a thorough grounding in policy analysis with extensive coverage of policy practice and a unique emphasis on the broad issues and human dilemmas inherent in the pursuit of social justice reflecting the emerging consensus that social justice is a primary mission of the social work profession. Part of the BROOKS/COLE EMPOWERMENT SERIES, this 4th edition integrates the core competencies and practice behaviors outlined in the 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) set by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Organized in four parts, it introduces several philosophical perspectives on what constitutes social justice, and identifies values and assumptions reflected in contemporary policy debates.

Page 62

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Welfare Policy & History

IE

THE RELUCTANT WELFARE STATE


Seventh Edition

BRUCE S. JANSSON, University of Southern California


640 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034410.

contributed to this reluctance. The text more explicitly links historical events to contemporary issues and policies, and uses historical materials to motivate students to become policy advocates in contemporary society. Uniquely links social welfare policy to an empowerment perspective, showing how vulnerable populations, as well as social reformers, have achieved progressive reforms through policy advocacy. CONTENTS 1. The Symbiotic and Uneasy Relationship: Clients, Social Workers and the Welfare State. 2. Making the American Welfare State More Humane, Past, Present, and Future. 3. Fashioning a New Society in the Wilderness. 4. Social Welfare Policy in the 19th Century: 1789-1902. 5. Social Reform in the Progressive Era. 6. Social Policy to Address the Worst Economic Catastrophe in U.S. History. 7. The Era of Federal Social Services: The New Frontier and the Great Society. 8. The Paradoxical Era. 9. The Conservative Counterrevolution in the Era of Reagan and Bush Sr. 10. Reluctance Illustrated: Policy Uncertainty during the Clinton Administration. 11. Bush?s Quest for Realignment. 12. Could President Barack Obama Reverse the Cycle of History? 13. Why Has the American Welfare State Been Reluctant--And What Can We Do about It? 14. Using Knowledge of the Evolution of the American Welfare State to Improve Your Professional Practice.

NEW FOR 2012!

NEW FOR 2011!

IE

BECOMING AN EFFECTIVE POLICY ADVOCATE: FROM POLICY PRACTICE TO SOCIAL JUSTICE


Sixth Edition

BRUCE S. JANSSON, University of Southern California


2011. ISBN: 9780840032874.

Written in clear, lively prose by one of the foremost scholars of social welfare, this book analyzes the evolution of the American welfare state from colonial times to the present placing social policy in its political, cultural, and societal context. Part of the BROOKS/COLE EMPOWERMENT SERIES, this 7th edition integrates the core competencies and practice behaviors outlined in the 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) set by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). NEW TO THIS EDITION This edition integrates the core competencies and practice behaviors outlined in the 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) set by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). New section titled What You Can Do Now with bulleted items that review content in the chapter relevant to the 2008 EPAS Competencies and Practice Behaviors at the end of every chapter. KEY FEATURES The text discusses six dimensions that make the American welfare state more reluctant than most European states, and identifies multiple factors that have

Now in its sixth edition, BECOMING AN EFFECTIVE POLICY ADVOCATE continues to embrace the policy-practice framework that made it a success while including completely updated coverage of important recent developments in the field. This groundbreaking text goes beyond the traditional foundational approach to policy and helps students develop the skills they need to become advocates for social change. Students are taught the ins-and-outs of conducting policy-practice so that they will be prepared to implement policy reform during their own careers. Coverage has been updated to include topics such as the recent presidential elections and economic turmoil as well as examples such as posthurricane New Orleans and homelessness in Los Angeles County. NEW TO THIS EDITION REAL-WORLD RELEVANCE. Coverage has been updated to include recent topics in the news such as the 2008 election and the economic turmoil in the United States and abroad and how these issues affect policy practice. Additionally, coverage of posthurricane New Orleans and homelessness in Los Angeles has been updated to reflect recent developments in those areas. EVIDENCE-BASED
Page 63

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Welfare Policy & History

PRACTICE. Chapter 15 now includes coverage of evidencebased practice and its applications for policy advocacy. UPDATED FRAMEWORK. The policy advocacy framework has been revised for clarity and to create a more logical flow. KEY FEATURES HANDS-ON ACTIVITIES. This text presents a hands-on framework designed to help students become effective policy advocates. The framework identifies recurring policy tasks, policy advocacy skills, and an array of policy competencies that allow policy advocates to put their skills into action. SOCIAL WORK IN ACTION. Policy Advocacy Challenges illustrate how social workers from around the country have used policy-advocacy skills and competencies to achieve policy reforms in agency, community and legislative settings. Some examples integrate video footage, websites, and/or Internet-based exercises, bringing the challenges to life and providing visual and hands-on inspiration for students. REALISTIC EXAMPLES. Case examples in every chapter show how social workers have obtained reforms in legislative and governmental settings, giving students a glimpse of what they can hope to accomplish in their own careers.

CONTENTS PART I. BECOMING MOTIVATED TO BECOME A POLICY ADVOCATE AND A LEADER. 1. Joining a Tradition of Social Reform. 2. Articulating Four Rationales for Participating in Policy Advocacy. PART II. SURMOUNTING CYNICISM BY DEVELOPING POLICY-ADVOCACY SKILLS. 3. Obtaining Skills and Competencies for Policy Advocacy. PART III. NAVIGATING THE ECOLOGY OF POLICY IN THE U.S. AND A GLOBAL WORLD. 4. Understanding the Ecology of Policy in Governmental, Electoral, Community, and Agency Settings. 5. Expanding Policy Advocacy Across National Borders. PART IV. COMMITTING TO PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS THROUGH BUILDING AGENDAS AND POLICY ANALYSIS. 6. Committing to an Issue: Building Agendas. 7. Analyzing Problems in the First Step of Policy Analysis. 8. Developing Policy Proposals in Second, Third, and Fourth Steps of Policy Analysis. 9. Presenting and Defending Policy Proposals in the Fifth and Sixth Steps of Policy Analysis. PART V. ADVOCATING FOR CHANGE. 10. Developing and Using Power. 11. Developing Political Strategy and Putting It Into Action. 12. Engaging in Ballot-Based Policy Advocacy. PART VI. TROUBLESHOOTING AND ASSESSING POLICIES. 13. Troubleshooting Policies. 14. Toward Evidence-Based Policy.

SOCIAL WELFARE: POLICY AND ANALYSIS


Third Edition

ANDREW W. DOBELSTEIN, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill


317 pages. Paperbound. 2003. ISBN: 9780534509866.

Social Welfare: Policy and Analysis, Third Edition offers a clear explanation of policy analysis. It shows students how to apply the methods and processes of policy analysis to current American welfare programs. The description of welfare programs provides a basic introduction to the field and the explanations of how the programs have developed make them more understandable to social welfare students. KEY FEATURES Chapter 10, Assessing Welfare Policy and its Policy Products, includes coverage on global perspectives and references to exporting social welfare policy. Chapter 4, A Framework for Policy Analysis and Development, provides students with a streamlined, cohesive and current presentation on methods and data analysis. The text includes two appendices. An on-line appendix provides students with valuable information on about 30 programs such as Social Security, Medicaid, Homeless Shelters, available at our social welfare policy resource center at http://www.socialwork.wadsworth .com/

Page 64

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Welfare Policy & History

socialwelfarepolicy; the other includes online information sources. Also includes information on issues of diversity & gender, and information about the family leave policy. Includes information on issues of diversity and gender and information about the family leave policy. Questions for discussion are offered at the end of each chapter to aid professors in facilitating class discussion. InfoTrac College Edition can be bundled free with every new copy of this text. InfoTrac College Edition is a world-class, online university library that offers the full text of articles from thousands of scholarly and popular publications. Both adopters and their students receive unlimited access for one academic term (four months). Provides a clear, understandable explanation of the methods of policy analysis enabling students to easily grasp key policy concepts. Examines more than thirty-five different programs, using three levels of policy analysis, with straightforward discussion of how these programs operate in practice. Describes what problems the policies were designed to solve and evaluates their effectiveness through policy analysis. Provides case studies as well as additional models and examples to help students better understand and apply the key concepts.

CONTENTS PART I: INTRODUCTION 1. Understanding Social Welfare Policy 2. The Processes of Social Welfare Policy Making 3. Policy Making at the subNational Level 4. A Framework for Policy Analysis and Development PART II: POLICY ANALYSIS APPLIED 5. Income Maintenance 6. Health 7. Housing 8. Child Welfare 9. Older Adults 10. Assessing Welfare Policy and its Policy Products

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 65

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


SectionWork Social Name Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH METHODS/WRITING/ EVALUATION


NEW FOR 2012!

NEW FOR 2011!

SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH METHODS/WRITING/EVALUATION

Instructions for conducting each type of analysis in two ways: The "Syntax Method" (using SPSS command language) and the "Point and Click Method" (using pull-down menus and dialog boxes.) Output that is accompanied by simple explanations. CONTENTS Part I: HOW TO USE SPSS FOR WINDOWS. 1. Introduction to SPSS for Windows. 2. Entering Data and Naming Variables. 3. Specifying Analyses Using the Point-and-Click Method. 4. Specifying Analyses Using the Syntax Method. 5. Viewing and Manipulating Output. Part II: PROCEDURES. 6. Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Statistics. 7. One-Sample t-Test. 8. Independent-Samples t-Test. 9. Dependent-Samples (MatchedPairs, Paired Samples). 10. One-Way Between-Groups (Independent Groups). 11. Two-Way Between-Groups (Independent Groups). 12. One-Way Within-Subjects (Repeated Measures) ANOVA. 13. Two-Way Mixed (BetweenWithin) ANOVA. 14. Correlations. 15. Simple Regression. 16. Multiple Regression. 17. Chi-Square Test of Independence.

IE

APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH: A TOOL FOR HUMAN SERVICES


Eighth Edition

IE

DUANE R. MONETTE, THOMAS J. SULLIVAN, and CORNELL R. DEJONG, all of Northern Michigan University
592 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032065.

A SIMPLE GUIDE TO SPSS FOR VERSION 18.0


Eleventh Edition

LEE A. KIRKPATRICK, College of William and Mary


128 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-Color. 2012. ISBN: 9781111352554.

This no-nonsense book teaches students everything they need to know about the newest version of SPSS for Windows so they can effectively use the program in statistics class. The guide's simple, straightforward style frees readers to concentrate on learning basic statistical concepts, while still developing familiarity with SPSS. NEW TO THIS EDITION This guide to SPSS version 18.0 reflects the changes in the new version of the software and is updated with new screenshots throughout the text. KEY FEATURES A sample problem for each type of analysis. These sample problems are similar to the problems provided at the end of a typical workbook chapter.

Presenting social science research methods within the context of human service practice, APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH is the ideal text for courses focused on applied research in human services, counseling, social work, sociology, criminal justice, and community planning. With in-depth coverage of all the topics taught in traditional social science research methods courses, APPLIED SOCIAL RESEARCH brings the subject to life by showing how research is increasingly used in practice today. In addition, this Eighth Edition includes a thought-provoking Eye on Ethics feature, enhanced coverage of evidence-based practice, and a stronger connection between research and human services policy. NEW TO THIS EDITION "Eye on Ethics" boxes. While the topic of research ethics will continue to be covered thoroughly in Chapter 3, the new Eye on Ethics boxes encourage students to see ethics as an issue that is integral to research and that must be continually addressed. Critical Thinking sections found at

Page 66

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

NEW FOR 2011!

the end of each chapter connect research methods to practice, policy, and everyday life. Expanded Coverage of EvidenceBased Practice throughout, including a substantial revision of the Research in Practice boxes; adding in new Evidence-Based Practice examples. Enhanced coverage of how research affects human services policy. Updated coverage of technology and research, including the effect of online survey organizations on survey design and administration, as well as, the impact of new technologies. KEY FEATURES The authors emphasize both quantitative and qualitative approaches to social science research. The text includes a discussion of positivist and nonpositivist paradigms in science, and introduces students to one of the key controversies in modern science. Each chapter concludes with "Main Points," "Important Terms for Review," "For Further Reading," and "Exercises for Class Discussion," offering students a range of opportunities to solidify their understanding of important chapter concepts. CONTENTS 1. Research in the Human Services. 2. The Logic of Social Research. 3. Ethical Issues in Social Research. 4. Issues in Problem Formulation. 5. The Process of Measurement. 6. Sampling. 7. Survey Research. 8. Analysis of Available Data. 9. Field Research and Qualitative Methods. 10. Experimental Research.

11. Single-System Designs. 12. Evaluation Research. 13. Scaling. 14. Data Analysis I: Data Preparation and Presentation. 15. Data Analysis II: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics. 16. Analysis of Qualitative Data. 17. Writing for Research: Grant Proposals and Report Writing.

IE

RESEARCH METHODS FOR SOCIAL WORK


Seventh Edition

ALLEN RUBIN, University of Texas, Austin, and EARL R. BABBIE, Chapman University
784 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 1-color. 2011. ISBN: 9780495811831.

Widely considered the best text for the course, RESEARCH METHODS FOR SOCIAL WORK, International Edition combines a rigorous, comprehensive presentation of all aspects of the research endeavor with a thoroughly reader-friendly approach that helps students overcome the fear-factor often associated with this course. Allen Rubin and Earl R. Babbie's classic bestseller is acclaimed for its depth and breadth of coverage, clear and often humorous writing style, student-friendly examples, and ideal balance of quantitative and qualitative research techniques--illustrating how the two methods complement one another. NEW TO THIS EDITION More reader friendly than ever, the Seventh Edition of this bestseller includes new graphics, photos, figures, and tables--creating a lively presentation for visual learners.

The more streamlined narrative also includes added transitional headings, breaking longer sections of text into more digestible segments. Thoroughly revised and completely up to date, the Seventh Edition delivers expanded coverage of IRBs, online surveys, meta-analysis, and literature review--providing detailed explanations on how to conduct reviews. It also offers insightful discussions on the disparate ways in which significance test results are presented in reports and journal articles. Continuing to provide clear explanations, the text clarifies differences in sampling between the level of confidence and the margin of error and between quota sampling and stratified sampling. It also thoroughly explains how a scale can be incorporated as part of a survey questionnaire. A new section on B designs has been added to Chapter 12 in response to the potential utility of these designs for practitioners engaged in the evidence-based practice process. Now updated to SPSS 17.0, the "A Learner's Guide to SPSS" appendix has been moved to a separate booklet, giving instructors complete flexibility in deciding whether or not they want to include coverage. KEY FEATURES RESEARCH METHODS FOR SOCIAL WORK offers a balance of quantitative and qualitative research methods that equips students with insight into both methodological approaches. Ensuring student comprehension, the text uses multiple examples to illustrate the material and its relevance for practice. The authors focus on applications to social work practice, including material on gender- and minority-related research and coverage of crosscultural research. Helping students maximize their study efforts, each chapter provides

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 67

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

helpful learning aids, including chapter outlines and overviews; "Main Points"; review questions and exercises; additional readings; and clarifying charts, graphs, and screened examples. The authors are highly regarded in their respective fields. Earl Babbie is well respected in sociology and is the author of the best-selling research methods text in sociology. A widely respected leader in social work, Allen Rubin is a past president of the Society for Social Work and Research. The text incorporates the most current Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS), as recommended by the Council on Social Work Education. CONTENTS PART I: SCIENCE AND SOCIAL WORK. 1. Scientific and Unscientific Sources of Social Work Practice Knowledge. 2. Evidence-Based Practice. 3. Philosophy and Theory in Social Work Research. PART II: THE ETHICAL, POLITICAL, AND CULTURAL CONTEXT OF SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH. 4. The Ethics and Politics of Social Work Research. 5. Culturally Competent Research. PART III: CONCEPTUALIZATION AND MEASUREMENT. 6. Problem Formulation. 7. Explicating Research Elements. 8. Measurement. 9. Constructing Measurement Instruments. PART IV: EVALUATION DESIGNS AND METHODS. 10. Causal Inference and QuasiExperimental Designs. 11. Experimental Designs. 12. Single-Case Evaluation Designs. 13. Program Evaluation. PART V: SURVEYS, SAMPLING, AND EXISTING DATA. 14. Sampling. 15. Survey Research. 16. Unobtrusive Measures. PART VI: QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS.

17. Qualitative Research: General Principles. 18. Qualitative Research: Specific Methods. 19. Qualitative Data Analysis. PART VII: ANALYSIS OF QUANTITATIVE DATA. 20. Quantitative Data Analysis. 21. Inferential Data Analysis: Part 1. 22. Inferential Data Analysis: Part 2. Appendix A: Using the Library. Appendix B: Writing Research Proposals and Reports. Appendix C: Statistics for Estimating Sampling Error.

NEW FOR 2011!

IE

RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIAL WORK


Sixth Edition

DAVID ROYSE, University of Kentucky, Lexington


416 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032287.

RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIAL WORK introduces readers to the basic concepts of the research process, using examples and illustrations from social work journals. This text effectively "demystifies" research and helps students to see that research really is understandable. The author has deliberately avoided overuse of technical detail and has remained true to his goal of providing "all that is essential and nothing that doesn't directly relate in a useful way." Over the course of multiple editions, Royse's text has received widespread praise for its clear explanations and unintimidating writing style. NEW TO THIS EDITION The text has been updated to align with the Council on Social Work Education's 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards. This edition includes coverage of research and the way it can inform evidence-based practice. All research and references have been updated to keep in step with the latest developments in the field. KEY FEATURES Assignment templates in each chapter enable students to experience research first-hand. Many projects require the students to use current social work

Page 68

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

literature. Each chapter contains a selfreview quiz, questions for class discussion, and assignments to help students check their understanding of the material. The book thoroughly examines ethical issues that surround research and includes Internet resources, weblinks, and examples in social work literature. The author provides information on how to prepare a proposal for research and how to write a thesis proposal. CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Introduction. The Way Research Proceeds. Ethical Thinking And Research. Single System Designs. Research Designs For Group Comparisons. 6. Understanding And Using Research Instruments. 7. Developing Data Collection Instruments: Scales And Questionnaires. 8. Quantitative And Qualitative Sampling. 9. Survey Research Methods. 10. Unobstrusive Approaches To Data Collection Secondary Date And Content Analysis.. 11. Qualitative Research. 12. Program Evaluation. 13. Data Analysis. 14. Professional Writing: Proposals, Research Reports, And Journal Articles.

IE

WRITING WITH STYLE: APA STYLE FOR SOCIAL WORK


Fourth Edition

elements of a research study and incorporated this content within the text chapters, making these important examples easier to find and connecting them more closely with the text material. The discussion of literature review now includes coverage of metaanalysis and case studies, providing information on two key topics students are likely to encounter as they read and write within the social work profession. KEY FEATURES Integrated throughout the text, practical exercises offer students an opportunity to evaluate and improve their writing skills by applying the rules and techniques covered within the chapters. The modular structure of the text allows each chapter to stand alone as an individual learning unit or reference, allowing you to adapt the text easily to your unique syllabus, course calendar, and personal preferences. The authors' popular "learning through modeling" approach tailors coverage of APA style specifically to the field of social work literature, and to the needs and goals of the professionals who read and write it. CONTENTS 1. Writing with Style. 2. Ethics and Writing. 3. General Writing Techniques. 4. Writing an Introduction. 5. Writing the Literature Review. 6. Writing the Method Section. 7. Writing the Results Section. 8. Writing the Discussion Section. 9. Writing the Abstract. 10. Listing References. 11. Preparing the Title Page and Formatting Your Manuscript. 12. Grammar and Punctuation Matters. 13. Polishing the Paper. 14. Preparing a Presentation..

LENORE T. SZUCHMAN, Barry University, and BARBARA THOMLISON, Florida International University
216 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840031990.

WRITING WITH STYLE: APA STYLE FOR SOCIAL WORK, International Edition, applies a proven "learning through modeling" approach to help students master the elements of writing research papers and other professional documents in APA style. In addition to reviewing APA style basics, the text includes numerous writing exercises to help students apply what they learn and hone their skills by practicing writing professional literature. Further support is provided through resources such as sample outlines, title pages, abstracts, and numerous templates included throughout the text as references. NEW TO THIS EDITION The Fourth Edition has been carefully updated to include the latest information from the new APA style guide to help you ensure that course content is current and accurate, and that students will be prepared to apply what they learn in their professional careers. This edition features additional information and new insights on qualitative research, providing valuable guidance on this important area of social work literature. Based on feedback from readers, the authors have eliminated the appendixes featuring the written

IE

- International Edition

NEW FOR 2011!

www.cengageasia.com

Page 69

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

NEW FOR 2011!

KEY FEATURES This book consistently shows students the links between social work research and generalist social work practice. Marlow makes the methodology easy to grasp with clear learning objectives and outcomes, helping social work students see the relevance of research to social work practitioners. It reflects CSWE requirements for a global perspective, including an increased discussion of evidencebased practice. CONTENTS

IE

IE

RESEARCH METHODS FOR GENERALIST SOCIAL WORK


Fifth Edition

ESSENTIAL RESEARCH METHODS FOR SOCIAL WORK


Second Edition

CHRISTINE R. MARLOW, New Mexico State University


368 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2011. ISBN: 9780840033284.

ALLEN RUBIN, University of Texas, Austin, and EARL R. BABBIE, Chapman University
368 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 1-color. 2010. ISBN: 9780495803904.

RESEARCH METHODS FOR GENERALIST SOCIAL WORK, International Edition provides a clear, down-to-earth introduction to the concepts of research methodology. Marlow's accessible research methods text consistently demonstrates the link between social work research and generalist social work practice, making the methodology easy to grasp. The text helps you discover the relevance of research to social work practitioners. NEW TO THIS EDITION This edition provides new learning objectivesgrounded in the CSWE Educational Policies and Accreditation Standardsthat are tied to specific learning outcomes at the end of each chapter. It features international examples as well as an increased emphasis on global social work in the CSWE standards. The updated text provides new exercises at the end of each chapter, as well as expanded ethical discussions and diversity integration.

1. Science and Social Work 2. Research and Generalist Social Work Practice 3. Deciding on the Question 4. The Literature Review and Identifying the Variables 5. Designing Needs Assessments 6. Designing Program Evaluations 7. Designing the Evaluation of Practice 8. Selecting the Participants in the Research 9. Collecting the Data 10. Organizing the Data. (With Yoshi DeRoos, PhD) 11. Analysis of Qualitative Data. (With Colin Collett van Rooyen, M.Soc.Sc.) 12. Analysis of Quantitative Data. (With Yorshi DeRoos, PhD) 13. Research Writing Appendices A. Library and World Wide Web Resources B. Guidelines for Evaluating Research Studies. C. Statistical Formulas. D. Probability Tables. E: Code of Ethics, approved by the National Association of Social Workers (NASW), Section 5.02 Evaluation and Research. Glossary. Index.

Master research methods with ESSENTIAL RESEARCH METHODS FOR SOCIAL WORK, International Edition! Readerfriendly and clear, this social work book provides you with the tools you need to understand essential research methods content. Illustrations and examples throughout show you how you can apply research to practice. Studying is made easy with a bookspecific website that includes tutorial quizzes and links to additional related concepts. Outlines, introductions, boxes, chapter endings with main points, review questions and exercises, and Internet exercises provide you with the information and practice you need to conduct research methods in social work. NEW TO THIS EDITION The Second Edition features new material on Evidence-Based Practice, with the infusion of more content on this subject in various chapters. In addition, a new chapter (Chapter 2, "EvidenceBased Practice"), is devoted entirely to this topic. The book's significantly revised art program includes new figures in many chapters that summarize and illustrate key chapter concepts. The order of topics has been changed to improve student understanding. The authors followed the advice of reviewers

Page 70

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

who suggested a new sequence of the topics in the chapter on cultural competence; to cover levels of measurement earlier (Chapter 5), and to add a section on phenomenology to the chapter on qualitative research. The authors also reversed the order of the chapters on singlecase designs and program evaluation, and moved the chapters on ethics and cultural competence to a new Part 6, "Ethical and Cultural Issues in Social Work Research" to improve the flow of topics. KEY FEATURES This streamlined, more concise version of Rubin and Babbie's RESEARCH METHODS FOR SOCIAL WORK provides essential research methods content with clear, accurate coverage in a reader-friendly writing style. Social work-specific illustrations and examples throughout the Second Edition provide examples of how students can apply research to practice. The text offers a balanced presentation of quantitative and qualitative research methods, illustrating how these two methods can complement one another. CONTENTS Part I. AN INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY IN SOCIAL WORK. 1. Why Study Research? 2. Evidence-Based Practice. 3. Factors Influencing the Research Process. Part II. PROBLEM FORMULATION AND MEASUREMENT. 4. Reviewing Literature and Developing Research Questions. 5. Conceptualization in Quantitative and Qualitative Inquiry. 6. Measurement in Quantitative and Qualitative Inquiry. 7. Quantitative and Qualitative Measurement Instruments. Part III. SAMPLING AND SURVEYS.

8. Surveys. 9. Sampling: Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches. Part IV. DESIGNS FOR EVALUATING PROGRAMS AND PRACTICE. 10. Experiments and QuasiExperiments. 11. Single-case Evaluation Designs. 12. Program Evaluation. Part V. ADDITIONAL QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS. 13. Additional Methods in Qualitative Inquiry. 14. Analyzing Available Records: Quantitative and Qualitative Methods. Part VI: ETHICAL AND CULTURAL ISSUES IN SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH. 15. Ethical Issues in Social Work Research. 16. Culturally Competent Research. Part VII. DATA ANALYSIS. 17. Quantitative Data Analysis. 18. Qualitative Data Analysis.

IE

STATISTICS FOR EVIDENCEBASED PRACTICE AND EVALUATION


Second Edition

ALLEN RUBIN, University of Texas, Austin


320 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 10. 2010. ISBN: 9780495834090.

Written to address the particular needs of helping-professions students, Allen Rubin's comprehensive and easy-to-read book provides a step-bystep guide to using statistics, from the evaluation of clinical interventions in a small agency, to how different procedures can be applied across different sorts of studies within the same practice setting. The author's friendly, approachable style makes the subject of statistics highly accessible to students. A variety of practice illustrations are given both in the narrative as well as in the chapter ending exercise, lending flexibility to teaching approaches. NEW TO THIS EDITION The new text includes more boxes to highlight important formulas, plus a new section illustrating the critical regions and the influence of sample size in one- and twotailed tests. Excerpts appear from research articles in journals, illustrating some of the various ways statistical findings are reported. Increased coverage is included of critical areas, such as expanded discussion of meta-analysis in light of its importance in evidencebased practice, increased coverage of nonparametric statistics, and a new section on statistical conclusion. New summary tables are included on different chi-square procedures

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 71

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

and on various correlation statistics at the ends of the chapters that address those topics. A new appendix is added on how to write up the results of descriptive and inferential statistical analysis for reports and articles. KEY FEATURES Practical examples provide students with the opportunity to see how and when data analysis and statistics are used in practice, with a clear and thorough description of evidence-based practice for social work students. "Selecting an Appropriate Significance Test," a useful chart that appears on the text's endpapers, provides students with a quick and easy method to determine which test should be selected for the problem. Appendix G provides students with a comprehensive guide to SPSS, complete with exercises for relevant chapters. By presenting this material in an appendix, the flow of the chapter material is not interrupted, yet still gives modularized choice to both reader and professor. Students can use the simulated data set of a fictional residential treatment center, which appears in Appendix F, as a practice case while mastering the functionalities and applications of SPSS. "Personal Stories" provide practitioners' first-hand accounts and experiences taken from their lives as social workers. CONTENTS Part 1: INTRODUCTION AND EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE. 1. Why Study Statistics. 2. Use of Statistics in EvidenceBased Practice. 3. Review of Key Research Methodology Concepts and Terms. Part 2: DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS. 4. Frequency Distributions. 5. Graphs and Charts.

6. Measures of Central Tendency. 7. Measures of Dispersion. 8. Normal Distributions. 9. z-Scores, Percentiles, and Effect. Part 3: INFERENTIAL DATA ANALYSIS: CONCEPTUAL FOUNDATION. 10. Probability and Sampling Distributions. 11. Hypothesis Testing and Statistical Significance. 12. Statistical Conclusion Validity. 13. Interpreting the Strength and Importance of Relationships. Part 4: INFERENTIAL DATA ANALYSIS: PARAMETRIC AND NONPARAMETRIC PROCEDURES. 14. The t-Test. 15. Analysis of Variance. 16. Cross-Tabulation and ChiSquare. 17. Correlation. 18. Regression Analysis. 19. Applications to Single-System Regression Designs.

IE

THE PRACTICE OF SOCIAL RESEARCH


Twelveth Edition

EARL R. BABBIE, Chapman University


624 pages. Paperound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2010. ISBN: 9780495598428.

Known as the gold standard of research methods texts, THE PRACTICE OF SOCIAL RESEARCH, International Edition, is a comprehensive, straightforward introduction to the field of research as practiced by social scientists. This best-selling text emphasizes the research process by showing readers how to design research studies, introducing the various observation modes in use today, and answering questions about research methods such as how to conduct online surveys and analyze both qualitative and quantitative data. THE PRACTICE OF SOCIAL RESEARCH, International Edition provides the tools readers need to apply social research concepts inside the classroom and out, and as both researchers and consumers. NEW TO THIS EDITION Introduce students to the sensitivities around social research with a new section on research ethics at the end of each chapter. Demonstrate how to conduct a research proposal with new skillbuilding exercises in each chapter. Students prepare different sections of a proposal in each chapter while applying specific chapter concepts. Then, in Chapter 17, students review the full proposal pulled together in its final form. Examine key qualitative researchers and their work with the new "Keeping Humanity in Focus" box feature. Profiles of

Page 72

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

exciting new researchers include Kathryn Edin, Maria Kefalas, Elijah Anderson, Rachel Sherman, Kristen Schilt, and Sudhir Venkatesh. KEY FEATURES Offer a balance between quantitative and qualitative methods, showing their common groundings and how they complement each other. The new "Keeping Humanity in Focus" boxed feature expands upon coverage of qualitative methods for this edition. Boost student achievement with chapter-beginning overviews that explain chapter objectives and how the material fits into the overall scheme of social research. A chapter table of contents also provides a roadmap for reviews and tests. Provide the best faculty and student support package in the research methods course market. No other text has the depth and breadth of the supplemental support package for THE PRACTICE OF SOCIAL RESEARCH. Empower students with hands-on "How To Do It" boxes and their practical research topics, including: Framing a Hypothesis, Identifying the Unit of Analysis, How to Design a Research Project, Using a Table of Random Numbers, Conducting an Online Survey, Establishing Rapport, and Percentaging a Table. CONTENTS PART I: AN INTRODUCTION TO INQUIRY. 1. Human Inquiry and Science. 2. Paradigms, Theory, and Social Research. 3. The Ethics and Politics of Social Research. PART II: THE STRUCTURING OF INQUIRY: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE. 4. Research Design. 5. Conceptualization, Operationalization, and Measurement.
- International Edition

6. Indexes, Scales, and Typologies. 7. The Logic of Sampling. PART III: MODES OF OPERATION: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE. 8. Experiments.9. Survey Research. 10. Qualitative Field Research. 11. Unobtrusive Research .12. Evaluation Research. PART IV: ANALYSIS OF DATA: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE. 13. Qualitative Data Analysis. 14. Quantitative Data Analysis. 15. The Elaboration Model. 16. Statistical Analyses. 17. Reading and Writing Social Research.

IE

PROGRAM EVALUATION: AN INTRODUCTION


Fifth Edition

DAVID ROYSE, University of Kentucky, BRUCE A. THYER, Florida State University; DEBORAH K. PADGETT, New York University; and T.K. LOGAN, University of Kentucky
448 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2010. ISBN:9780495604266.

Praised by instructors and students alike, PROGRAM EVALUATION: AN INTRODUCTION, International Edition helps your students evaluate services and programs that they will encounter in their professional practice. In the process of learning evaluation techniques and skills, students will become proficient at critically analyzing evaluation studies conducted by others. The authors present and simplify all the essentials needed for a critical appreciation of evaluation issues and methodology. The authors' clear writing style and clear presentation of concepts, as well as the text's hands-on and applied focus, will guide students on how to gather evidence and demonstrate that their interventions and programs are effective in improving clients' lives. NEW TO THIS EDITION The book's chapters have been thoughtfully reviewed, revised, and reorganized. Based on reviewer feedback, the authors created a new chapter to explain sampling. Additionally, Chapter 4, "Qualitative and Mixed Methods in Evaluation," has been thoroughly reworked; and, material on Goal Attainment Scaling has been integrated throughout the book rather than kept in as a

IE

www.cengageasia.com

Page 73

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

separate chapter. Chapter 15, "Writing Evaluation Proposals, Reports, and Journal Articles," has been fully revised, including a more user-friendly slant, new material on writing executive summaries, and considerations in planning and writing evaluation reports for agencies. Updated content in this edition includes new material on designing questionnaires; expanded coverage of developing logic models; new examples of measurement instruments (scales) with a macro focus; new checklists and guides; new studies and references; and new Internet sources of information. KEY FEATURES Questions for class discussion, presented at the end of each chapter, help students to apply the concepts covered and provide them with opportunities to share ideas and interact with each other. Chapter-ending mini-projects give students an opportunity to experience evaluation firsthand. Illustrations of evaluative research from the literature helps students see how concepts are applied, and intriguing case studies demonstrate how others have evaluated programs in the "real world." Chapter 4, "Qualitative and Mixed Methods in Evaluation," provides students with a balanced presentation on quantitative and qualitative methods, and includes information on such topics as reciprocity, payback, feedback, sampling, data collection, and quality control.

CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Ethical Issues in Program Evaluation. 3 Needs Assessment. 4. Qualitative and Mixed Methods in Evaluation. 5. Formative and Process Evaluation. 6. Single System Research Designs. 7. Client Satisfaction. 8. Sampling. 9. Group Research Designs. 10. Cost-Effectiveness and Cost Analysis Designs. 11. Measurement Tools and Strategies. 12. Illustrations of Instruments. 13. Pragmatic Issues. 14. Data Analysis. 15. Writing Evaluation Proposals, Reports, and Journal Articles.

WRITING AND PUBLISHING YOUR THESIS, DISSERTATION & RESEARCH: A GUIDE FOR STUDENTS IN THE HELPING PROFESSIONS
P. PAUL HEPPNER and MARY J. HEPPNER, both of the University of Missouri, Columbia
375 pages. Paperbound. 2004. ISBN: 9780534559748.

This book provides masters and doctoral students with an in-depth and comprehensive guide to the process of writing a thesis or dissertation. It breaks down this often foreboding and overwhelming goal into achievable steps, presenting models that prepare readers for each stage of the process. Within each step, the authors supply all the tools and detailed instructions necessary for the successful completion of a thesis or dissertation. Along the way, the book offers readers skills and techniques that can help them cope more effectively with the psychological or emotional blocks that often get in the way of accomplishing their goal. KEY FEATURES Provides models from actual theses and dissertations, highlighting important skills in writing each section. Presents the psychological and emotional obstacles that can derail students at each step of the process, and offers ways of getting back on track. Focuses on skills needed to successfully develop both quantitative and qualitative methods and results chapters. Covers the use of technology for

Page 74

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Social Work Research Methods/Writing/Evaluation

literature searches, reference management, and collecting data on the Internet, and provides Web sites that can aid in students search for possible funding sources. Offers in-depth information on writing the results chapter when using statistics ranging from t-tests to Structural Equation Modeling. Discusses specific ways of diversifying samples to be more inclusive of previously underrepresented groups. CONTENTS 1. Setting Yourself Up for Success: Alleviating Barriers that May Impede Your Progress 2. Identifying Your Topic and Making It Researchable 3. Overview: Setting the Stage for the Thesis or Dissertation 4. Searching and Reviewing the Relevant Literature: Finding What Has Come Before 5. Research Hypotheses: The Motor that Drives the Study 6. Writing Your Literature Review: Integration and Case Building 7. Quantitative Methods: Mapping Your Research Plan 8. Qualitative Methods: On the Road to Exploring the Unknown 9. Exclusion Is Easier, Inclusion Is Better: Diversifying Samples 10. Working With Your Advisor and Committee 11. Demonstrating Integrity and Professionalism in Your Research 12. Conducting Quantitative Analyses And Presenting Your Results 13. Qualitative Results: The Meaning Making Process 14. The Discussion: Making the Data Sing 15. Citations and Reference Lists: The Devil is in the Details 16. Publishing the Thesis or Dissertation

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 75

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Field/Practicum/Internship

FIELD/PRACTICUM/INTERNSHIP

NEW TO THIS EDITION This edition offers extended discussion of social policy and cultural diversity issues. This edition includes new material on the strengths-based perspective and evidence-based practice. More detailed discussions of creating electronic portfolios equip students with another skill they can use in their job search. Evidence-based practice is introduced early in the book and is reinforced throughout the text. KEY FEATURES Kiser offers a wealth of practical information for students just beginning their field experience, focusing on issues such as myths about internships, stages in the development of internships, development of a learning agreement, and getting to know the field placement agency. The book offers solid coverage of the special skills of human service professionals--including supervision, diversity, ethics, communication with clients, oral and written reports, and emotions and stress in the workplace--while helping students understand and avoid the common problems interns face. CONTENTS 1. Getting Ready. 2. Getting Acquainted. 3. Developing Ethical Competence. 4. Using Supervision. 5. Learning to Learn from Experience: The Integrative Process Model. 6. Communicating with Clients. 7. Developing Cultural Competence. 8. Writing and Reporting within Your Field Agency. 9. Taking Care of Yourself. 10. Ending Your Internship. 11. Planning Your Career.

FIELD/PRACTICUM/INTERNSHIP
NEW FOR 2012!

IE

THE SUCCESSFUL INTERNSHIP: PERSONAL, PROFESSIONAL, AND CIVIC DEVELOPMENT


Third Edition

IE

THE HUMAN SERVICES INTERNSHIP: GETTING THE MOST FROM YOUR EXPERIENCE
Third Edition

H. FREDERICK SWEITZER, University of Hartford, and MARY A. KING, Fitchburg State College
312 pages. Paperbound. 2009. ISBN: 9780495596424.

PAMELA MYERS KISER, Elon College


384 pages. Paperbound. 8-1/2 x 11. 1-Color. 2012. ISBN: 9781111186890.

Integrating theory with real-world practice, THE HUMAN SERVICES INTERNSHIP: GETTING THE MOST FROM YOUR EXPERIENCE, International Edition helps students make meaningful connections between classroom learning and their own field experiences through ongoing reflection, analysis, and exercises. This workbook-formatted text reviews and updates basic information that is useful to students in human service field programs. An excellent tool for self-assessment and analysis, the text intersperses exercises through each chapter to engage students in thinking about how the material being discussed relates to their own experiences. A unique six-step modelthat students are encouraged to use throughout their field experienceguides students in enhancing self-awareness, integrating the knowledge and values of the profession, recognizing challenging and dissonant situations, decisionmaking, and follow-through.

THE SUCCESSFUL INTERNSHIP offers students more than just a resource on how to find a position or how to interview; it addresses the concerns, emotions, needs, and unique personal challenges that are the essence of an internship or field experience. The authors describe in detail the path of change students will find themselves embarking on and the challenges they will face along the way, and they provide clear, concrete tools that build the foundation for students' successful field/practicum experience. The book's five-stage model of the internship processanticipation, disillusionment, confrontation, competence, and culmination-places the material in a meaningful framework that lends structure to students' understanding of the work they will be doing.

Page 76

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Field/Practicum/Internship

NEW TO THIS EDITION Most chapters now include a section on civic development to help students understand the public relevance of their work. Chapter 2, "Framing the Experience: Developmental Stages of an Internship," explores the critical attitudes, skills, personal resources, and pieces of knowledge that interns should draw upon during their experience. Many new examples drawn from business, humanities, government, education, nonprofit agencies, and other fields make this edition more diverse and appropriate for audiences other than the helping professions. Because the book now includes a wider variety of professions, the authors have included "Of Special Relevance to the Helping Professions" sections so that interns in these professions can continue to get what they need, while others may choose to skip these sections. KEY FEATURES Students can apply the five-stage model to areas of their lives beyond their internships, such as new careers, subsequent internships, practica, and servicelearning experiences. Student quotes and cases give the book an experiential, contextual feel. Special features such as "Focus on Theory," "Focus on Skill," "Think about It", and "In Their Own Words" provide a flexible menu that can be adapted to a variety of settings. The Helping Professions Learning Center (HPLC) is a centralized online resource that allows students to build their skills and gain even more confidence and familiarity with the principles that

govern the life of the helping professional. You have free access to the HPLC materials through the password-protected Instructor's Companion Site. CONTENTS Section I: BEGINNING THE JOURNEY. 1. Laying the Groundwork. 2. Framing the Experience: Developmental Stages of an Internship. 3. Understanding Yourself. 4. Understanding Yourself as an Intern. Section II: DISCOVERING THE FIELD. 5. Experiencing the "What Ifs": The Anticipation Stage. 6. Getting to Know the Clients. 7. Getting to Know Your Colleagues. 8. Getting to Know the Placement Site. 9. Getting to Know the Community. Section III: FACING NEW FRONTIERS. 10. Taking Stock and Facing Reality: The Disillusionment Stage. 11. Breaking Through Barriers: The Confrontation Stage. Section IV: GOING THE DISTANCE. 12. Riding High: The Competence Stage. 13. Considering the Issues: Professional, Ethical and Legal. 14. Traveling the Last Mile: The Culmination Stage.

THE COUNSELOR INTERNS HANDBOOK


Third Edition

CHRISTOPHER M. FAIVER, John Carroll University; SHERI P. EISENGART, Case Western Reserve University; and RONALD COLONNA, Lutheran Childrens Aid and Family Services
240 pages. Paperbound. 2004. ISBN: 9780534528355.

This practical and succinct book guides students through each stage of the often-complicated internship process, offering resources that will prove valuable even after their internships are complete. The text is built on the experience of three established authors known in their fields: Chris Faiver, a supervisor to students in the field for over 25 years; Sheri Eisengart, a clinician, researcher, and former student of Faiver; and Ronald Colonna, a professional and administrator from an agency that frequently serves as a placement site for interns. Because the text can be used from state to state, it also serves as a perfect study guide for certification and state and national licensure examinations.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 77

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Field/Practicum/Internship

KEY FEATURES The book presents the internship experience as a process, from selecting a site, to working with a site supervisor, to interviewing and testing, to termination. It includes chapters on self-examination, supervision, competencies, theories, testing, psychopharmacology, and practical situations. The authors provide an overview of psychological testing, ethics, interviewing strategies, treatment modalities, psychopharmacology, and various clinical and management issues with clients. Chapter 1, Getting Started, includes information on school, higher education, and EAP counselors. Discussion of psychopharmacology encompasses such topics as understanding when and how to make referrals to physicians, assessing clients feelings about medication, and encouraging compliance with medication regimens. The appendices practical forms and references, such as Sample Resumes, NBCC Coursework Requirements, and Commonly Used Abbreviations, guide interns from internship towards their professional careers.

CONTENTS 1. Getting Started 2. Along The Way: A Counselor Self Assessment 3. The Site Supervisor 4. Developing Competencies and Demonstrating Skills 5. The Clinical Interview 6. Psychological Testing Overview 7. Understanding How to Help 8. Understanding Psychotropic Medications 9. Professional Challenges 10. Ethical Issues \ 11. Finishing Up

Page 78

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Theories

COUNSELING THEORIES

THEORIES
NEW FOR 2012!

influences of a theorist also helps explain how the theorist views human behavior. NEW TO THIS EDITION New! Designed to bolster student understanding, new chapter openers offer an overview of the personality theory and the techniques used for the theory chapters. These openers provide a detailed outline of the theory of psychotherapy and counseling -equipping students with a handy reference for their work. New! The text includes four full new cases, while many existing cases have been completely updated. In addition, now the first case presented in the psychological disorders section is the longest and most thorough. New! Offering the latest material available, Chapter 1 and 16 include updated information about research supported psychological treatments. New! The new order of the final two chapters enables students to review and summarize the chapter on different therapies before integrating them. Chapter 16 is now Comparison and Critique and Chapter 17 is Integrative Therapies. Chapter 17 shows students how to make their own integrative therapy by demonstrating three methods of integrating theory: theoretical integration, the assimilative model, and technical eclecticism. The new edition is completely up to date with the CACREP standards passed in 2008. KEY FEATURES The first theories text to include comprehensive information about evidence-based psychotherapy, the book defines and discusses this key

IE

THEORIES OF PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELING: CONCEPTS AND CASES


Fifth Edition

RICHARD S. SHARF, University of Delaware


688 pages. Casebound. 8 x 10. 1-Color. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034625.

Comprehensive in scope yet succinct in its descriptions and explanations, THEORIES OF PSYCHOTHERAPY & COUNSELING, International Edition equips students with a solid understanding of the systematic theories of psychotherapy and counseling. Proven author and professor Dr. Sharf delivers a thorough explanation of concepts as well as insightful case summaries and therapist-client dialogue that illustrate techniques and treatment in practice. He demonstrates how theories can be applied to individual therapy or counseling for common psychological disorderssuch as depression and generalized anxiety disordersas well as how to apply them to group therapy. A final chapter compares and critiques each of the theories. For the major theories presented in the text, basic information about background, personality theory, and theory of psychotherapy provides a means for understanding the application of psychotherapy theory. Insight into the personal life and philosophical

concept in the first and last chapters as well as other chapters when examples are given for treating a psychological disorder with an evidence-based treatment for a specific theory. Sharf divides Constructivist and Integrative approaches into two chapters: Chapter 11s constructivist approaches include expansive coverage of solutionfocused and narrative therapy. Chapter 16s integrative approaches offer an expanded section on three integrative theories. In addition, full explanations are given for the transtheoretical approach (Prochaska and Norcross) as well as Wachtels cyclical psychodynamics model. Offering the most up-to-date coverage available, Chapter 8 includes the latest information on virtual reality therapy, Chapter 10 offers increased coverage of cognitive schemas and core belief systems, and Chapter 13 provides more emphasis on feminist therapy in different cultures across the world. The insightful Student Manual helps students maximize their study time and course success! It includes additional sample cases and multiple choice questions that put students in the role of therapist using the particular therapy under discussion. Reflecting the latest developments from the field, Sharf draws from more than 60 experts in a wide variety of theoretical approaches to psychotherapy and counseling. Each specialist provided suggestions for inclusion of specific content as well as reviews of chapters at various stages of the books development.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 79

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

1. Introduction. 2. Psychoanalysis. 3. Jungian Analysis and Therapy. 4. Adlerian Therapy. 5. Existential Therapy. 6. Person-Centered Therapy. 7. Gestalt Therapy: An Experiential Therapy. 8. Behavior Therapy. 9. Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy. 10. Cognitive Therapy. 11. Reality Therapy. 12. Constructivist Approaches. 13. Feminist Therapy: A Multicultural Approach. 14. Family Therapy. 15. Other Psychotherapies. 16. Comparison and Critique. 17. Integrative Therapies.

NEW FOR 2011!

CONTENTS

IE

CURRENT PSYCHOTHERAPIES
Ninth Edition

RAYMOND J. CORSINI, University of Hawaii, and DANNY WEDDING, School of Medicine, University of MissouriColumbia
544 pages. 2011.

ISBN: 9780840032614.

Relevant and accessible, CURRENT PSYCHOTHERAPIES helps students learn, compare, and apply the major systems of psychotherapy in a way that is meaningful to both their classroom experience and to their own practices. CURRENT PSYCHOTHERAPIES is used in top counseling, psychology, and social work programs, and features an outstanding group of contributors, each of whom is either an originator or a leading proponent of one of the systems. Each contributor presents the basic principles of the system, including how it compares with other systems, in a clear and straightforward manner. Each theory chapter includes a case example that guides students through the problem, evaluation, treatment, and follow-up process. CASE STUDIES IN PSYCHOTHERAPY, which accompanies CURRENT PSYCHOTHERAPIES, offers corresponding cases that demonstrate the basic techniques and methods of the theory being illustrated. This edition includes classic case studies by Harold Mosak, Carl Rogers, Albert Ellis, Arnold Lazarus, and Peggy Papp. NEW TO THIS EDITION John Norcross and Larry Beutler have written a new chapter on Integrative Psychotherapies, and Roger Walsh adds a new chapter on Contemplative

Psychotherapies. Ed Mendelowitz and Kirk Schneider offer a new chapter on Existential Psychotherapy. Chapters now appearing on the Book Companion Website include Rollo May and Irvin Yalom's chapter on Existential Psychotherapy, as well as updated chapters on Psychodrama and Experiential Psychotherapy. The authors examine the evidence-based support for each theory and share their ideas about the current controversy regarding the importance and limitations of evidence based practice. New authors have been added to expand the coverage on Analytical Psychotherapy and Current Challenges and Controversies: Ellen B. Luborsky, Maureen O'Reilly-Landry, Michael P. Maniacci, Marjorie Witty, Edward Mendelowitz, Kirk Schneider, Roger Walsh, John Norcross, Larry Beutler, and Ken Pope. KEY FEATURES The book is well-known for its helpful pedagogy. Each chapter follows a consistent organization that allows students to read and study the book "horizontally" (from section to section) or "vertically" (comparing all chapter overviews, for example, before moving to all history sections). A reference chart at the front of the book helps student quickly locate information. Each theory chapter includes an "Applications" section that features a case example with a problem, evaluation, treatment, and followup. An extensive, detailed, and up-todate glossary provides students with a convenient reference guide to the topics and terminology discussed in the book.

Page 80

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

1. Introduction, Raymond J. Corsini. 2. Psychoanalysis, Ellen B. Luborsky, Maureen O'ReillyLandry, and Jacob A. Arlow. 3. Adlerian Psychotherapy, Harold H. Mosak and Michael P. Maniacci. 4. Analytical Psychotherapy, Claire Douglas. 5. Person-Centered Therapy, Nathaniel J. Raskin and Marjorie Witty. 6. Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy, Albert Ellis. 7. Behavior Therapy, G. Terence Wilson. 8. Cognitive Therapy, Aaron T. Beck and Marjorie Weishaar. 9. Existential Psychotherapy, Edward Mendelowitz and Kirk Schneider. 10. Gestalt Therapy, Gary Yontef and Lynne Jacobs. 11. Multimodal Therapy, Arnold A. Lazarus. 12. Family Therapy, Irene Goldenberg and Herbert Goldenberg. 13. Contemplative Psychotherapies, Roger Walsh. 14. Integrative Psychotherapies, John Norcross and Larry Beutler. 15. Contemporary Challenges And Controversies, Ken Pope and Danny Wedding.

NEW FOR 2011!

CONTENTS

psychotherapy and documents how even a very skilled and experienced therapist can grow professionally and personally. KEY FEATURES Fourteen case studies cover a comprehensive spectrum of fundamental therapies, including Adlerian, Analytical, Rational Emotive Behavior, Contemplative, and Cognitive Therapy. Exhibiting theory in action, case studies present the actual practice of some of the world's most important psychotherapists, including Albert Ellis, Aaron Beck, and Peggy Papp. In virtually every instance, the author of the primary chapter in CURRENT PSYCHOTHERAPIES selected the case study in CASE STUDIES IN PSYCHOTHERAPY as the best case to supplement his or her chapter. The new edition maintains its parallel structure with the Ninth Edition of Wedding and Corsini's CURRENT PSYCHOTHERAPIES, making the combination of these two books the most comprehensive look at psychotherapy today. CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION. Danny Wedding. 2. PSYCHOANALYSIS. The Case of Pamela. Robert Grossmark. 3. ADLERIAN PSYCHOTHERAPY. The Case of Roger. Harold H. Mosak and Michael Maniacci. 4. ANALYTICAL PSYCHOTHERAPY. The Case of Bruce. Claire Douglas. 5. CLIENT-CENTERED THERAPY The Case of Mrs. Oak. Carl R. Rogers. 6. RATIONAL EMOTIVE BEHAVIOR THERAPY.

IE

CASE STUDIES IN PSYCHOTHERAPY


Sixth Edition

DANNY WEDDING, School of Medicine, University of Missouri-Columbia and RAYMOND J. CORSINI, University of Hawaii
208 pages. Paperbound. 2011. ISBN: 9780840032928.

CASE STUDIES IN PSYCHOTHERAPY, International Edition effectively combines powerful classic and contemporary cases to bring to life important concepts and practices in psychotherapy for students. Compelling new cases that illustrate Existential Therapy, Interpersonal Therapy, and Therapy in a Multicultural context have been added to the previous editions collection of classic case studies by Albert Ellis, Aaron Beck, and Peggy Papp. The Sixth Edition of this popular casebook maintains its parallel structure with the Ninth Edition of Wedding and Corsinis CURRENT PSYCHOTHERAPIES. Cases are chosen on the basis of intrinsic interest, clarity of presentation, and the extent to which each case demonstrates the basic techniques and methods of the theory being illustrated. NEW TO THIS EDITION Four new chapters have been added, including thoughtprovoking new cases covering Existential Psychotherapy, Interpersonal Therapy, and therapy in a multicultural context. A classic case from Irvin Yalom's book LOVE'S EXECUTIONER demonstrates the contemporary application of existential

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 81

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

A Twenty-Three-Year-Old Woman Guilty About Not Following Her Parents? Rules. Albert Ellis. 7. BEHAVIOR THERAPY. Covert Sensitization for Paraphilia. David H. Barlow. 8. COGNITIVE THERAPY. An Interview with a Depressed and Suicidal Patient. Aaron T. Beck. 9. EXISTENTIAL PSYCHOTHERAPY. The Fat Lady. Irvin Yalom. 10. GESTALT THERAPY. First or Nowhere. Sally DenhamVaughan. 11. INTERPERSONAL THERAPY. Helen Verdeli. 12. FAMILY THERAPY. The Daughter Who Said No. Peggy Papp. 13. CONTEMPLATIVE PSYCHOTHERAPIES. Meditation & Psychotherapy: A Case Study. Deane H. Shapiro, Jr. 14. INTEGRATIVE PSYCHOTHERAPIES. Integrative Therapy with Mr. H. Larry Beutler. 15. MULTICULTURAL PSYCHOTHERAPIES. Latino healing: The integration of ethnic psychology into psychotherapy. Lillian ComasDiaz. 16. CURRENT ISSUES.

NEW TO THIS EDITION Some of the updates to the Seventh Edition include enhanced material on multicultural therapies; additional coverage of relational/intersubjective psychoanalysis (Chapter 2); a new section on Dialectical Behavior Therapy (Chapter 9); increased attention to the third wave of acceptance/mindfulness therapies (Chapter 10); enlarged consideration of the transtheoretical model (Chapter 16); and more. Chapter 6, Gestalt and Experiential Therapies, has been revised to feature emotion-focused therapy. For each psychotherapy system, the text offers updated metaanalyses and Cochrane review. KEY FEATURES The book provides an integrative framework that embraces both the essential similarities and the fundamental differences among the psychotherapies. The transtheoretical approach and stages of change serves as an organizational approach within the text, thus providing a high level of integration. Each chapter features an in-depth discussion of the case of Mrs. C to illustrate the therapy presented in that chapter. Additional case examples, found throughout the book, highlight the concepts and topics presented in each chapter. To further enhance student learning, lists of key terms, recommended readings, and recommended websites appear at the end of each chapter. Controlled outcome studies and meta-analytic reviews to evaluate the psychotherapies are summarized throughout the text. The text attends to the role of gender and race in psychotherapy both within each chapter (in the form of contextual criticisms of the psychotherapy system) and in two separate chapters (12 and 13).

IE

SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOTHERAPY: A TRANSTHEORETICAL ANALYSIS


Seventh Edition

JAMES O. PROCHASKA, University of Rhode Island and JOHN C. NORCROSS, University of Scranton
656 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 X 9 1/4. 2010. ISBN: 9780495604303.

Systematic and balanced, this comprehensive text uses a wealth of clinical case illustrations to help readers understand a wide variety of psychotherapies including psychoanalytic, psychodynamic, existential, person-centered, experiential, interpersonal, exposure, behavioral, cognitive, systemic, multicultural, and integrative. The Seventh Edition thoroughly analyzes 15 leading systems of psychotherapy and briefly surveys another 30, thus providing a broader scope than is available in most textbooks. Prochaska and Norcross explore each system's theory of personality, theory of psychopathology, and resulting therapeutic process and relationship. By doing so, they demonstrate how much psychotherapy systems agree on the processes producing change, while showing how they disagree on the content that needs to be changed. To bring these similarities and differences to life, the authors also present the limitations, practicalities, and outcome research of each system of psychotherapy.

Page 82

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

An Alternative Table of Contents as an appendix for those instructors who wish to focus on the change processes cutting across theories, rather than the psychotherapy theories themselves. CONTENTS 1. Defining and Comparing the Psychotherapies: An Integrative Framework. 2. Psychoanalytic Therapies. 3. Psychodynamic Therapies. 4. Existential Therapies. 5. Person-Centered Therapy. 6. Gestalt and Experiential Therapies. 7. Interpersonal Therapies. 8. Exposure Therapies. 9. Behavior Therapies. 10. Cognitive Therapies. 11. Systemic Therapies. 12. Gender-Sensitive Therapies. 13. Multicultural Therapies. 14. Constructivist Therapies: Solution-Focused and Narrative. 15. Integrative and Eclectic Therapies. 16. Comparative Conclusions: Toward a Transtheoretical Therapy. 17. Future of Psychotherapy.
IE

LENSES: APPLYING LIFESPAN DEVELOPMENT THEORIES IN COUNSELING


KURT L. KRAUS, Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania
496 pages. Paperbound. 6-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2009. ISBN: 9780618370306.

CASE APPROACH TO COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY


Seventh Edition

GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton


408 pages. Paperbound. 6-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2009. ISBN: 9780495505952.

Lenses offers a current and practical review of human development perspectives and theories, a subject that is often critically underrepresented in graduate courses. Kraus presents an expansive selection of human development models, theories, and perspectives, and demonstrates how a strong grasp of developmental principles can inform practical applications.

CASE APPROACH TO COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY, 7e, International Edition, vividly illustrates how major counseling approaches work with a single client-Ruth. Dr. Corey provides solid examples of psychoanalytic, Adlerian, existential, person-centered, Gestalt, reality, behavior, cognitive-behavior, family systems, feminist, and postmodern theories in action. Dr. Corey applies each therapeutic approach to a single client, illustrating how the various theories work and helping you see exactly how the techniques differ. Well-respected and widely recognized practitioners serve as guest commentators, offering their unique perspectives on Ruth's case. Commentators include founders of some of the therapies, such as William Glasser for choice theory and reality therapy, Arnold Lazarus for multimodal therapy, and Albert Ellis for rational emotive behavior therapy. NEW TO THIS EDITION Responding to reviewer suggestions, the new edition includes expanded coverage of multicultural, LGBT, and spirituality issues. In the NEW Chapter 13, "Counseling Ruth from Multicultural and Integrative Perspectives," contributors show how their approach with Ruth

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 83

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

would incorporate cultural themes. Guidelines are also provided for working with Ruth as a member of various cultural groups. There is also a new piece on integrative counseling with Ruth. The chapter includes cases from these contributors: Kellie Kirksey, "Ruth as an African American: A Spiritually Focused Integrative Perspective"; Andrs J. Consoli, Ph.D., and Robert C. Chope, Ph.D., "Ruth as a Latina: An Integrative, Culturally Grounded Perspective"; Alvin N. Alvarez, Ph.D., and Grace A. Chen, Ph.D, "Ruth as an Asian American: A Multicultural, Integrative Perspective"; and John C. Norcross, Ph.D., ABPP, "An Integrative Therapist's Perspective on Ruth." A new companion DVD, Theory in Practice: The Case of Stan, shows Dr. Corey as he works with client Stan, applying selected techniques that illustrate theory in action through 13 counseling sessions. KEY FEATURES CASE APPROACH TO COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY, 7e, International Edition, brings together more than 20 outside practitioners who are experts in their fields to apply their particular theory to one single client--Ruth. By applying each theory to the same client, Dr. Corey helps readers conceptualize the differences among theoretical models. Case material and discussions by leading practitioners illustrate how they work with Ruth based on their theoretical model. Dialogue between the consulting therapist and the client offers a comprehensive picture of how consultants apply their theory to Ruth's case. The CD-ROM FOR INTEGRATIVE COUNSELING shows Gerald Corey working with
Page 84

Ruth, using various theoretical models and techniques. It includes discussion and commentary by Dr. Corey, explaining important concepts and incorporating a process dialogue discussing why a particular approach was used with Ruth in the session. The Expert Theory Case Analysis Website enables students to practice applying various approaches to a range of simulated cases in an interactive format. Students can conceptualize three different cases from a range of theoretical approaches, listen to segments of a clinical interview, link to different theory websites, and participate in a theories/caseconceptualization discussion forum. Reflection questions in each chapter encourage readers to apply the material to their personal lives and provide guidelines to them for continuing to work with Ruth in the particular theoretical orientation. CONTENTS 1. Introduction and Overview. 2. Case Approach to Psychoanalytic Therapy. 3. Case Approach to Adlerian Therapy. 4. Case Approach to Existential Therapy. 5. Case Approach to PersonCentered Therapy. 6. Case Approach to Gestalt Therapy. 7. Case Approach to Behavior Therapy. 8. Case Approach to Cognitive Behavior Therapy. 9. Case Approach to Reality Therapy. 10. Case Approach to Feminist Therapy. 11. Case Approach to Postmodern Approaches. 12. Case Approach to Couples and Family Therapy. 13. Counseling Ruth from Multicultural and Integrative Perspectives. 14. Bringing the Approaches

Together and Developing Your Own Therapeutic Style.

THE ART OF INTEGRATIVE COUNSELING


Second Edition

GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton


162 pages. Paperbound. 2009. ISBN: 9780495102144.

An excellent companion to the bestselling THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY or supplement for theories or practicum courses, THE ART OF INTEGRATIVE COUNSELING, Second Edition, is part of a family of products that teaches you about the major concepts of counseling theories, how to apply those theories in practice, and how to integrate the theories in order to develop an individualized counseling style. THE ART OF INTEGRATIVE COUNSELING, Second Edition, is the first text on the market designed to help readers conceptualize the various dimensions of an integrative perspective. The second edition begins by introducing the concepts and techniques that Dr. Gerald Corey-one of the most prominent figures in the helping professions discipline-draws from his own integrative approach to counseling. It also vividly illustrates how concepts and techniques can be borrowed from a variety of theoretical models and applied to phases of the counseling process from initial to termination stages. In addition, the text offers specific suggestions to help you design a personal integrative approach that you can use as the foundation for your own counseling practice.

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

NEW TO THIS EDITION Thoroughly updated, the text reflects the most current research and practice. The book is integrated with the best-selling THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY, Eighth Edition, which includes enhanced references to THE ART OF INTEGRATIVE COUNSELING, Second Edition, for seamless integration. The book is packed with relevant examples and illustrations--giving readers an in-depth look at modern counseling while helping them develop their own personal counseling style. The first text on the market designed to help readers conceptualize the various dimensions of an integrative perspective, THE ART OF INTEGRATIVE COUNSELING, Second Edition, can be used as a supplement for theories or practicum courses. It is also an ideal resource for students who already have a basic knowledge of counseling theory. CONTENTS 1. Beginning of Counseling. 2. The Therapeutic Relationship. 3. Establishing Therapeutic Goals. 4. Understanding and Addressing Diversity. 5. Understanding and Working With Resistance. 6. Cognitive Focus in Counseling. 7. Emotive Focus in Counseling. 8. Behavioral Focus in Counseling. 9. An Integrative Perspective. 10. Working With Transference and Countertransference. 11. Understanding How the Past Influences the Present. 12. Working Toward Decisions and Behavior Change. 13. Evaluation and Termination. References and Suggested Readings.

IE

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COUNSELING & PSYCHOTHERAPY


Eighth Edition

GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton


544 pages. Casebound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2009. ISBN: 9780495595217.

Corey's bestselling THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY presents the major theories of counseling (psychoanalytic, Adlerian, existential, person-centered, Gestalt, reality, behavior, cognitive-behavior, family systems, feminist and, and postmodern approaches) as they are used in practice through a case study focused on one client, "Stan." The case of "Stan" appears in each chapter so students can see how the theory presented in that chapter informs therapeutic decision-making. The new "Theory in Practice: The Case of Stan" DVD is an extension of the text. "At a Glance" charts pinpoint the major differences between theories in areas such as multicultural focus, basic philosophies, and limitations. NEW TO THIS EDITION An online and DVD program, "Theory in Practice: Counseling Stan," shows how the author works with Stan from each of the theoretical approaches covered in the book. There is a new section on evidence-based practice and the trend toward accountability in counseling practice. Both sides of the controversy surrounding evidence-based practice are highlighted.

New to the theory chapters in Part 2 is a section on the applications of the concepts and techniques of each model to the practice of group counseling. Chapter 15 (An Integrative Perspective) is extensively revised and offers new coverage on the movement toward psychotherapy integration; expanded coverage of the various routes to integration; new material on research demonstrating the importance of the therapeutic relationship; more discussion on the central role of the client in determining therapy outcomes; the case for practicebased evidence rather than evidence-based practice; and expanded and updated coverage of the conclusions from the research literature on the effectiveness of therapy. Chapter objectives covering key concepts, the therapeutic process, and applications of techniques and procedures are now included. KEY FEATURES The book covers contemporary theories of counseling, including psychoanalytic, Adlerian, existential, person-centered, Gestalt, reality therapy, behavior therapy, cognitive-behavior therapy, feminist therapy, family systems therapy, and post-modern approaches. Experts in each theory reviewed appropriate chapters of the new edition to ensure accurate and current information. A case study focusing on one client, "Stan," appears in each chapter, to demonstrate the application of all presented theories and make it easy for students to compare and contrast approaches. Now there is a new online and DVD program (Theory in Practice: Counseling Stan) that complements the "Stan" case study. The DVD shows how Jerry Corey works with Stan from each of the theoretical approaches
Page 85

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

covered in the book. At-a-glance charts pinpoint the major differences between theories in areas such as multicultural focus, basic philosophies, and limitations. The charts also help students identify key differences between the approaches. An accompanying Student Manual helps readers apply theory to practice through summary charts, open-ended questions and cases, structured exercises, selfinventories, chapter quizzes, and a variety of activities. Online technology supplements for both instructor and student include a downloadable Microsoft PowerPoint presentation for instructors. Students have access to "Theory in Practice: The Case of Stan" DVD, online quizzing, and links to reliable, appropriate websites. CONTENTS Part I: BASIC ISSUES IN COUNSELING PRACTICE. 1. Introduction and Overview: Introduction to the Case of Stan. 2. The Counselor: Person and Professional. 3. Ethical Issues in Counseling Practice. Part II: THEORIES AND TECHNIQUES OF COUNSELING. 4. Psychoanalytic Therapy. 5. Adlerian Therapy. 6. Existential Therapy. 7. Person-Centered Therapy. 8. Gestalt Therapy. 9. Behavior Therapy. 10. Cognitive Behavior Therapy. 11. Reality Therapy. 12. Feminist Therapy. 13. Postmodern Approaches. 14. Family Systems Therapy. Part III: INTEGRATION AND APPLICATION. 15. An Integrative Perspective. 16. Case Illustration: An Integrative Approach in Working With Stan.

STUDENT MANUAL FOR COREY'S THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY
Eighth Edition

THEORY AND DESIGN IN COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY


Second Edition

SUSAN X DAY, University of Houston


512 pages. Casebound. 2008. ISBN: 9780618801459.

GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton


240 pages. Paperbound. 2009. ISBN: 9780495102090.

To help students apply theory to practice, this manual contains structured self-awareness exercises that help them gain a deeper selfunderstanding and grasp the concepts of the various approaches. Also included are self-inventories, activities, and self-test questions, as well as study questions and exercises based on the "Theory in Practice: The Case of Stan" DVD.

This introduction to theories of counseling and psychotherapy relates major schools of thought to everyday practice in the helping professions. Theory and Design in Counseling and Psychotherapy has been praised for its student-friendly writing style, modern approach to theories, and use of vivid examples and excerpts to illustrate concepts. NEW TO THIS EDITION Expanded! Empirically Supported Therapies and Best Practices includes recent points of debate and appears in Chapter 1. Expanded! End-of-chapter review materials include a numbered summary, exploration and learning activities, and exercises to aid students' memory and understanding of key terms. Updated! The ethics chapter now includes the types, frequencies, and consequences of ethics violations; the goals of HIPAA; and the role of Institutional Review Boards. Additional biographical profiles of Miriam Polster, Judith Beck, Virginia Satir, and Frances Vaughan emphasize women's contributions to theory and practice.ACT, solution-focused therapy, and problem solving approaches have been added to the models of cognitive-behavioral applications in Chapter 11.

Page 86

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

KEY FEATURES Students are exposed to primary source material with chapteropening selections from the writings of prominent theorists (e.g., Freud's The Interpretation of Dreams, Adler's Understanding Human Nature, and Beck's Love Is Never Enough), followed by thought-provoking questions about the theorist's ideas. Interactive learning features interspersed throughout the text include Discussion Ideas and Reflections, which prompt students to consider concepts in relation to their own lives. Humanistic and existential theories now appear in two separate chapters (7 and 8). CONTENTS 1. Effective Ingredients of Counseling and Psychotherapy 2. Theory and Case Analysis 3. Ethics in Psychotherapy, Counseling, and Research 4. Elements of Culture, Gender, and Diversity in Counseling and Psychotherapy 5. Psychoanalytical and Psychodynamic Approaches 6. Adlerian Psychology 7. Humanistic, Person-Centered Approaches 8. Existential Theory and Related Therapies 9. Gestalt Therapy 10. Behavioral Therapies 11. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapies 12. Approaches to Family Counseling 13. Transpersonal Development 14. Integrative Innovations: Transtheoretical, CognitiveInterpersonal, and Multimodal Approaches

CD-ROM FOR INTEGRATIVE COUNSELING


GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton, and ROBERT HAYNES, Borderline Productions
2005. ISBN: 9780534640385.

This interactive CD-ROM brings the counseling process to life and helps students understand the advantages of developing an integrative style. Students observe Gerald Corey as he works with one client, Ruth, using various theoretical models and techniques. Introductory lectures and process commentary explain what viewers will see and why a particular approach was used. Using this integrated learning package, students can first watch a trained, experienced counselor in action in a session and can then explore key points through thought-provoking questions (reflection and response questions), exercises, and group activities. Guidelines assist viewers in considering key concepts and techniques they can use in forming their own personal therapeutic styles. All answers can be emailed or saved. Web links and InfoTrac College Edition keywords augment the learning process further. KEY FEATURES Video sessions, each featuring a single client, Ruth, help viewers to conceptualize what integrative counseling is, while giving them a glimpse of what to expect in the counseling process. Thirteen video sessions cover the entire process, from the very beginning counseling session to the terminating session. In each session Dr. Corey

introduces a theme by way of a lecturette on aspects of the integrative approach. This is followed by a counseling session with Ruth, and a discussion by Dr. Corey on the approaches he used and what he was trying to accomplish with Ruth. Six guest clinicians give brief lectures on the topics of understanding and working therapeutically with resistance, transference, countertransference, and diversity issues in counseling. Difficult issues such as informed consent, resistance, termination, and issues that involve misunderstanding due to ethnic, gender, and religious differences are covered. Ruth is the only client chronicled in the video segments, allowing viewers to see the progress, as well as the challenges, encountered in the counseling process. Lectures that introduce theories and important concepts are included in the video segments. Process commentary at the end of each session helps viewers understand why Dr. Corey used the approaches he did and to understand what was happening in the counseling session. Each chapter in Case Approach to Counseling and Psychotherapy, Sixth Edition refers students to appropriate segments in the CDROM for Integrative Counseling. The Expert Theory Case Analysis Web Site, a new counseling theories Internet resource, provides students with the opportunity to practice applying various approaches to a range of simulated cases in an interactive format. Students can conceptualize three different cases from a range of different theoretical approaches, listen to segments of a clinical interview, link to different theory Web sites, and participate in a theories/case-conceptualization discussion forum.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 87

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Theories

CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. Beginning of Counseling The Therapeutic Relationship Establishing Therapeutic Goals Understanding and Dealing with Diversity 5. Understanding and Dealing With Resistance 6. Cognitive Focus in Counseling 7. Emotive Focus in Counseling 8. Behavioral Focus In Counseling 9. An Integrative Perspective 10. Working with Transference and Countertransference 11. Understanding How the Past Influences the Present 12. Working toward Decisions and Behavior Change 13. Evaluation and Termination

Page 88

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Ethics & Section Legal Issues Name

ETHICS & LEGAL ISSUES

ETHICS & LEGAL ISSUES


NEW FOR 2012!

comprehensive and uniquely focused text is equally effective as a core resource for social work ethics courses, or as a valuable supplement within introductory, practice, or practicum courses. NEW TO THIS EDITION Information regarding the NASW Code of Ethics has been updated and used throughout the edition, including increased attention to cultural competence and social diversity. Substantially more international content has been added, including websites for various international organizations and rights covenants. Chapter Three has a greatly expanded discussion of several contemporary approaches to ethics, including Caring, Feminist, and Virtue ethics; as well as new sections on Confucian, Hindu, Post-modern, and Proportionist ethics. Chapter Four has expanded discussion of the social control role in social work; the ethical principles screen has been updated to include social justice, and we have added research on variation in individual hierarchies of ethical principles. Extensive new material on ethical theories includes information on the latest trends and thinking and exploration of several theories in greater depth, including the ethics of caring, feminist ethics, and virtue ethics. The new edition devotes greater attention to macro issues and advocacy through increased emphasis on the last two sections of the code of ethics: social workers ethical responsibilities to the social work profession and social workers ethical responsibilities to the broader society.

KEY FEATURES The text guides students through the process of ethical decision making by helping them recognize ethical issues and reason through the process. Case studies enable students to view and apply the various situations they will encounter in their caseloads as social workers. Ethical Decision Screens help students consider all the ethical implications of a case. End-of-chapter exercises provide students with the opportunity to practice and apply concepts presented in the text. CONTENTS 1. Ethical Choices in the Helping Professions. 2. Values and Professional Ethics. 3. Guidelines for Ethical Decision Making. 4. Guidelines for Ethical Decision Making. 5. Client Rights and Professional Expertise. 6. Value Neutrality and Imposing Values. 7. The Professional Relationship: Limits, Dilemmas, and Problems. 8. Confidentiality and Informed Consent. 9. Social Justice, Limited Resources, and Advocacy. 10. Organizational and Work Relationships. 11. Social Work With Selected Client Groups. 12. Changing World, Changing Dilemmas. 13. Whose Responsibility Are Professional Ethics?

IE

ETHICAL DECISIONS FOR SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE


Ninth Edition

RALPH DOLGOFF, University of Maryland, Baltimore, FRANK M. LOEWENBERG, Emeritus, Bar-Ilan University, and DONNA HARRINGTON, University of Maryland, Baltimore
336pages. Paperbound. 6-3/8 x 9-1/4. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034113.

Part of the Brooks/Cole Empowerment Series, this ninth edition integrates the core competencies and practice behaviors outlined in the 2008 Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) set by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE).This classic text helps students recognize ethical issues and dilemmas, reason carefully about ethical issues, clarify their ethical aspirations at the level demanded by the profession, and achieve a more ethical stance in their practice. It places ethical decision making within the context of professional ethics and provides useful guidelines, including two ethical screens to help social work practitioners identify priorities among competing ethical obligations. Developed specifically for social workers, it features numerous caselike exemplars based on real-world practice, drawn from a variety of social work settings. This

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 89

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Ethics & Legal Issues

IE

ISSUES AND ETHICS IN THE HELPING PROFESSIONS


Eighth Edition

GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton, MARIANNE SCHNEIDER COREY, Private Practice, and PATRICK CALLANAN, California State University, Fullerton
600 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 9-1/4. 1-Color. 2011. ISBN: 9780495904687.

Up-to-date and comprehensive, this practical best-selling text helps students learn how to deal with and apply ethical standards. Authors Corey, Corey and Callanan provide readers with the basis for discovering their own guidelines within the broad limits of professional codes of ethics and divergent theoretical positions. They raise what they consider to be central issues, present a range of diverse views on these issues, discuss their position, and present many opportunities for readers to refine their own thinking and actively develop their own position. The authors explore such questions as: What role do the therapist's personal values play in the counseling relationship? What ethical responsibilities and rights do clients and therapists have? And, what considerations are involved in adapting counseling practice to diverse client populations? NEW TO THIS EDITION New commentaries following all of the cases presented in the various chapters provide guidance to students as they consider the issues involved. These commentaries also assist students in applying ethical standards from

the various codes to a wide variety of practical cases. Throughout the book, the authors present new research and literature on a wide range of ethical topics, including countertransference, informed consent, ethical and effective practice of clinical supervision, sexual attractions in therapy, dealing with impaired supervisees, giving and receiving gifts, training and supervision of group leaders, advantages and disadvantages of counseling via the Internet, recent ethics codes on technology applications, and more. Chapter 4, "Multicultural Perspectives and Diversity Issues," has been thoroughly revised and now includes new information on multicultural and diversity perspective. The book's discussion of confidentiality and privileged communication has been expanded. Chapter 6, "Confidentiality: Ethical and Legal Issues," includes a new discussion of an ethical practice model for protecting clients' confidentiality, a revised section on the implications of HIPAA for mental health providers, and updated material on the duty to warn and protect, especially in protecting children, older persons, and dependent adults from harm. KEY FEATURES The authors draw upon their combined experiences to provide a realistic and challenging view of dealing with ethical issues.Throughout the text, the authors stress that ethical decision making is an ongoing process with no easy answers. However, the book gives readers the framework to think through the issues. With an emphasis on critical thinking, the text involves readers in the learning process through self-inventories, case examples, open-ended questions, and discussion questions.
www.cengageasia.com

The ETHICS IN ACTION CDROM (available for packaging with the text) contains 60 minutes of video vignettes in which students role-play ethical situations and responses; commentary from the Coreys; group interaction and discussion, and exercises through which students can explore and gain knowledge. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Professional Ethics. 2. The Counselor as a Person and as a Professional. 3. Values and the Helping Relationship. 4. Multicultural Perspectives and Diversity. 5. Client Rights and Counselor Responsibilities. 6. Confidentiality: Ethical & Legal Issues. 7. Managing Boundaries & Multiple Relationships. 8. Professional Competence and Training. 9. Issues in Supervision and Consultation. 10. Issues in Theory, and Practice. 11. Ethical Issues in Couples & Family Therapy. 12. Ethical Issues in Group Work. 13. Ethical Issues in Community Work.

Page 90

NEW FOR 2011!

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Ethics & Legal Issues

ETHICS IN COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY


Fourth Edition

ELIZABETH REYNOLDS WELFEL, Cleveland


State University

cyberbullying in the School Counseling chapter. Additional material on positive psychology and ethics and the alternatives to a principle based approach to ethical decision making. Additional resources, including new cases for discussion from a wider variety of settings; more online resources, and updated literature to include studies through June 2008. KEY FEATURES

deal responsibly in community settings. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Professional Ethics: A Psychology and Philosophy for Ethical Practice. 2. A Model for Ethical practice: Using Resources to Enhance Individual Judgment and Ethical Resolve. 3. Ethical Practice in a Multicultural Society: The Promise of Justice. 4. Competence to Practice: Building a Foundation for Doing Good and Avoiding Harm. 5. Confidentiality: Supporting the Client's Right to Privacy. 6. Informed Consent: Affirming the Client's Freedom of Choice. 7. Sexual Misconduct: Violations of Power and Trust. 8. Nonsexual Multiple Relationships and Boundary Issues: Risking Objectivity and Client Welfare. 9. Group and Family Interventions: Unique Ethical responsibilities. 10. The Ethics of Assessment: Using Fair Procedures in Responsible Ways. 11. Ethics in Community, Consulting and Forensic Settings: Avoiding Conflicts Of Interest. 12. The Counselor in the Schools: Applying Professional Standards to the Educational Culture. 13. The Ethics of Supervision: Modeling Responsible Behavior. 14. Counselors as Teachers and Researchers: Integrity, Science, and Care. 15. Responsibilities for Self and Colleagues: Reporting, Recovery and Rehabilitation of Misconduct.References.

464 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2010. ISBN: 9781439042021.

ETHICS IN COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY prepares readers to deal effectively with the complex ethical and legal issues they will confront in practice. With a 10step model of ethical decision making, this contemporary and relevant counseling text prepares students to deal effectively with the complex ethical and legal issues that they will confront in practice. Numerous case studies, followed by the author's analysis of the cases, help students structure their thinking and apply professional standards to complex cases. Coverage includes ethics, legal research, and the professional literature of major topics in ethics (such as consent, confidentiality, and multiple relationships) and in applied settings (such as community mental health, private practice, schools, and teaching/research). NEW TO THIS EDITION Expanded coverage of multitculturalism and its relationship to the ethics of professional practice. Expanded content on legal and ethical responsibilities with violent clients and in relation to the issue of homicide-suicide. Added discussion of ethical issues in electronic communication with clients including e-therapy, online self-help, and email with clients, plus additional discussion of

ETHICS IN COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY addresses ethical issues for counselors working in such diverse settings as private practice, hospitals, day treatment settings, health maintenance organizations, and community health centers. A 10-step model for ethical decision making provides a structure for competent response to both straightforward and complex ethical questions. This comprehensive model guides students through a systematic way to analyze ethical issues. This contemporary text contains numerous case studies, followed by the author's analysis of the cases, helping students to better structure their thinking and to apply professional standards to complex cases. Additionally, Dr. Welfel discusses the attitudes, skills, and competencies critical for ethical practice in a multicultural society. Dr. Welfel gives thorough attention to ethics, legal research, and professional literature covering major topics in ethics (such as consent, confidentiality and multiple relationships) and in applied settings (such as community mental health, private practice, schools, and teaching/research). Content on issues of privacy of mental health information related to managed care and federal regulations prepares students to
www.cengageasia.com

IE

- International Edition

Page 91

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Ethics & Legal Issues

KEY FEATURES This new CD-ROM is available bundled with Coreys Issues and Ethics in the Helping Professions, Sixth Edition or Becoming a Helper, Fourth Edition, at half price or can be adopted separately at full price. The CD-ROM consists of the following integrated components: video segments and exercises taken from the Ethics in Action Student Video and Workbook; Web links; and InfoTrac College Edition keywords and link. Each video segment is accompanied by activities and exercises that link the CD-ROM to Issues and Ethics in the Helping Professions and Becoming a Helper, as well as written explorations of the material presented. There are video segments and exercises for the three main areas: Ethical Decision Making; Values and the Helping Relationship; Boundary Issues and Multiple Relationships. The Ethical Decision-Making Module contains video role-plays on decision making (examining the topic of Teen Pregnancy), selfawareness, and multicultural issues. The Values and the Helping Relationship Module contains role-play videos on value conflicts, sexuality, and relationship issues. The Boundary Issues and Multiple Relationships Module contains segments on managing boundaries, social relationships, sexual attraction, bartering, gift giving.

CONTENTS MODULE I: ETHICAL DECISION MAKING Pre-Inventory Segment I: Ethical Decision Making Segment II: Self-awareness Segment III: Multicultural Issues Post-Inventory MODULE II: VALUES AND THE HELPING RELATIONSHIP Pre-Inventory Segment IV: Value Conflicts Segment V: Value Conflicts Segment VI: Sexual Issues Segment VII: Relationship Issues Post-Inventory MODULE III. BOUNDARY ISSUES AND MULTIPLE RELATIONSHIPS Pre-Inventory Segment VIII: Managing Boundaries Segment IX: Social Relationships Segment X: Sexual Attractions Segment XI: Bartering Segment XII: Gift Giving Post-Inventory

ETHICS IN ACTION CD-ROM, VERSION 1.2


GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton; MARIANNE SCHNEIDER COREY, Private Practice; and ROBERT HAYNES, Producer, Borderline Productions
Windows/Macintosh CD-ROM. 2003. ISBN: 9780534639709.

THIS NEW CD-ROM ADDS ANOTHER DIMENSION OF INTERACTIVITY TO YOUR COURSE!

The Ethics in Action CD-ROM creates a helpful multimedia learning environment for your students. Theyll find insightful video clips and workbook exercises that help test their knowledge and skills for various ethical dilemmas. The CD-ROM contains a total of 60 minutes of video and has several reflective questions for each ethical dilemma presented. Each module begins with a Pre-Inventory that gives preliminary information and a self-assessment that gauges the students knowledge in the subject area. Students are then asked to select a segment and watch the role play of the ethical dilemma and answer several reflective questions. After answering the questions, the student watches a classroom discussion that brings up pertinent issues and examines the approach taken by the counselor. At the completion of each module, there is a Post-Inventory that assesses the students competence after completing the material in the module. After each segment, the student can save, print or email their answers to the reflective questions.

Page 92

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES 2011-2012


Special Topics in Social Work

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

KEY FEATURES The book investigates both the societal and individual aspects of aging and incorporates the most up-to-date research and theory from a broad base of disciplines and interest. Blend of theory, research, practice, and policy gives students a solid foundation. Each chapter includes an introduction and a summary. Thus, students begin and end each chapter with an overview of the concepts and issues discussed. The clarity, accessibility and comprehensive coverage of concepts give teachers and students a clear, common vocabulary. Throughout the text, coverage of international and cross-cultural aging issues has been integrated, especially within Chapter 2 The Demography of Aging, Chapter 8 Family, Friends, and Social Support, Chapter 9 Employment and Retirement, and Chapter 14 Health and Long-Term Care. CONTENTS PART ONE: SETTING THE STAGE 1. The Scope of Social Gerontology 2. The Demography of Aging 3. The History of Aging in America PART TWO: BASIC ASPECTS OF INDIVIDUAL AGING 4. Physical Aging 5. Psychological Aspects of Aging 6. Social Aspects of Individual Aging 7. Personal Adaptation to Aging PART THREE: AGING IN DOMAINS OF EVERYDAY

AGING/GERONTOLOGY

SOCIAL FORCES AND AGING: AN INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY


Tenth Edition

ROBERT C. ATCHLEY, The Naropa Institute, and AMANDA BARUSCH, University of Utah
600 pages. Casebound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-Color. 2004. ISBN: 9780534536947.

LIFE 8. Family, Friends, and Social Support 9. Employment and Retirement 10. Activities and Lifestyles 11. Religion and Spirituality 12. Dying, Death, Bereavement, and Widowhood PART FOUR: AGING AFFECTS NEEDS AND RESOURCES 13. Income and Housing 14. Health and Long-Term Care 15. Community Social Services PART FIVE: AGING AND SOCIETY 16. Aging in Contemporary America Society and Culture 17. Social Inequality 18. The Economy 19. Politics and Government 20. Epilogue: Aging and the Future

Atchley and Baruschs interdisciplinary approach has produced a text that provides the concepts, information, insight, and examples students need to achieve a basic understanding of aging as a social process. Covering the physical problems, inner experiences, and instrumental needs of the aging, the text examines aging on both an individual and societal level. It covers major areas of theory, research, social policy, and practice in a clear and organized manner to make social gerontology accessible to students from all backgrounds. This text is the classic book for the course that continually keeps pace with the dramatic changes in the field, including new theories, research, programs, and issues. Atchley and Barusch first examine individual aging-and adaptation to aging in everyday life, then move on to explore the needs and demands that aging, as a phenomenon, presents to society, while also delving into societys response to aging.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 93

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

CASE MANAGEMENT
NEW FOR 2012!

IE

FUNDAMENTALS OF CASE MANAGEMENT


Fourth Edition

NANCY SUMMERS, Harrisburg Community College


480pages. Paperbound. 8 1/2 X 11. 2012. ISBN: 9780840033703.

to professional basics. Additional, detailed examples: New examples of contact notes as well as examples of cases and corresponding service plans within the appendix provide important reference materials for students to examine in-depth. Additional directions for dating forms in the appendix further your students professional skills. More on the Recovery Model: Expanded information on the Recovery Model, including the use of self-determination methods and good peer support, better equips students to work with the most current concepts and practices. KEY FEATURES The text gives the basic information a person needs to handle case management tasks. Numerous exercises create very realistic situations and exposes students to an extremely broad range of possible circumstances and difficulties in the field. Participating in classroom discussions about these practice scenarios will simulate discussions that happen every day in case management agencies. Focus on how to write: Detailed step-by-step information on how to record impressions and recommendations effectively as well as how to write brief social histories prepares students to produce clear, professional written communication. CONTENTS 1. Ethics and Other Professional Responsibilities for Human Service Workers 2. Case Management: Definition and Responsibilities 3. Applying the Ecological Model: A Theoretical Foundation for Human Services 4. Cultural Competence 5. Attitudes and Boundaries

This text/workbook is a step-by-step guide through the case management process, from intake and assessment to referrals and termination. The 4th edition focuses on what is most important for students to consider, document, and pass along in each step of the human services process. Chapters walk through each step of the case management process, while realistic exercises drawn from active professionals expose students to a broad range of true-to-life circumstances and difficulties. NEW TO THIS EDITION Latest information on critical topics: A new chapter on the change process (Chapter 20). A new chapter on burnout and stress (Chapter 28) keeps coverage up to date as the author delves into topics of growing importance in the field. Additional coverage of ethics: Expanded coverage of ethics and ethical issues, the wide range of case management applications, and the importance of the ecological model in assessment and planning give students a strong introduction

6. Clarifying Who Owns the Problem 7. Identifying Good Responses and Poor Responses 8. Listening and Responding 9. Asking Questions 10. Bringing Up Difficult Issues 11. Addressing and Disarming Anger 12. The Effective Combination of Skills 13. Putting It All Together 14. Documenting Initial Inquiries 15. The First Interview 16. Social Histories and Assessment Forms 17. Using the DSM 18. The Mental Status Examination 19. Receiving and Releasing Information 20. Planning for Positive Change and Recovery 21. Developing a Service Plan at the Case Management Unit 22. Preparing for a Service Planning Conference or Disposition Planning Meeting 23. Making the Referral and Assembling the Record 24. Documentation and Recording 25. Monitoring the Services or Treatment 26. Developing Goals and Objectives at the Provider Agency 27. Terminating the Case 28. Taking Care of Yourself

Page 94

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

GENERALIST CASE MANAGEMENT - A METHOD OF HUMAN SERVICE DELIVERY


Third Edition

MARIANNE WOODSIDE and TRICIA MCCLAM, both of University of Tennessee, Knoxville


352 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2006. ISBN: 9780495004882.

Covering such central issues as the responsibilities of case managers, the skills needed for effective case management, and the context in which case management occurs, this practical text equips students with the fundamental information and skills needed to be effective case managers. To ensure that the book offers the most current and accurate information, the authors interviewed human service case managers nationwide about their jobs, their skills, the challenges they face, and the clients they serve. These interviews, combined with the most current research, make this text the most realistic and relevant text available. KEY FEATURES This practical book helps beginning practitioners develop the skills they need to coordinate and provide services to a variety of populations. The authors focus on the how to of gathering information, writing reports, assessing clients progress, and seeking out resources as a client advocate. Insightful quotes from human service workers throughout the country provide students with the realities of case management. Case studies and vignettes illustrate the many ways in which the case

management process is used in service delivery. A single case (Roy Roger Johnson) depicts the phases of case management: assessment, planning, and implementation. The history of a client (Sam) shows how the changing definition of case management has affected the care of clients. Examples of forms used by case managers, which can be used in case management practice, are integrated throughout the text. To ensure that students understand the books main objectives and points, each chapter begins with a list of objectives and ends with summaries and review questions. The authors integrate the theme of diversity (e.g. culture, religion, sexual orientation) throughout each chapter, using examples and cases to make salient points clear. Key issues and concepts include empowerment and strengths-based case management; ethical issues such as end-of-life considerations, working with families and competent clients, and serving illegal immigrants; and the impact of technology. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Case Management 2. Historical Perspectives on Case Management 3. Models of Case Management 4. The Assessment Phase of Case Management 5. Effective Intake Interviewing Skills 6. Service Delivery Planning 7. Building a Case File 8. Service Coordination 9. Working within the Organizational Context 10. Ethical and Legal Issues 11. Surviving as a Case Manager

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

CONFLICT RESOLUTION

CONFLICT RESOLUTION FOR THE HELPING PROFESSIONS


Second Edition

ALLAN EDWARD BARSKY, Florida Atlantic University at Fort Lauderdale


352 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2007. ISBN: 9780495092254.

Barskys hands-on text provides the theory, skills, and exercises that prepare students for an array of conflict situations. It encourages developing professionals to see themselves as reflective practitioners in the roles of negotiators, mediators, advocates, facilitators, and peacebuilders. Students will learn how to analyze conflict situations and develop theory-based strategies that can be used to intervene in an ethical and effective manner. Examples and exercises demonstrate how to apply conflict resolution skills when working with individuals, families, groups, organizations, and diverse communities. NEW TO THIS EDITION Builds on the technique-focus of the first edition, by also providing content on the spiritual and artistic dimensions of conflict resolution. A new chapter on additional third-party roles provides readers with approaches that address the use of fact-finding, parenting coordination, family group conferencing, spirituality, peacebuilding, forgiveness, and apology in conflict resolution. Case studies have been updated to
Page 95

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

reflect more current situations such as 9/11, war and humanitarian efforts in Afghanistan and Iraq, and how to have discussions of political issues in a highly charged, partisan, polarized atmosphere. They have also been revised to include additional content on diverse populations. This edition offers updated theory and strategies on how to understand and facilitate conflict transformation. Skill development instruments have been streamlined for easier use. The new chapter on group facilitation, includes different approaches to handling withingroup and between group differences. The Instructors Manual has been revised to include additional resources for teaching and providing students with support. KEY FEATURES Through several different media including inventories, case studies, class exercises, discussion questions, role-plays, and assignments Barsky assists readers in understanding and applying the material. Barsky covers a range of theories on conflict resolution, including power-based, rights-based, interestbased, identity-based, therapeutic, narrative, and transformative. Case studies and role play scenarios demonstrate how various models or theories can be applied in a range of contexts: child welfare, family counseling, gerontology, criminal justice, health and mental health, education, community development, and policy development. The book covers a number of special topics, such as dealing with power imbalances, intervening in cross-culture conflict situations,

CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Introduction The Reflective CR Practitioner Negotiation Mediation Group Facilitation Advocacy Additional Third-Party Interventions 7. Conclusion Glossary Bibliography Index

NEW FOR 2012!

resolving ethical dilemmas in practice, using the Internet and other technology, developing agreements, and responding to anger and other emotions. As students read, they will be encouraged to examine their attitudes and beliefs towards anger, power, autonomy, privacy, paternalism, and social justice.

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

CRISIS INTERVENTION

IE

A GUIDE TO CRISIS INTERVENTION


Fourth Edition

KRISTI KANEL, California State University, Fullerton


320 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034304.

This new edition of Dr. Kristi Kanels A GUIDE TO CRISIS INTERVENTION, 4E covers the fundamentals of situational and developmental crises, how they occur, and of how they have been managed since the 1940s. Kanel discusses traditional counseling models as they relate to crisis intervention, and shows how they have been incorporated into her model, the ABC Model of Crisis Intervention, which is used by both paraprofessionals and professionals. Presented in detail, the ABC Model of Crisis Intervention is an ideal model for use in any mental health setting with all populations in a crisis situation. The text provides detailed examples of specific crisis situations, including cultural crises, developmental crises, trauma crises, post traumatic stress disorder crises (PTSD), crises of personal victimization, substance abuse crises, and crises related to loss, terminal and serious illness, and disabilities. Kanel also explores suicide assessment and the use of the Mental Status Exam. Every chapter offers case vignettes to aid students in practicing the skills presented in the ABC Model of Crisis Intervention.

Page 96

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

New! Chapter 12 now covers crises related to a variety of serious and terminal illnesses as well as how to deal with crises related to AIDS/HIV. New! Each chapter of A GUIDE TO CRISIS INTERVENTION, 4E now opens with quizzes, also available on a website, that help students study. New! This new edition reintroduces the Mental Status Exam, a useful tool for suicide assessment. New! References and statistics throughout the text are updated. New! More case examples are added, covering diverse topics and nicely blending theory and practice. KEY FEATURES The book offers useful day-to-day guidelines based on the ABC Model of Intervention: A) developing and maintaining rapport; B) identifying the problem; and C) exploring the clients coping strategies. The emphasis is on brief therapeutic interventions and short-term crisis intervention counseling, given the changes brought about by managed care organizations. Discussion of issues facing community workers keeps students up-to-date on the latest information regarding crises. Tables now outline key points-the history of crisis intervention, suicide assessment, death and dying stages, HIV-AIDS issues--and provide students with an outline for assessing a client. CONTENTS 1. What is a Crisis? 2. The History of Crisis Intervention. 3. Ethical and Professional Issues. 4. The ABC Model of Crisis

NEW FOR 2011!

NEW TO THIS EDITION

Intervention. 5. Suicide, Homicide, Psychotic Decompensation. 6. Cultural Issues and Related Crises. 7. Developmental Crises. 8. Crises of Loss. 9. Natural Disasters, Manmade Disasters, and Trauma Response. 10. Crises of Personal Victimization: Child Abuse, Intimate Partner Abuse, and Sexual Assault. 11. Substance Abuse Crises. 12. Crises In Reaction To Serious Illness.

IE

ELEMENTS OF CRISIS INTERVENTION: CRISIS AND HOW TO RESPOND TO THEM


Third Edition

JAMES L. GREENSTONE; SHARON C. LEVITON, Texas Wesleyan University School of Law and private mediation practice
160pages. Paperbound. 2011. ISBN: 9780840033154.

Designed to help in day-to-day, onthe-scene crisis intervention, ELEMENTS OF CRISIS INTERVENTION: CRISES AND HOW TO RESPOND TO THEM, International Edition offers a nutsand-bolts presentation of the most important information and concepts needed to be an effective crisis worker. Using a practical, hands-on approach, this one-of-a-kind text provides information, strategies, and guidelines in a quick-reference, outline format. The emotional equivalent of physical first aid, crisis intervention is the act of interrupting the downward spiral of maladaptive behavior as skillfully and as quickly as possible--and returning the sufferer to a pre-crisis level of coping. Effective crisis intervention is about management, not resolution. The goal of this text is to present the basic elements of crisis intervention so that they can be applied to varying crisis situations. A concise handbook for helping professionals who work on the front lines of crisis intervention, it is perfect for crisis interveners, first responders, counselors, nurses, disaster responders, EMTs, law enforcement, human service workers, psychologists, social workers, teachers, agency directors, military, and any other professionals who encounter crisis situations.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 97

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

NEW TO THIS EDITION The exciting new Third Edition of ELEMENTS OF CRISIS INTERVENTION: CRISES AND HOW TO RESPOND TO THEM emphasizes how critical the careful choice of words is to crisis communications. The book now includes even more vignettes and verbal transactions between intervener and victim, giving students practical insight through realistic examples. New and expanded information on crisis response to disasters is included. Expanded discussions highlight change, loss, and grief as the underpinning of crisis situations. KEY FEATURES Excellent as a stand-alone or supplemental text, thi book offers a condensed and applied discussion of crisis intervention that allows instructors to teach the basic information on crisis intervention in a short amount of time. It is packed with examples and straightforward guidelines for effectively managing crisis situations. Succinct yet thorough, the text offers up-to-date coverage of what constitutes a crisis, differences between crisis work and counseling, ways to deal with burnout, how to work with children and families, procedures for intervening, mistaken assumptions, special issues and situations, communication techniques, and ethical and legal implications. Perception and its relevancy to identifying the real crisis situation are emphasized throughout. The text highlights the relationship between safety procedures and personal and situational awareness, the importance of inklings,

checklists for immediate use and reference, as well as safety procedures in and out of the office. In addition to listing the areas covered in the chapters, the table of contents also serves as a stepby-step guide leading readers through the intervention process. CONTENTS 1. Approach to Crisis Intervention. 2. Procedure for Effective Crisis Intervention. 3. Words Matter: Effective Crisis Communication. 4. Team Intervention. 5. Special Issues. 6. Intervener Survival. 7. Children?s Reactions to Crisis. 8. Hot-Line Workers. 9. Family Crisis. 10. The Grief Factor. 11. Disaster Intervention. 11. Legal Implications of Crisis Intervention.

IE

CRISIS INTERVENTION STRATEGIES


Sixth Edition

RICHARD K. JAMES, University of Memphis


720 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2008. ISBN: 9780495100294.

CRISIS INTERVENTION STRATEGIES, 6th Edition is designed to equip helping professionals with the practical skills and procedures they will need to handle real crisis situations. Using an applied format that integrates strategies and case material (based upon real life crisis situations), James present a six-step model that gives students and practitioners a systematic way of dealing with people in crisis: Defining the Problem, Ensuring Client Safety, Providing Support, Examining Alternatives, Making Plans, and Obtaining Commitment. Using this model, the author then builds specific strategies for handling a myriad of different crisis situations in many cases providing the dialogue the nurse, minister, police officer, counselor, or other practitioner might use. At the end of the course, your students will have developed skills and strategies that they can take out of the classroom and onto the street. NEW TO THIS EDITION Two new chapters have been added to this edition: Culturally Effective Helping and Telephone and On-Line Crisis Counseling. New online video clips allow students to view and critique other students in various role play scenarios. Each video clip has a short introduction and questions and comments at the end.

Page 98

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

Includes the latest coverage of topics, research, theories and techniques drawn from real crisis situations. KEY FEATURES A six-step model gives students and practitioners a systemic way of dealing with people in crisis: Defining the Problem, Ensuring Client Safety, Providing Support, Examining Alternatives, Making Plans, and Obtaining Commitment. A unique triage assessment technique provides students with tools for assessing the severity of the client crisis. Cases with transcripts of dialogue, are sprinkled throughout the book, help illustrate the techniques described and let students "see" the conversations crisis workers might have in dealing with a client in crisis. James examines a wide variety of crisis situations, such as the response to Katrina, partner violence, addiction, violent behavior, posttraumatic stress disorder, school violence, and hostage situations. Chapter 12, "Crises in Schools," covers provide strategies on how to respond effectively to the growing number of crisis situations in this setting. This chapter includes information on safety needs, formulating crisis response plans, legal and ethical issues to consider. It also focuses on gangs, individuals who act alone to commit violence, and suicides. Case studies describe how to do specific intervention techniques and explain why those techniques are used. Unique "Focus on the Crisis Worker" sections present techniques that can keep crisis workers from both psychological and physical harm. Classroom exercises and learning

activities, derived from real-life cases, enable students to practice their skills. The book's multicultural emphasis highlights implications for crisis intervention. Exercises at the end of each chapter allow students to "try on" the role of crisis interventionist in the safety of the classroom. CONTENTS Part One: CRISIS THEORY AND PRACTICE: BASIC TRAINING. 1. Approaching Crisis Intervention. 2. Culturally Effective Helping. 3. Basic Crisis Intervention Skills. 4. Crisis Case Handling. Part Two: HANDLING SPECIFIC CRISES: GOING INTO THE TRENCHES. 5. Telephone and On-Line Crisis Counseling. 6. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. 7. Crisis of Lethality. 8. Sexual assault. 9. Partner violence. 10. Chemical dependency-crisis of addiction. 11. Personal Loss: Bereavement and Grief. 12. Crises in Schools. Part Three: CRISIS IN THE HUMAN SERVICES WORKPLACE: UNDER FIRE. 13. Violent Behavior in Institutions. 14. Crisis/Hostage Negotiation. 15. Human Services Workers in Crisis: Burnout, Vicarious Traumatization and Compassion Fatigue. Part Four: NEW DIRECTIONS: NO MAN'S LAND. 16. Off the Couch and Into the Streets. 17. Ecosystemic Crisis Intervention.

CD-ROM AND WORKBOOK FOR CRISIS INTERVENTION


Revised edition

RICK A. MYER, Duquesne University, and RICHARD KEITH JAMES, University of Memphis
Workbook: 160 pages. Paperbound. 8-1/2 x 11.1-color. 2005. ISBN: 9780495220565.

Recognizing the difficulties in learning crisis intervention strictly from a textbook, Myer and James have created the CD-ROM and Workbook for Crisis Intervention to assist students in building their competency of the field. Using the realistic videotaped scenarios in conjunction with numerous exercises, students gain the necessary skills to effectively manage the crisis situations they will certainly face in their future roles as practitioners. KEY FEATURES The CD-ROM offers a look at two cases, Distraught Mother and Anxious Father, with six clips each corresponding to the six-step model, or Rules of the Road, which include Defining the Problem, Ensuring Safety, Providing Support, Examining Alternatives, Making Plans, and Obtaining Commitment. Exercises in Section 2 will help develop and refine core listening and responding skills. The exercises use the case of Mary, whose son was diagnosed with leukemia. Exercises in Section 3 ask students to map the crisis workers responses with respect to Core Listening Skills, Rules of the Road, the Strategy being used, and the Level of Intervention. Students can refer

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 99

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

back to the workbook for information about these areas or click on the CD-ROM description of these core areas. Response Mapping Exercises give students the opportunity to map the crisis workers responses, as well as to develop and to map their own responses. Students will discover that they may map responses in several possible ways, and thus will gain valuable insight into the counseling process. Reflection questions, which appear at the end of each video segment in the workbook, help students learn how to use the Triage Assessment Form: Individuals. The reflection questions ask students to think about the intervention process and invite them to consider ways that they might intervene. Each counseling scenario prompts students to answer and outline the skills and techniques they would choose to use in each case. Students can print and email their answers.

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

DISABILITIES

social action relevant to disability rights, community supports and practices. CONTENTS SECTION 1: FOUNDATIONS 1. Foundations 2. Looking Back, Ancient Greece through the 19th Century 3. Disability in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries 4. From Bake Sale to Commodity SECTION 2: EXPLANATORY LEGITMACY THEORY 5. The Descriptive Element of Explanatory Legitimacy 6. Explanations 7. Legitimacy 8. Legitimacy from Without 9. Legitimacy from Within SECTION 3: FASHIONING COMMUNITIES 10. The Traditional Stance 11. Professional Stance Through Explanatory Legitimacy 12. A Social Justice Model of Community Legitimacy

RETHINKING DISABILITY: PRINCIPLES FOR PROFESSIONAL AND SOCIAL CHANGE


ELIZABETH DEPOY and STEPHEN FRENCH GILSON, both of the University of Maine, Orono
160 pages. Paperbound. 2004. ISBN: 9780534549299.

Rather than taking a medicaldiagnostic stance, which has been the traditional perspective, the authors explain disability as category in which membership is based on of judgments about explanations for what people do, experience and how they appear. In Section 1, the authors discuss various aspects of the history and current trends, which influence how disability is defined and addressed. In Section 2, Explanatory Legitimacy (EL) theory is explained in detail and applied to an analysis of disability. In Section 3, the EL theory is applied to rethinking disability now and in the future. KEY FEATURES Provides a new theoretical framework to help readers conceptualize disability. Locates disability within the larger framework of human diversity. Presents readers with a framework for action to promote social justice and community change. Synthesizes theory and research from political science, economics, sociology, cultural studies, medicine and professional studies to inform critical analysis and

Page 100

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

MANAGEMENT/ ADMINISTRATION

IE

MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN SERVICE PROGRAMS


Fourth Edition

JUDITH A. LEWIS, Governors State University; THOMAS R. PACKARD, San Diego State University and MICHAEL D. LEWIS, Educational World Charities, Chicago
384 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2007. ISBN: 9780495093879.

to help readers view the issues in action and to help readers reflect on how they would handle the scenario. The text covers such topics as challenges of management, environments of human service agencies, program design, organizational theory, organizational design, human resources, supervisory relationships, finances, information systems, program evaluation, organizational change, leadership, and achieving and maintaining organizational excellence. Chapter-ending discussion questions and chapter summaries help readers reflect on important issues raised in the chapter. Group activities, designed for use in classroom small group discussions, facilitate students ability to learn and understand concepts from their classmates points of view.

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

MENTAL HEALTH PRACTICE

SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE IN MENTAL HEALTH: CONTEMPORARY ROLES, TASKS, AND TECHNIQUES
KIA J. BENTLEY, Virginia Commonwealth University
432 pages. Paperbound. 2002. ISBN: 9780534549206.

Practical in its approach, this book introduces students to the theory and practice of managerial and leadership functions and provides important guidelines for working within agencies. The authors provide an overview of the managerial and leadership functions that a successful manager or administrator in the human services needs to understand. KEY FEATURES Because the books authorship reflects the perspectives of both counselors and social workers, all human service managers and administrators will receive a broad introduction to management that is not limited to one point of view. More than 50 practicing human service managers have provided the ideas and suggestions for the texts numerous cases and examples. Every chapter includes a case example with reflection questions

This new edited text presents a partnership model and aims to be cutting edge, scholarly, and unambiguously useful and practical. Kia J. Bentley and the other wellknown and respected contributors address the need for approachable, immediately useful discipline specific content on the most important social work practice roles in mental health. The book articulates how roles often associated with working with a specific population (e.g., those who abuse substances, persons with severe mental illness, distressed marital couples) are quite relevant and useful in a much wider range of populations. CONTENTS 1. A Vision of Excellence for Social Work in Contemporary Mental Health Settings, Kia J. Bentley and Melissa Floyd Taylor 2. Social Workers a Crisis Counselors, Susan Gingerich 3. Social Workers as Diagnosticians, Jaclyn Miller 4. Social Workers as Therapists, Joseph Walsh 5. Social Workers as Mediators, Kevin Corcoran and Mary Ann

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 101

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

Dearborn 6. Social Workers as Educators, Ellen P. Lukens and Kimberly Prchal 7. Social Work as Skills Trainers, Deborah Gioia-Hasick and John S. Brekke 8. Social Workers as Case Managers, William Patrick Sullivan and Charles A. Rapp 9. Social Workers as Medication Facilitators, Rosemary Farmer and Kia J. Bentley 10. Social Workers as Consumer and Family Consultants, Phyllis Solomon, Tina Boggart, Edie Mannion, and John Farmer 11. Social Workers as Collaborators and Interdisciplinary Team Members, Roberta G. Sands and Beth Angell 12. Social Workers as Advocates and Community Organizers, Shela Silverman 13. Social Workers as Program Evaluators and Researchers, A. Suzanne Boyd and Wynne S. Korr 14. Social Workers as Administrators and Policy Analysts, Robert Paulson 15. Emerging Knowledge and Future Trends in Mental Health: Implications for Social Work, Harriette C. Johnson

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

NEW TO THIS EDITION Presenting different models of personal growth, Ch. 1 includes some revision of choices leading to change, new material on what constitutes happiness, and new discussions on the emerging trend of positive psychology. Also new to this edition, Chapter one now includes sections on three women who have made significant contributions to the field of humanistic psychology through their therapeutic modalities: Natalie Rogers, developer of person-centered expressive arts therapy; Zerka T. Moreno, co-developer of psychodrama; and Virginia Satir, pioneer in experiential family therapy. Dealing with the many facets of love, the meaning of love, and fears of loving and being loved, Ch. 6 now includes expanded discussions of the ingredients of a long-term love relationship, while Ch. 7 includes updated coverage of gay and lesbian relationships. Ch. 8, "Becoming the Woman or Man You Want To Be", updates the discussion of male roles, female roles, women in the world of work, and challenging traditional gender roles. It also includes new material on gender-role transcendence and striving for a gender-free society, as well as a new section on the value of group therapy with men. Featuring a revised section on creating meaning in work, Ch. 10, "Work and Recreation" includes expanded coverage of retirement, a new discussion on life after work, and a revised discussion of the role of recreation in life. Addressing the meaning of life, Ch. 13 now offers more discussion on the relationship between facing death and finding meaning, including a revised section on religion/spirituality and how this can be a source of unity or division.
International Edition IE

PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT

IE

I NEVER KNEW I HAD A CHOICE: EXPLORATIONS IN PERSONAL GROWTH


Ninth Edition

GERALD COREY, California State University, Fullerton Emeritus and MARIANNE SCHNEIDER COREY, Private Practice
464 pages. Paperbound. 8 x 9 1/4. 2-Color. . 2010. ISBN: 9780495603276.

Thousands of readers have used the honest and inspiring I NEVER KNEW I HAD A CHOICE: EXPLORATIONS IN PERSONAL GROWTH, 9th Edition, International Edition to focus on their personal growth and effect personal change. Through their warm yet thoroughly research-based discussion of significant dimensions of life, Corey and Corey help students expand their awarenessand understandingof the choices available to them. The text explores choosing a personal style of learning, the effects of childhood and adolescence experiences on current behavior, meeting the challenges of adulthood and autonomy, and many other issues related to personal growth and development. As they work through the text's self-inventories, exercises, and activitiesand read first-person accounts of the difficult choices real people have madestudents will gain insight into their lives, beliefs, and attitudes in a personally empowering way.

Page 102

www.cengageasia.com

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

CONTENTS 1. Invitation to Personal Learning and Growth. 2. Reviewing Your Childhood and Adolescence. 3. Adulthood and Autonomy. 4. Your Body and Wellness. 5. Stress Management. 6. Love. 7. Relationships. 8. Becoming the Woman or Man You Want to Be. 9. Sexuality. 10. Work and Recreation. 11. Loneliness and Solitude. 12. Death and Loss. 13. Meaning and Values. 14. Pathways to Personal Growth.

comprehension of the material presented, case examples, study questions and bolded key terms appear throughout the book. KEY FEATURES Each chapter covers commonly prescribed psychotropic medication and includes a discussion on the history of the discovery and use of each category of drugs, medical model theories of how the drugs work, and common drugs in each category and their side effects. Through the use of numerous case examples, study questions, bolded key terms and glossary, the text assists readers in understanding and applying material. The book provides an overview of cultural, racial, and gender issues regarding viewpoints and responses to psychotropic medication. Practical information about how to talk with clients about medication and compliance helps to guide students and new practitioners. The text provides hands on information about how to approach collaboration with prescribing professionals. Ingersoll and Rak talk about the important role of supervision and discuss how to process particular issues regarding psychotropic medications in supervision. The authors examine the role of powerful institutions, such as the pharmaceutical industry and the Food and Drug Administration.

CONTENTS 1. Scientific Truth and the Acceleration of Knowledge 2. An Overview of Physiology Relevant to Psychopharmacology 3. Intrapsychic Issues in Psychopharmacology 4. Group Issues: Social and Cultural Perspectives INTRODUCTION TO PART II 5. The Antidepressant Era 6. The Age of Anxiety 7. Antipsychotic Medications: The Evolution of Treatment 8. Mood Misnomers: Mood Stabilizing Agents 9. Medicating Children: Psychological, Cultural and Social-Political Perspectives 10. Psychotropics with Children and Adolescents 11. An Integral View of Herbaceuticals: Weeds, Seeds and New Age Needs

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY

PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY FOR HELPING PROFESSIONALS: AN INTEGRAL EXPLORATION


R. ELLIOTT INGERSOL and CARL F. RAK, both of Cleveland State University
400 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2006. ISBN: 9780534611828.

Designed to make the topic of psychopharmacology accessible to students in the helping professions, this concise, three-part book assists future practitioners in mastering basic concepts and applying these concepts to cases. In-depth discussions of psychopharmacology topics are structured around the three core parts of the book, including basic principles of psychopharmacology, commonly prescribed psychotropic drugs for adults, and psychotropic medications prescribed to children. To encourage
IE - International Edition www.cengageasia.com Page 103

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

THE SOCIAL WORKER AND PSYCHOTROPIC MEDICATION: TOWARD EFFECTIVE COLLABORATION WITH MENTAL HEALTH CLIENTS, FAMILIES, AND PROVIDERS
Third Edition

KIA J. BENTLEY and JOSEPH WALSH, both of Virginia Commonwealth University


252 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2006. ISBN: 9780534515515.

Presenting material within a contemporary framework of "partnership" practice that is rich with case examples, this up-to-date primer on psychopharmacology and psychosocial interventions serves as a useful resource for social work students and practitioners as they expand their daily roles in psychiatric medication management. Bentley and Walsh present all the facts, myths, and relevant information about psychotropic medication in an easyto-access manner. Content on a variety of topics, including expanded coverage of children and adolescents, helps readers become more responsive to the medication-related concerns of mental health clients and work more collaboratively on these issues with families and other mental health care providers. Data from the authors' national survey of randomly selected NASW members provides readers with the information they need to be aware, articulate, and active with respect to clients' medication-related dilemmas, but also mindful of the sociopolitical context of prescription practice in psychiatry. KEY FEATURES The authors stress the historical, political, and ethical context of

psychopharmacological practice and consider the implications of future developments for social work. Using a minimum amount of jargon, the authors offer a clear presentation of psychopharmacology and connect the material to the broader context of medication management in the interdisciplinary world of mental health service delivery. Case examples bring concepts to life and address real-life situations a social worker may encounter. Pedagogical features, including chapter summaries and a glossary of terms, help students to review and grasp the topics. The text includes content on implications of managed care for psychopharmacology as well as coverage of the history of drug development and drug research. The text contains a discussion of measurement instruments that can be used to monitor the effects of medications. A full section covers the use of herbs and vitamins and how they relate to mental health treatment. The appendix covers all medications and the use of tables and diagrams. The authors provide coverage of psychostimulants and other drugs used to treat ADHD. CONTENTS PART I. SOCIAL WORK ROLES IN MEDICATION MANAGEMENT 1. History and Overview of Social Work Roles 2. Defining Effective Collaboration PART II. A PRIMER ON PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY 3. Basic Principles: Neurotransmission, Pharmacokinetics, and Pharmacodynamics 4. Specific Medications for Specific Disorders 5. Intervention Concerns with
www.cengageasia.com

Special Populations PART III. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS FOR PSYCHOSOCIAL INTERVENTIONS 6. Medication Education for Clients and Families 7. Medication Adherence and Refusal 8. Medication Monitoring and Management PART IV. FUTURE DIRECTIONS 9. Future Directions in Psychopharmacology: Implications for Social Workers

Page 104

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK


NEW FOR 2012!

IE

SCHOOL BASED GROUP COUNSELING


CHRISTOPHER A. SINK, Seattle Pacific University, CHRISTIE EPPLER, Seattle University and CHER EDWARDS, Seattle Pacific University
544 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9781111830939.

this cutting-edge First Edition is written specifically for students entering or already working in the school counseling profession. Extremely relevant, SCHOOL BASED GROUP COUNSELING is packed with illustrative practical case studies and vignettes that bring chapter concepts to life. Practicing school counselors contributed most of the material presented in the text, giving it an insightful real-world perspective. The essential group counseling function is thoroughly explained within the context of comprehensive school counseling programs and the ACSA national model. The text also addresses counseling groups with students who are at risk for school failure. CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Small Groups in Today's Schools. 2. Foundations of School-Based Group Counseling. 3. The Basics of Group Preparation and Implementation. 4. Facilitating Small Groups. 5. Professional Considerations in Conducting Groups in Schools. 6. Groups for Elementary School Students. 7. Groups for Middle School and Junior High School Students. 8. Groups for High School Students. 9. Small Groups for Students with Special Needs. 10. Small Groups for Students of Color: Multicultural Considerations.

NEW FOR 2012!

IE

THE TRANSFORMED SCHOOL COUNSELOR


Second Edition

CAROL A. DAHIR, New York Institute of Technology and CAROLYN BISHOP STONE, University of North Florida
480 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840034069.

Specifically focused on the school counseling profession, the cuttingedge new SCHOOL BASED GROUP COUNSELING delivers a professional, comprehensive, and wellbalanced group counseling text for K12 preservice school counselors. Combining theory, research, case studies, real-world examples, and plenty of hands-on material, this exciting new First Edition walks preservice school counselors step by step through the development, planning, implementation, and evaluation of small groups in school counseling. Written by professionals in the field, it offers thorough discussions of K-12 case studies and group examples from practicing school counselors. It also provides an excellent context for group work through a discussion of the pertinent theories and key research. The authors use the lens of real-world, schoolbased practice, strengths-based counseling, systems thinking, developmental psychology, and ASCA's National Model. KEY FEATURES Unlike generic texts geared toward a mix of counseling subspecialties,

Preparing readers for real-world practice, THE TRANSFORMED SCHOOL COUNSELOR, 2e teaches students to effectively use theories, data-driven decision making, leadership, advocacy, and consultation to improve their clients' scholastic achievement and foster social justice. Thoroughly integrating the ASCA National Model throughout, the text provides an excellent overview of how the school counseling profession has transformed to successfully meet the needs of 21st-century students. It challenges pre-service counselors to view their sphere of influence from a systemic perspective and develop an awareness of the major societal and educational changes impacting the school counselor, including economy, technology, family structures, standards-based education, and diversity. The cutting-edge Second Edition also includes an all-new chapter on working with special needs students and expanded coverage of diversity. Completely current, it is packed with new case studies, additional "Voices From the Field", the latest data available, and real-world illustrations. In addition, a host of expanded instructor's ancillaries helps maximize course planning and success.

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 105

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

Completely up to date, this exciting new Second Edition is packed with cutting-edge examples and illustrations. It also incorporates the CACREP 2009 standards, the ASCA School Counselor Competencies, and the revised ASCA National Standards. The ASCA National Model is thoroughly integrated into in all chapters and tables. A new discussion of Recognized ASCA Model Programs (RAMP) recipients also highlights their contributions to student success. New case studies clearly illustrate chapter concepts, while new Voices From the Field provide opinions and insights from leading experts. The newly expanded Diversity Chapter includes more coverage on cultural competence. An all-new chapter offers comprehensive coverage of the unique strategies and issues involved with working with special needs students. KEY FEATURES Extremely relevant to today's school populations, THE TRANSFORMED SCHOOL COUNSELOR devotes an entire chapter to student diversity, including issues related to gender, sexual orientation, ethnicity and culture, socio-economic status, and ability and disability. Giving readers a chance to apply chapter concepts to real-world dilemmas, a school-based scenario in every chapter asks students to consider contemporary issues, such as closing the achievement gap and bullying. The chapter concludes with a response to this scenario by a practicing school counselor-enabling students to compare their solutions to the practices of professionals in the field. Comprehensive coverage includes using counseling, consultation, and the coordination of services to
Page 106

CONTENTS 1. The New Vision of 21st Century School Counseling. 2. Counseling Theory in Schools. 3. Counseling Practice in Schools. 4. School Counselors as Leaders. 5. School Counselors as Advocates. 6. Legal and Ethical Issues for School Counselors. 7. Implementing the ASCA National Model. 8. School Counselor Accountability and Data Informed Practice. 9. Addressing Diversity from a Social Justice and Culturally Competent Perspective. 10. Working with Special Needs Students. 11. Promoting Safe and Respectful Learning Environments. 12. School Counselors as Consultants. 13. School Counselors as Coordinators and Collaborators, and Managers of Resources. 14. Career Planning and Student Transitions. 15. Transitioning into the Field of School Counseling.

MENTAL HEALTH INTERVENTIONS FOR SCHOOL COUNSELORS


CHRISTOPHER A. SINK, Seattle Pacific University
208 pages. Paperbound. 2011. ISBN: 9780618754588.

Effective prevention and intervention are more critical than ever. Providing a collaborative "how to" guide for both preventive and interventionoriented counseling in school settings, MENTAL HEALTH INTERVENTIONS FOR SCHOOLS delivers up-to-theminute coverage of the most common mental health or psychosocial/emotional issues and disorders facing schoolchildren and youth--issues that can negatively impact their learning and long-term educational development. This exciting new first edition features the work of some of the most highly regarded counselor educators in the field. Each chapter provides a solid overview of a mental health concern and then focuses on school- and research-based actions that are preventive and intervention oriented as well as proven effective in school settings. Packed with relevant examples, MENTAL HEALTH INTERVENTIONS FOR SCHOOLS offers the most current, comprehensive, and well-researched coverage available. KEY FEATURES Bringing together insights and expertise from some of the most highly respected educators in the

www.cengageasia.com

NEW FOR 2011!

NEW TO THIS EDITION

impact the climate and culture of a school; advocating a social justice agenda and promoting equitable access to quality education; and implementing accountable school counseling programs. The text also illustrates how to use technology to efficiently and effectively expand the delivery of services and communication.

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

field, MENTAL HEALTH INTERVENTIONS FOR SCHOOLS delivers cutting-edge coverage of key concepts in preventive and interventionoriented counseling. Each contributing counselor educator is widely published in his or her area of expertise and draws from extensive experience in the practice setting. Chapters begin with a case example that engages students in a realistic illustration of an issue that they could face when they are counselors, helping them immediately apply chapter concepts to real-world scenarios. Reflecting the latest developments from the field, this exciting first edition is focused on effective, research-based interventions and packed with practical examples. End-of-chapter "Additional Resources" sections provide a bibliography of helpful sources to encourage students to go more in depth and explore on their own the critical concepts and techniques presented in the text. CONTENTS 1. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, Linda Webb (Florida Atlantic University). 2. Externalizing Behavior Disorders: Supporting Students with Aggression and Violent Tendencies, Kerry B. Bernes (University of Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada), Jennifer I. Bernes (Registered Psychologist), and Angela D. Bardick (Registered Psychologist). 3. Internalizing Behavior Disorders; Supporting Students with Depression, Anxiety, and Selfinjurious Behavior, Christopher Sink (Seattle Pacific University). 4. Eating Disorders, Obesity, and Body Image Concerns, Angela D. Bardick (Registered Psychologist), Shelly RussellMayhew (University of
- International Edition

Calgary), Kerry B. Bernes (University of Lethbridge), and Jennifer I. Bernes (Registered Psychologist). 5. Substance Abuse, Glenn W. Lambie (University of Central Florida). 6. Child Sexual Abuse, Carol Stone (University of North Florida). 7. Severe Acting Out Behavior: A Family Intervention Approach, Keith Davis (Appalachian State University). 8. Suicide Issues, Jill Packman (University of Nevada, Reno) and Catey Barber (O'Brien Middle School, Reno, NV). 9. Learning Disabilities, Glenn W. Lambie, Kara P. Ieva, Stacy Van Horn, Jonathan H. Ohrt, Sally Lewis, and B. Grant Hayes, University of Central Florida.

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

SPIRITUALITY/ RELIGIOUS VALUES

SPIRITUALITY WITHIN RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS IN SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE


MARY P. VAN HOOK, University of Central Florida; BERYL HUGEN, Calvin College; and MARIAN AGUILAR, University of Texas at Austin & Texas A & M International University
272 pages. Paperbound. 2002. ISBN: 9780534584191.

As it is valuable for practitioners to understand the meaning systems of clients and to identify both potential resources and strains in the lives of clients, the goal of this book is to help social workers and other counselors become culturally competent in the area of religious traditions. CONTENTS 1. Spirituality and Social Work Practice: A Conceptual Model 2. Catholic 3. Mormon 4. Protestant: An Overview 5. Baptist 6. African-American Baptist 7. Seventh Day Adventist 8. Judaism 9. Buddhism 10. Hinduism 11. Islam 12. Native American-Lakota Sioux 13. Confucianism 14. Health, Religion and Spirituality

IE

www.cengageasia.com

Page 107

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

NEW TO THIS EDITION This new edition has been entirely re-written from cover to cover, and features over 600 new references, with a corresponding deletion of dated and obsolete reference materials. A new chapter, Substance Use Disorders in College Students (Chapter 21), reflects an emerging body of evidence that suggests that substance use disorders follow a different trajectory for persons who graduate from high school and then enter college, as opposed to those young adults who simply enter the work force. New material has been added to the Chronic Alcohol Use chapter (Chapter 5), and includes material and important insights on the socalled "high functioning" alcoholic, a topic that has been difficult to address since such persons also go to great lengths to hide their alcohol use disorder. KEY FEATURES Focuses on important issues to consider when working with clients, such as the effect of chemicals on neonates; the dually diagnosed client; chemical abuse by children and adolescents; codependency and enabling; and addiction and the family. Presents clear guidelines and strategies for human service workers - including evaluation, intervention techniques, treatment, recovery, and common problems in treatment to help students work effectively with clients. Enhances opportunities for students to review and expand their knowledge with Chapter-bychapter online quizzes and an endof-book glossary give. Features a new expanded chapter, "Women and Addiction" (Chapter 18). Includes expanded information about Dextromethorphan, which

SUBSTANCE ABUSE
NEW FOR 2012!

has emerged as a major drug of abuse in the past few years, in Chapter 36 "Crime and Drug Use". CONTENTS 1. Why Worry About Substance Abuse? 2. The Nature of the Beast (What are the Substance Use Disorders?). 3. Pharmacology. 4. Social Alcohol Use and its Effects. 5. Chronic Alcohol Use and its Consequences. 6. Barbiturates and Barbiturate-like Drugs. 7. Benzodiazepines. 8. Amphetamine and Amphetamine-like Compounds. 9. Cocaine. 10. Marijuana. 11. Narcotic Analgesics. 12. Hallucinogens. 13. Inhalants. 14. Anabolic Steroids. 15. OTC Analgesics. 16. Tobacco Use. 17. Neonatal Drug Exposure. 18. Addiction in Women. 19. Hidden Faces of Substance Use Disorders (Minorities, etc.). 20. Substance Use by Children and Adolescents. 21. Substance Abuse in College Settings (NEW CHAPTER). 22. Codependency. 23. Addiction and the Family. 24. Dual Diagnosis Issues. 25. Medical Model of the Addictions. 26. Psychosocial Models of the Addictions. 27. Spiritual Model of the Addictions. 28. Assessment of the Patient. 29. Intervention. 30. Treatment Settings. 31. Treatment Formats. 32. Treatment Process. 33. Pharmacotherapy (Pharmacological Treatment of Addictions). 34. Treatment Problems. 35. Support Groups. 36. Drug Use and Infections. 37. Drug Use and Crime. 38. Legalization Issues.

IE

CONCEPTS OF CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY


Eighth Edition

HAROLD E. DOWEIKO, Viterbo University


640 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780840033918.

Completely rewritten from cover to cover, the contemporary new 8th edition of CONCEPTS OF CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY, International Edition provides comprehensive coverage and the latest information on a full spectrum of substance use disorders and the compounds commonly abused. Adding to the book's usefulness and relevance, Doweiko also covers topics not usually discussed in other substance abuse texts, including: abuse of anabolic steroids; inhalants; many of the forms of infectious disease associated with substance abuse; how the "war on drugs" has actually contributed to the problem of substance abuse/addiction in this country; the relationship between substance abuse and many infectious diseases; and the latest information on the "medical marijuana" debate. Providing a comprehensive overview of the problems of substance abuse and addiction, students report that they appreciate the author's balanced approach in contrast to a tendency to "preach" to the reader that "drugs are bad for you." Student feedback indicates that they value the clear and detailed information provided, allowing the student to form their own opinion about the compound(s) being discussed in each chapter.
Page 108

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

KEY FEATURES SUBSTANCE ABUSE COUNSELING, Fourth Edition, provides counseling strategies and skills for working with clients, giving explanations and examples of personalized treatment plans and behavior change strategies. Useful assessment instruments, which appear in the appendices, are available for students to use and reproduce. Instruments include a guided interview for substance abuse histories, a behavioral assessment interview form, and several standardized questionnaires. The authors suggest a number of action strategies that students can use when working with individuals, groups, or families. Topics such as prevention, counseling and relapse issues within the continuum of care are discussed in great detail. CONTENTS Part I: INTRODUCTION. 1. An Introduction to Substance Abuse Counseling. 2. Drugs and Their Effects. Part II: THE PROCESS OF BEHAVIOR CHANGE. 3. Motivational Interviewing. 4. Assessment and Treatment Planning. 5. Helping Clients Change .6. Empowering Clients Through Group Work. 7. Maintaining Change in Substance Use Behaviors. Part III: THE CONTEXT OF CHANGE. 8. Working with Families. 9. Program Planning and Evaluation. 10. Preventing Substance Abuse.

IE

SUBSTANCE ABUSE COUNSELING


Fourth Edition

ADDICTIONS TREATMENT: A STRENGTHS PERSPECTIVE


Second Edition

JUDITH A. LEWIS, Governors State University, ROBERT Q. DANA, University of Maine, Orono, and GREGORY A. BLEVINS, Governors State University
304 pages. Paperbound. 6-3/8 x 9-1/4. 1-color. 2010. ISBN: 9780495808749.

KATHERINE VAN WORMER, University of Northern Iowa; and DIANE RAE DAVIS, Eastern Washington University
512 pages. Paperbound. 6 3/8 x 9 1/4. 1-Color. 2008. ISBN: 9780495090823.

Intended for undergraduate and graduate courses that cover chemical dependency. These courses can be found in psychology, counseling, human services, and social work departments. Course names may include "Introduction to Substance Abuse," "Addiction and Substance Abuse," and "Issues in Addiction and Recovery." NEW TO THIS EDITION The section on "Drugs And Their Effects" has been reassessed and moved back to Chapter 2 for greater clarity. Additionally, the section features an informative new section on clinical implications. Updated Chapter 1, "The role of the Mental Health Professional in Prevention and Treatment," includes more information on connecting research to practice. An entirely new chapter devoted to motivational enhancement and interviewing provides context for the following assessment chapter. More multicultural perspectives are infused throughout the new edition. Specifically, the Assessment chapter now features more information on multicultural assessment, thus reflecting the most current views on the subject.

Using the popular harm-reduction model, ADDICTION TREATMENT covers the biological, psychological, and social aspects of alcoholism, eating disorders, compulsive gambling, and other addictions. Through a number of firstperson narratives about the experience of addiction, students will discover a realism and depth not commonly found in textbooks. In addition, the authors include studentfriendly topics, such as the case against so-called underage drinking laws, to draw students into the material and illustrate the importance of reducing harm within the biopsychological framework that ties the text together. NEW TO THIS EDITION This edition features an increased focus throughout on the principles of harm reduction as both a goal and a process, giving students insight into the importance of what they are learning. Students will explore current issues related to addiction, including a new focus on methamphetamine (meth) as a major drug of interest, material on the impact of early childhood trauma in the development of addictions, an added section on trauma from natural disasters such as hurricanes, and new research on the impact of war-related trauma

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 109

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

that gives insight into the issues that may be relevant to soldiers returning from Iraq. Expanded coverage of content pertaining to Latino populations has been added to this edition. Throughout the text, the authors emphasize the treatment of individuals with co-occurring disorders to illustrate the complexity of working with clients in a real-world setting. The authors include extensive material on the treatment needs of clients involved in the criminal justice system to show students how the criminal justice system can be understood within the context of both of treatment needs and policy change. New chapter-by-chapter PowerPoint slides and an Instructor's Manual make it easy for any instructor to maximize their effectiveness in and out of the classroom. KEY FEATURES The text offers comprehensive coverage of a range of addictive problems, including gambling, alcoholism, eating disorders, cocaine addiction, recent drugs such as ecstasy and methamphetamine, and others--all paired with case examples that help students apply text concepts to the real world. Students will discover clientcentered approaches, such as the strengths perspective and motivational interviewing which fall under the rubric of the harm reduction model. These are evidence-based approaches that best prepare the student for working in the field of substance abuse treatment today. The text provides an analysis of current U.S. drug policies and related social justice issues, enabling students to understand how these issues are intertwined with addiction treatment. Treatment innovations, including
Page 110

drug courts, pharmaceutical treatments, gender-specific programming, and the European approach to addiction, are included throughout the text to give students a complete sense of the field and the methods that are available to them. CONTENTS Part 1: INTRODUCTION. 1. The Nature of Addiction. 2. Historical Perspectives. 3. Strengths-Based Helping Strategies. Part 2: THE BIOLOGY OF ADDICTION. 4. Substance Misuse, Dependence, and the Body. 5. Interventions Related to Biology. Part 3: THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ADDICTION. 6. Addiction Across the Life Span. 7. Eating Disorders, Gambling, Shopping, and Other Behavioral Addictions. 8. Substance Misuse with a Coexisting Disorder or Disability. Part 4: SOCIAL ASPECTS OF ADDICTION. 9. Family Risks and Resiliencies. 10. Racial, Ethnic, and Cultural Issues. 11. Gender and Sexual Orientation Differences. 12. Mutual-Help Groups: A Strengths Perspective. 13. Public Policy.

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

TESTING & ASSESSMENT

IE

PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS OF ASSESSMENT IN COUNSELING


Third Edition

SUSAN C. WHISTON, Indiana University


512 pages. Paperbound. 7-3/8 9-1/4. 1-color. 2009. ISBN: 9780495596431.

This comprehensive introduction to appraisal and assessment, created specifically for counseling students, presents mathematical and statistical concepts in a simple and useful manner. The book stresses the importance of counselors being good consumers of assessment tools to avoid misusing tools in manners harmful to clients. KEY FEATURES Detailed discussions of specific assessment methods and strategies, including clinical measures and interviewing and observations in personality assessment, help readers to understand the relevance of each tool and strategy. Focuses on the importance of using assessment results to evaluate the efficacy of counseling. Examples and applications are geared specifically to the counseling audience. Emphasizes developing trends in the discipline by covering all CACREP (The Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs) appraisal standards, as well as those standards under development. Contains a unique chapter related to assessment in the area of

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

marriage and family, which will be of special interest to AAMFT (American Association of Marriage and Family Therapists) accredited programs. Discusses interviewing and observations in personality assessment. CONTENTS Section I: PRINCIPLES OF ASSESSMENT. 1. Assessment in Counseling. 2. Basic Assessment Principles. 3. Reliability. 4. Validity and Item Analysis. 5. Instrument Selection, Administration, Scoring, and Communicating Results. Section II: OVERVIEW OF ASSESSMENT AREAS. 6. Initial Assessment in Counseling. 7. Intelligence and General Ability Testing. 8. Assessing Achievement and Aptitude: Applications for Counseling. 9. Assessment in Career Counseling. 10. Appraisal of Personality. 11. Assessment in Marriage and Family Counseling. Section III: APPLICATIONS AND ISSUES. 12. Assessment and Diagnosis. 13. Using Assessment in Counseling. 14. Ethical and Legal Issues in Assessment. 15. Issues Related to Assessment with Special Populations. 16. Technological Applications and Future Trends.

IE

NEO-FFI, the PAI, and the SASSI. The text's examination of Standard Error of the Estimate, False Positives and False Negatives, and Non-Verbal Intelligence Testing has also been updated. KEY FEATURES Engage students with thoughtprovoking cases, vignettes, and real-life exercises, providing opportunities for hands-on practice. Guide students step-by-step through the increasingly complex process of gathering information about clients and suggest specific ways of writing effective test reports. Text illustrations, figures, and examples of test reports and interview outlines help students apply the concepts presented in the chapters. Down-to-earth, easy-tounderstand writing clearly explains the use of test statistics and how to apply them to the assessment process. Neukrug and Fawcett devote individual chapters to commonly used assessment techniques in educational ability, intelligence testing, career and occupational assessment and clinical assessment with each chapter highlighting the role of the helper in assessment procedures and stressing the importance of sensitivity when assessing any person. CONTENTS Part I: HISTORY AND CURRENT PROFESSIONAL ISSUES. 1. History of Testing and Assessment. 2. Ethical, Legal and Professional Issues in Assessment. Part II: TEST WORTHINESS AND TEST STATISTICS. 3. Test Worthiness: Validity, Reliability, Practicality and Cross-Cultural Fairness.

ESSENTIALS OF TESTING AND ASSESSMENT


Second Edition

EDWARD S. NEUKRUG, Old Dominion University, and R. CHARLES FAWCETT, University of Virginia
336 pages. Paperbound. 7 3/8 x 9 1/4. 2010. ISBN: 9781439037935.

This text is intended for upper-level undergraduate and graduate level courses in departments of counselor education, social work, clinical psychology, and human services. Typical course names include Assessment in Counseling, Introductory Assessment, Mental Health Appraisal, Counseling Assessment, Appraisal Techniques, and Appraisal in Counseling. NEW TO THIS EDITION Updated information in this edition includes discussion of neuropsychological assessment in Chapter 7 (Intellectual and Cognitive Functioning: Intelligence and Neuropsychological Assessment); a section on Forensic Evaluation in appears in the section of Chapter 2 that discusses professional issues; and updated coverage of the ACA and APA Ethics Codes wherever applicable. Neukrug and Fawcett have added a new section on Item Response Theory (IRT), revised case examples and applications, and more coverage on computer usage. This edition offers new coverage of National Assessment of Educational Progress (Chapter 6) and Performance Assessment (Chapter 10) along with updated coverage of 16 PF, NEO PI-R and

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 111

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

4. Statistical Concepts: Making Meaning out of Raw Scores. 5. Statistical Concepts: Creating New Scores to Interpret Test Data. Part III: COMMONLY-USED ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES 6. Assessment of Educational Ability: Survey Battery, Diagnostic, Readiness and Cognitive Ability Tests. 7. Intellectual and Cognitive Functioning: Intelligence Testing and Neuropsychological Assessment. 8. Career and Occupational Assessment: Interest Inventories, Multiple Aptitude and Special Aptitude Tests. 9. Clinical Assessment: Objective and Projective Personality Tests. 10. Informal Assessment: Observation, Rating Scales, Classification Methods, Environmental Assessment, Records and Personal Documents and PerformanceBased Assessment. Part IV: DIAGNOSIS AND WRITING THE ASSESSMENT REPORT. 11. Diagnosis in the Assessment Process 12. The Assessment Report Process: The Interview, Assessment Techniques, Environmental Assessment, and the Report.

CONTENTS 1. Basic Assessment Concepts by Bradley T. Erford 2. Foundations of Assessment. Historical, Legal, Ethical, and Diversity Perspectives by Bradley T. Erford, Cheryl Moore-Thomas, and Lynn Linde 3. Reliability by Dimiter Dimitrov 4. Validity by Alan Basham and Bradley T. Erford 5. Selecting, Administering, Scoring, and Interpreting Assessment Instruments and Techniques by R. Anthony Doggett, Carl J. Sheperis, Susan Eaves, Michael D. Mong & Bradley T. Erford 6. How Tests Are Constructed by Carl J. Sheperis, Carey Davis, and R. Anthony Doggett 7. Clinical Assessment by Bradley T. Erford, Carol Salisbury, Kathleen McNinch, Carl J. Sheperis, R. Anthony Doggett, and Ota Masanori 8. Personality Assessment by Bradley T. Erford, Kathleen McNinch, and Carol Salisbury 9. Behavioral Assessment by Carl J. Sheperis, R. Anthony Doggett, Masanori Ota, Bradley T. Erford, and Carol Salisbury 10. Assessment of Intelligence by Bradley T. Erford, Lauren Klein and Kathleen McNinch 11. Assessment of Other Aptitudes by Bradley T. Erford and Kathleen McNinch 12. Assessment of Achievement by Bradley T. Erford and Kathleen Hall 13. Assessment in Career Counseling by Deborah Newsome, Bradley T. Erford, and Kathleen McNinc 14. Assessing Couples and Families by Debbie W. Newsome, JonMichael Brasfield, and Catherine Flemming Appendix: Responsibilities of Users of Standardized Tests (RUST)

ASSESSMENT FOR COUNSELORS


BRADLEY T. ERFORD, Loyola College in Maryland
592 pages. Casebound. 2007. ISBN: 9780618492916.

This introductory text provides a broad overview of basic issues in psychological and educational assessment and includes coverage of the pertinent tests needed by professional counselors to conduct thorough and effective assessments. Chapter topics on basic concepts; ethical, legal, and diversity issues; reliability; validity, and test construction help familiarize students with the essentials of testing. Students learn how and when to use the correct assessment tools with diverse clients and settings through guidance on basic procedures such as test selection, and examples and applications relevant to a range of practices and clientele. In addition, the author and other contributors focus on the importance of counselor identity and the essentials of this complex field. KEY FEATURES The text is aligned with the assessment curriculum standards required by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs. Full chapters discuss the finer points that professional counselors need to understand when engaging in all forms of assessment. Current American Counseling Association ethical standards and positions statements from the ACA and other professional organizations appear throughout the text.

Page 112

www.cengageasia.com

International Edition -

IE

SOCIAL WORK & HUMAN SERVICES


Special Topics in Social Work

SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK

SUPERVISION
NEW FOR 2012!

supervision models and one group supervision session. The Five Practice Case Presentations illustrate "best-fit" supervision models. The book addresses contemporary issues and concerns with chapters on ethics, future supervision trends, blocks to successful supervision, and the importance of understanding diversity. CONTENTS 1. Structure and Process of Supervision. 2. Supervision Models: Psychotherapy-based NonPsychotherapy-based. 3. Effective Supervision. 4. Supervisor. Gender and Perceived Stereotypes. Theoretical Orientation, Interaction and Learning Styles. BTI Types. Negative-Harmful Supervision. 5. Supervisee. Attachment Style. Self-presentation and Self-disclosure. Interaction and Learning Styles. Theoretical Orientation. Gender & Perceived Stereotypes. 6. Assessment of the Trainee. Knowledge and Skills. Personal Dynamics. Formal Assessment Tools. 7. Supervision Ethics. 8. Legal Aspects of Supervision in Psychotherapy. 9. Impacts of Culture and Diversity on the Supervisory Relationship and Process.

CLINICAL SUPERVISION: THEORY AND PRACTICE


LORI ANN RUSSELL-CHAPIN PH.D, Bradley University
256 pages. Paperbound. 2012. ISBN: 9780495009153.

CLINICAL SUPERVISION: THEORY AND PRACTICE is a comprehensive text on the theoretical and practical aspects of supervision. While the authors offer thorough coverage of supervision models and theory, ethics and supervision trends, they also include numerous selfassessment exercises at the end of each chapter, case studies and other applied activities. An optional companion DVD which uses 10 different cases to demonstrate various approaches to supervising helping professionals is available for use with this text. KEY FEATURES CLINICAL SUPERVISION: THEORY AND PRACTICE can be used as a "standalone text" because it deftly blends theory and practice. The authors explore the various models of supervision and offer practical self-assessment exercises at the end of each chapter. They cover current research on every chapter topic and each chapter section closes with questions for reflection. The book comes with a DVD featuring case studies that demonstrate each of the five

IE

- International Edition

www.cengageasia.com

Page 113

Library Reference

GALE VIRTUAL REFERENCE LIBRARY

Gale Virtual Reference Library


Anytime, anywhere access to essential reference eBooks

CODiE Award Finalist for Best Online General Service 2010 I wanted to let you know how much our school is enjoying our eBook purchases and the eBooks we receive through the State Library of Michigan ... The students love that they can download articles and use them offline, and both students and teachers love that they are getting reliable, authoritative sources so easily. I have really appreciated the widgets, database images, eBook images and direct URLs. Thanks!

From the search results page, users can view a full-text article in HTML

Cheri Dobbs, Coordinator of Library Media or PDF format. Narrow results by searching within the results list, or by Services, Detroit Country Day School, selecting document or publication type. (Beverly Hills, MI) Gales eBook platform makes it easy to quickly access authoritative reference information. With electronic reference books from Gale and our publishing partners, researchers can instantly access thousands of eBooks on virtually any subject. These trusted, authoritative reference works are available 24/7 through the Gale Virtual Reference Library, providing an unprecedented combination of functionality and features. References in eBook format provide a wide range of benets. In addition to saving shelf space, eBooks can be searched individually or as a complete collection. Online access makes popular titles available to multiple users and not just during business hours. Your library users can link to reference content through your OPAC or directly from the Table of Contents or Index pages. With electronic references, you can offer unlimited circulation of your collection. Plus the ability to cross-search titles means faster, more comprehensive results.

Give power to your users with the benefits of eBooks:


Thousands of full-text eBooks from Gale and our publishing partners Authoritative references, updated and in electronic format 24/7 access from any Internet-connected computer Unlimited simultaneous use No more damaged pages or missing volumes ReadSpeaker technology (text-to-speech) allowing text to be read aloud to users and downloaded in MP3 format Cross-searchable with select periodical collections, Resource Centers and the In Context product family No special reader or hardware required Ability to print, e-mail and download articles On-demand content translation into 11 languages For more information, visit www.gale.com/GVRL.

R2

E-mail us at asia.LRnew@cengage.com for free trial and pricing information

GALE VIRTUAL REFERENCE LIBRARY

The document toolbox allows users to print or e-mail articles; download articles to handheld devices; create and export article citations in multiple formats; translate the articles into 11 languages; use ReadSpeaker text-to-speech technology to hear the article read aloud; and download MP3 audio.

Access thousands of eBooks from Gale and our publishing partners


In addition to Gale references, Gale Virtual Reference Library offers titles from carefully selected partner publishers. These partnerships allow access to a wide range of electronic references in the core disciplines of arts, biography, history, literature, science, health, medicine and more. eBooks make it easy to build a collection with thousands of titles from leading reference publishers. And with eBooks, you own the content just as you would a print title. eBook titles are available from: ABC-CLIO ASCD Cambridge University Press Cengage Learning Asia CQ Press Columbia University Press DK Elsevier Inc. Facts On File Greenhaven Press Greenwood Publishing Group IGI Global John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Kogan Page Linworth Publishing, Inc. McGraw-Hill Omnigraphics Oxford University Press SAGE Publications Salem Press And dozens of others Access our free monthly e-newsletter and subscribe to our Re:sources blog to pick up tips, share ideas and learn about new features and titles. Simply visit http://resources.gale.com.

Searching made simple


Our innovative eBook platform makes it easy to quickly access authoritative reference information. A subject guide allows researchers to browse all available publications by subject area. Users can combine the following criteria to create as broad or narrow a search as they want and use limiters such as publication date, subject, discipline and readership level to rene their search. Title Keyword Image captions Publisher Author Full text Publication name ISBN Starting page

www.cengageasia.com

R3

GALE POWERSEARCH

Get connected with Gale PowerSearch

CODiE Award Finalist for Best Online General Reference Service 2008, 2009 and 2010

Gale PowerSearch named Most Improved Product


The Charleston Advisor (October 2007)
Use Gale PowerSearch to instantly locate a pool of authoritative and varied content on virtually any subject.

Gale PowerSearch is a search platform unlike any other, providing libraries, universities, schools and businesses with a sophisticated yet simple solution for managing a wealth of periodical, reference, multimedia and primary source information. And because of its enormous exibility, Gale is able to constantly update its Gale PowerSearch platform with new features and benets based primarily on feedback from librarians and end-users. All Gale PowerSearch users who have periodical resources, and/ or electronic reference books from Gale Virtual Reference Library have access to these new and exciting features: A constantly growing collection of authoritative content, including more than 1,500 recently added full-text titles and more than 1.6 million full-text articles An intuitive search assist feature guiding users to the exact subject, keyword or publication they are searching for from a single search box Search results incorporate portals of context-sensitive multimedia (images, video and podcasts) ReadSpeaker text-to-speech technology allowing users to have all articles available from within the platform read aloud to them. All articles are downloadable in MP3 format and can be played on iPods or other audio
R4

devices. ReadSpeaker aims to help make Web content accessible to people with dyslexia, learning disabilities or low literacy levels, as well as those speaking English as a second language, elderly individuals with impaired vision and others that like to listen as well as read A free Gale PowerSearch widget that can more than double usage Web 2.0 sharing tools, including Delicious, MySpace, Reddit, Digg, Facebook, Newsvine and others On-demand translation of documents into 11 different languages, including Spanish, French, simplied Chinese, Russian, Arabic, Polish and others And much more Gale PowerSearch allows you to easily combine eBooks with online resources such as General OneFile, Academic OneFile, InfoTrac Student Edition and InfoTrac Junior Edition as well as our customized InfoTrac Collections instantly creating your own comprehensive resource center. To learn more about Gale PowerSearch, visit www.gale.com/PowerSearch.

E-mail us at asia.LRnew@cengage.com for free trial and pricing information

ONLINE RESOURCES
Academic OneFile
Academic OneFile includes: Strong coverage of hard sciences, medicine, engineering and business More than 14,000 titles, including more than 9,000 peerreviewed journals and more than 6,000 in full text Full-text for periodicals covered in major bibliographic databases, such as CINAHL, BIOSIS, MLS, PsycINFO, ERIC, EconLit, RILM and others Full text of The New York Times from 1985 to present Full text of the London Times and Financial Times Full linking to and from Thomsons ISI Web of Science. Full collection of Elsevier abstracts for every Elsevier journal from 1996 to present Key, peer-reviewed journals published in Spanish, French and other languages Major reference sets, including Gale Encyclopedia of Science, Gale Encyclopedia of Medicine and Encyclopedia of World Biography Links with JSTOR for archival access to periodicals and Open URL compliances for access to e-journal and subscription materials Thousands of podcasts and transcripts from NPR, CNN and CBC Links to hundreds of medical videos from OR-Live Access to a range of additional collections created to ll subject-specic curricular needs ReadSpeaker technology to listen to audio versions of articles or download MP3 versions Ability to translate all content to 11 different languages An intuitive search assist feature guiding users to the exact subject, keyword or publication they are searching for from a single search box And much more For more information, contact your local Cengage Learning Library Reference Representative or visit www.gale.com/ AcademicOneFile.

CODiE Award Finalist for Best Online General Reference Service 2008 and 2009

The premier resource for peer-reviewed, full-text journals and reference sources, Academic OneFile is perfect for research libraries, graduate schools, universities and colleges as an up-to-date and easy-to-use resource for serious academic research. Home to nearly 14,000 indexed journals, Academic OneFile effortlessly delivers quality content for faculty, students, scholars and other researchers. With authoritative and comprehensive coverage of the physical sciences, technology, medicine, social sciences, the arts, theology, literature and other subjects, Academic OneFile is both authoritative and comprehensive. With millions of articles available in both PDF and HTML full-text with no restrictions, researchers are able to nd accurate information quickly. International in scope and unparalleled in breadth and depth, Academic OneFile is a one-stop resource for academic research in all disciplines.

www.cengageasia.com

R5

ONLINE RESOURCES
General OneFile InfoTrac Custom Journals

Perfect for researchers at all levels, General OneFile includes more than 7,000 full-text titles; more than 3,600 journals; more than 25 years of backle; and ve newspaper indexes, totaling nearly 13,000 titles (50% of which are unique to the collection). With more than 95 million records at researchers ngertips, General OneFile provides instant 24/7 access to the largest collection of full-text periodicals available. In addition, General OneFile also features more than 500 travel guides; a full collection of National Public Radio programs from 1990 to the present; links to more than 5,000 video les including shows like the Today Show, NBC Nightly News and Meet the Press; more than 3,000 full-text titles recommended by Bowkers Magazines for Libraries; optional access to the Gale Virtual Reference Library, containing thousands of electronic references in eBook format via Gale PowerSearch; and much more. General OneFile features: A Web-like interface to encourage browsing Instant access to periodical and news information on the complete range of general interest topics On-demand translation of articles into 11 different languages ReadSpeaker technology to listen to audio versions of articles or download MP3 les Opportunities to locate and share information among users and their communities with Web 2.0 technology An intuitive search assist feature guiding users to the exact subject, keyword or publication they are searching for from a single search box And much more For more information, please contact your local Cengage Learning Library Reference Representative or visit www. gale.com/OneFile.
R6

InfoTrac is among the largest online collections of current, full-text journals available, featuring more than 14,000 titles covering virtually any specialty or discipline. Many InfoTrac customers, however, may want additional control over their periodical resource. InfoTrac Custom Journals gives you the freedom to choose only those journals you want, as well as customize the resources search interface and functionality. Available on the Gale PowerSearch platform, InfoTrac Custom Journals allows you to customize your subscription in a number of useful ways. Using InfoTrac Custom Journals, you have the freedom to select the journals that are appropriate for your institution as well as manipulate the search interface and search functionality. These enhancements are perfect for libraries and other institutions serving populations with unique, discipline-specic reference needs. InfoTrac Custom Journals gives you the ability to: Choose from the entire list of indexed and full-text articles in the InfoTrac periodical product line Select only those titles that you want Select the size of the collection you want: 250, 500, 750, 1,000, 1,500 or 2,000 titles Change the selection of journals daily Name your customized database and create a customized description Manipulate the search interface and search functionality InfoTrac Custom Journals is perfect for customers who need to provide customized collections for specic departments, classes or community interests. For more information, contact your local Cengage Learning Library Reference Representative.

E-mail us at asia.LRnew@cengage.com for free trial and pricing information

ONLINE RESOURCES
InfoTrac Collections
InfoTrac Collections also allow you to: Support a multilingual community by translating documents on demand Create Search Alerts with RSS Export Manage documents by e-mail, bookmark or print options Reach remote users with 24/7 access Meet niche needs with ease InfoTrac Collections include these highly targeted, easy-to-use collections: Agriculture Collection Business Economics and Theory Collection Communications and Mass Media Collection Computer Database Criminal Justice Collection Culinary Arts Collection Diversity Studies Collection Environmental Studies and Policy Collection Fine Arts and Music Collection Gardening, Landscape and Horticulture Collection Gender Studies Collection General Science Collection Home Improvement Collection Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure Collection Information Science and Technology Collection Insurance and Liability Collection Nursing and Allied Health Collection Physical Therapy and Sports Medicine Collection Pop Culture Collection Popular Magazines Collection Psychology Collection Small Business Collection U.S. History Collection Vocations and Careers Collection War and Terrorism Collection

Researchers come to your library from specialized backgrounds looking for comprehensive sources proven resources that yield credible, focused results not found on the Web. Now you can meet that need with in-depth, subject-focused collections powered by InfoTrac. Every costeffective InfoTrac Collection has content aimed at unique categories of researchers, including environmentalists, business people, musicians, gardening enthusiasts and more. Millions of articles from respected publications are carefully chosen for these continuously updated resources. Users can quickly identify and retrieve results through a variety of search options, including Basic, Subject Guide, Publication and Advanced Search. An intuitive search assist feature guides users to the exact subject, keyword or publication they are searching for from a single search box.

www.cengageasia.com

R7

ONLINE RESOURCES SCIENCE: GENERAL


CDs, Super Glue, and Salsa
How Everyday Products Are Made This series from UXL provides coverage of 30 household and high-interest products in each set. Alphabetically arranged entries feature step-by-step descriptions of the manufacturing processes behind the products. Products covered in Series 3 include articial heart, DVD player, gas mask, skyscraper and many more.
Series 3. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-7876-9291-9. Order #GENCAT11-197858. Series 3. About 400 pp. in 2 vols. 2003. ISBN 978-0-7876-6476-3. Order #GENCAT11-182081. U.S. $143.00/2-vol. set. Complete set. 883 pp. in 6 vols. 2005. ISBN 978-1-4144-0521-6. Order #GENCAT11-223267. U.S. $390.00/6-vol. set.

Social Sciences
Additional resources on this topic
In addition to the eBooks and print titles listed here, Gale also offers a range of exceptional online resources, including: Global Issues in Context This unique new resource includes expert perspectives, background information, multimedia and more on issues of international importance. Opposing Viewpoints in Context An innovative new resource featuring authoritative content, multimedia, engaging user features and much more. Please contact your local Cengage Learning Library Reference Representative for details. Gale also offers thousands of eBooks from carefully selected third-party publishers (see pp. 4-5), including:

Volumes available individually. Contact your Gale Representative for details.

Encyclopedia of Body Adornment UXL Encyclopedia of Science


Reference Book Bulletin/Booklist 20 Best Bets for Student Researchers Booklinks Core Science Reference Titles for the K-8 Library
NEW TITLE Explores the range of human body adornments, covering the major groups and places where they have been central to social and cultural practices.

This resource provides clear, nontechnical information on more than 600 scientic theories, life forms, inventions, controversies and discoveries written in language that makes sense to all students. This second edition includes approximately 50 new essays and more than 250 fully updated entries. Covering the physical, life and earth sciences as well as engineering, technology, math, environmental science, anthropology and psychology, the Encyclopedia is sure to address all the topics that students and younger researchers want to know about. Includes approximately 600 color and black-and-white photographs.
2nd Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-7876-9317-6. Order #GENCAT11-197965. 2nd Ed. 2,048 pp. in 10 vols. 2002. ISBN 978-0-7876-5432-0. Order #GENCAT11-173654. U.S. $614.00/10-vol. set.

Published by Greenwood Publishing Group. 1st Ed. Ready September 2010. eBook ISBN 978-0-3130-6405-0. Order #GENCAT11-257286.

For a complete list of available eBooks, visit www.gale.com/GVRL.

Encyclopedia of the Life Course and Human Development


Encyclopedia of the Life Course and Human Development examines three key life stages Childhood and Adolescence; Adulthood; and Later Life from a sociological perspective. Three hundred ninety-six entries explore how enduring experiences, as well as transitions and events such as childcare, education, stress, marriage, career, addiction, friendship, parenthood, disease, spirituality, and retirement, inuence the life course.
1st Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-02-866166-7. Order #GENCAT11-242723. 1st Ed. in About 1,560 pp. in 3 vols. 2009. ISBN 978-0-02-866162-9. Order #GENCAT11-242719. U.S. $432.00/3-vol. set.

R8

E-mail us at asia.LRnew@cengage.com for free trial and pricing information

ONLINE SOCIAL RESOURCES SCIENCES


Psychology of Classroom Learning
An Encyclopedia
CHOICE Outstanding Academic Title

International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences


This 9-volume, entirely new second edition of International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences covers scholarship and elds that have emerged and matured since the publication of the original set. Meeting the needs of high school and college students, researchers inside and outside academia, and lay readers in public libraries, the new edition highlights the expanding inuence of economics in social science research and features nearly 3,000 entirely new articles and important biographies contributed by thousands of scholars (including several Nobel prize winners) from around the world on a wide array of global topics, including: achievement testing, censorship, personality measurement, aging, income distribution, foreign aid (political and economic aspects), food (world problems, consumption patterns), cultural adaptation, comparative health-care systems, terrorism, political correctness, agricultural innovation, legislation of morality, sexual violence and exploitation, white collar crime. The second edition also features biographical proles of the major contributors to the study of the social sciences, past and present. Highlights of the new set include: Expert editing by William A. Darity, Jr., Professor of Economics and adjunct faculty in sociology at the University of North Carolina and Research professor of Public Policy Studies and Economics at Duke University 2,990 new articles contributed by a team of international scholars, including hundreds of entries covering the increasingly inuential elds of economics and statistics Written for researchers inside and outside academia; perfect for advanced high school and college students as well as teachers, lay readers and professionals Also available in eBook format, providing full search capabilities; 24/7 access; no special readers of hardware required
2nd Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-02-866117-9. Order #GENCAT11-233223. 2nd Ed. In 9 vols. 2008. ISBN 978-0-02-865965-7. Order #GENCAT11-194787. U.S. $1,239.00/9-vol. set.

Uniquely focused on the teacher-student dynamic, the Psychology of Classroom Learning examines the fundamental psychological aspects of learning such as cognition, motivation, and emotion, as well as individual and environmental factors at work in the classroom. Teachers, school psychologists, those studying developmental and school psychology, and the general reader will nd nearly 300 alphabetically arranged essays examining how instruction and learning are affected by factors such as classroom management, multiculturalism, learning styles, home schooling, peer relationships, school culture, discipline, self-esteem, socioeconomic status, and more. In addition to these topical essays, biographical entries on leaders in educational psychology are included. This two-volume encyclopedia also offers statistical information in the form of charts and sidebars, synopses of recent research specic to essay topics, and images. Extensive bibliographies of print and electronic sources, cross-references, a glossary, and subject index are included.
1st Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-0286-6170-4. Order #GENCAT11-242740. 1st Ed. in 2 vols. 2008. ISBN 978-0-0286-6167-4. Order #GENCAT11-242737. U.S. $298.00/2-vol. set.

Gale Virtual Reference Library


From literature, history and science to biography, law and business, you can now provide often-requested eBook titles from Gale and its premier publishing partners to unlimited users 24/7 through the Gale Virtual Reference Library. See pp. 4-5.

www.cengageasia.com

R9

ONLINE SCIENCES SOCIAL RESOURCES


Social Issues Primary Sources Collection
These volumes of primary source documents focus on leading social issues of the last three centuries. International in scope, each volume is devoted to topics such as: terrorism; medicine, health and bioethics; crime and punishment; human and civil rights; social policy; and other social issues. Each title contains approximately 175 full-text or excerpted documents, such as speeches, legislation, magazine and newspaper articles, memoirs, letters, interviews, novels, essays, songs, works of art, and much more. Entries are organized in chapters that feature a general overview of the chapters subtopic. The following standardized subheads are included for each entry: Date Source About the Author Introduction Primary Source Signicance Further Resources All titles contain an introduction to the main topic, a chronology of major events and a general index. A comprehensive subject index is included with purchase of the entire set.
1st Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-1246-7. Order #GENCAT11-226605. 1st Ed. About 5,000 pp. in 10 vols. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0320-5. Order #GENCAT11-220947. U.S. $1,361.00/10-vol. set.

Also available individually: Crime and Punishment: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-1260-3. Order #GENCAT11-226724.

Crime and Punishment: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0324-3. Order #GENCAT11-220952.

Environmental Issues: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-0626-8. Order #GENCAT11-224096.

Environmental Issues: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0625-1. Order #GENCAT11-224095.

Family in Society: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-1266-5. Order #GENCAT11-226730.

Family in Society: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0330-4. Order #GENCAT11-220959.

Gender Issues and Sexuality: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-1261-0. Order #GENCAT11-226725.

Gender Issues and Sexuality: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0325-0. Order #GENCAT11-220953.

Government, Politics, and Protest: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-1263-4. Order #GENCAT11-226727.

Government, Politics, and Protest: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0327-4. Order #GENCAT11-220955.

Human and Civil Rights: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-1262-7. Order #GENCAT11-226726.

Human and Civil Rights: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0326-7. Order #GENCAT11-220954.

Immigration and Multiculturalism: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-1265-8. Order #GENCAT11-227310.

Immigration and Multiculturalism: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0329-8. Order #GENCAT11-220957.

Gale Virtual Reference Library


From literature, history and science to biography, law and business, you can now provide often-requested eBook titles from Gale and its premier publishing partners to unlimited users 24/7 through the Gale Virtual Reference Library. See pp. 4-5.

Medicine, Health, and Bioethics: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-0624-4. Order #GENCAT11-224094.

Medicine, Health, and Bioethics: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0623-7. Order #GENCAT11-224093.

Social Policy: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-1264-1. Order #GENCAT11-226728.

Social Policy: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0328-1. Order #GENCAT11-220956.

Terrorism: Essential Primary Sources


Now available. eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-0622-0. Order #GENCAT11-224092.

Terrorism: Essential Primary Sources


1st Ed. 2006. ISBN 978-1-4144-0621-3. Order #GENCAT11-224091. U.S. $143.00/vol.

R10

E-mail us at asia.LRnew@cengage.com for free trial and pricing information

ONLINE SOCIAL RESOURCES SCIENCES


Encyclopedia of Race & Racism
RUSA Outstanding Reference Source

Encyclopedia of Aging
ALA Outstanding Reference Reference Books Bulletin/Booklist Editors Choice Best Reference Library Journal Best Reference

The Encyclopedia of Race & Racism is the rst such work examining the anthropological, sociological, historical, economic, and scientic theories of race and racism in the modern era. The Encyclopedia delves into the historic origins of ideas of race and racism and explores their social and scientic consequences. Some of the nearly 400 articles address broad theoretical topics that have helped to shape modern ideas about race and racism; others address more specic subjects in the larger elds, with, for example, a recently added composite addressing the concept of nationalism and ethnicity in Europe, North and Latin America, Asia, and the Middle East, as well as the general idea of nationalism and culture. The Encyclopedia includes biographies of dozens of signicant theorists, as well as political and social leaders and notorious racists.
1st Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-02-866116-2. Order #GENCAT11-233224.

As the Baby Boomers head toward retirement, the four-volume Encyclopedia of Aging offers a timely resource encompassing all aspects of aging. Covering a variety of disciplines biology, medicine, economics, law, psychology, sociology and history the Encyclopedia also explores related issues such as religion, politics and ethics. Also includes a topical outline, primary source documents, addresses, websites and an index.
1st Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-02-865879-7. Order #GENCAT11-189929. 1st Ed. 1,591 pp. in 4 vols. 2002. ISBN 978-0-02-865472-0. Order #GENCAT11-170613. U.S. $669.00/4-vol. set.

Encyclopedia of Communication and Information


The Encyclopedia of Communication and Information provides a comprehensive overview of universal modes of communication, the media, theories of communication and their implications, careers in communications and information, and biographies of notable gures in the eld.
1st Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-02-865887-2. Order #GENCAT11-190152. 1st Ed. 1,161 pp. in 3 vols. 2002. ISBN 978-0-02-865386-0. Order #GENCAT11-170576. U.S. $570.00/3-vol. set.

Encyclopedia of Sex & Gender


Undergraduates in these fields, as well as advanced high-school students and educated general readers, need not look any further than this landmark work to explore, examine, and evaluate the various concepts of sex and gender that impact nearly every area of human interaction and activity. It is recommended without reserve for large public and academic libraries. Booklist (April 15, 2008)

Gender studies have become a major academic eld in the past 25 years, providing a lens through which to reexamine and reevaluate knowledge in every area of human interaction and activity. The Encyclopedia of Sex & Gender encompasses the various concepts of sex and gender that have arisen from the critical study of those subjects worldwide, as well as the emerging re-imagination of the more traditional humanities and social sciences. Broad theoretical essays address issues of sex and gender at the personal and the social level; others examine issues of identity, status, class, ethnicity, race, and nation; of sexuality and the body; of social institutions and the structures of representation all through the lens of gender.
1st Ed. Now available. eBook ISBN 978-0-02-866115-5. Order #GENCAT11-233222. 1st Ed. 1,682 pp. in 4 vols. 2007. ISBN 978-0-02-865960-2. Order #GENCAT11-194782. U.S. $545.00/4-vol. set.

www.cengageasia.com

R11

ONLINE RESOURCES INFORMATION PLUS REFERENCE SERIES


Information Plus Reference Series
Designed as unbiased, ready-reference tools providing key data on social concerns, these titles save researchers and students from the cumbersome task of locating statistics from branches of the U.S. government, major independent polling organizations, authoritative associations, professional journals, newspapers, pamphlets and other reliable sources. Volumes are completely revised and updated every two years. Other volumes also available.
NEW VOLUMES

Available Fall 2010 continued:


Health and Wellness: Illness among Americans
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6300-1. Order #GENCAT11-248270.

Health and Wellness: Illness among Americans


ISBN 978-1-4144-4120-7. Order #GENCAT11-241036.

Minorities: Race and Ethnicity in America


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6302-5. Order #GENCAT11-248272.

Minorities: Race and Ethnicity in America


ISBN 978-1-4144-4121-4. Order #GENCAT11-241037.

Space Exploration: Triumphs and Tragedies


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6306-3. Order #GENCAT11-248276.

Space Exploration: Triumphs and Tragedies


ISBN 978-1-4144-4122-1. Order #GENCAT11-241038.

Now Available Spring 2010 Editions:


Abortion
eBook ISBN 987-1-4144-6280-6. Order #GENCAT11-248250.

Abortion
ISBN 978-1-4144-4112-2. Order #GENCAT11-241028.

Weight in America: Obesity, Eating Disorders, and Other Health Risks


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6312-4. Order #GENCAT11-248282.

Weight in America: Obesity, Eating Disorders, and Other Health Risks


ISBN 978-1-4144-4123-8. Order #GENCAT11-241039.

AIDS/HIV
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6282-0. Order #GENCAT11-248252.

AIDS/HIV
ISBN 978-1-4144-4113-9. Order #GENCAT11-241029.

World Poverty
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6310-0. Order #GENCAT11-248280.

World Poverty
ISBN 978-1-4144-4124-5. Order #GENCAT11-241040.

Capital Punishment
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6287-5. Order #GENCAT11-248257.

Capital Punishment
ISBN 978-1-4144-4115-3. Order #GENCAT11-241031.

Available Spring 2011:


The American Economy
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6281-3. Order #GENCAT11-248251.

Education: Meeting Americas Needs?


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6290-5. Order #GENCAT11-248260.

Education: Meeting Americas Needs?


ISBN 978-1-4144-4116-0. Order #GENCAT11-241032.

The American Economy


ISBN 978-1-4144-4854-1. Order #GENCAT11-242284.

Growing Old in America


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6297-4. Order #GENCAT11-248267.

Growing Old in America


ISBN 978-1-4144-4119-1. Order #GENCAT11-241035.

Child Abuse and Domestic Violence


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6285-1. Order #GENCAT11-248255.

Child Abuse and Domestic Violence


ISBN 978-1-4144-4856-5. Order #GENCAT11-242286.

Sports in America
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6307-0. Order #GENCAT11-248277.

Sports in America
ISBN 978-1-4144-5379-8. Order #GENCAT11-244497.

Electronic America
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6289-9. Order #GENCAT11-248259.

Electronic America
ISBN 978-1-4144-4858-9. Order #GENCAT11-242288.

The Environment
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6291-2. Order #GENCAT11-248261.

The Environment
ISBN 978-1-4144-4118-4. Order #GENCAT11-241034.

Energy: Supplies, Sustainability, and Costs


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6292-9. Order #GENCAT11-248262.

Energy: Supplies, Sustainability, and Costs


ISBN 978-1-4144-4859-6. Order #GENCAT11-242289.

Women in American Society


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6311-7. Order #GENCAT11-248281.

Women in American Society


ISBN 978-1-4144-4125-2. Order #GENCAT11-241041.

Gambling: Whats at Stake?


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6294-3. Order #GENCAT11-248264.

Gambling: Whats at Stake?


ISBN 978-1-4144-4861-9. Order #GENCAT11-242291.

Available Fall 2010:


Careers and Occupations: Looking to the Future
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6286-8. Order #GENCAT11-248256.

Careers and Occupations: Looking to the Future


ISBN 978-1-4144-4114-6. Order #GENCAT11-241030.

Gun Control: Restricting Rights or Protecting People?


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6295-0. Order #GENCAT11-248265.

Gun Control: Restricting Rights or Protecting People?


ISBN 978-1-4144-4863-3. Order #GENCAT11-242293.

The Health Care System


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6299-8. Order #GENCAT11-248269.

The Health Care System


ISBN 978-1-4144-4864-0. Order #GENCAT11-242294.

Death and Dying: End-of-Life Controversies


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6288-2. Order #GENCAT11-248258.

Death and Dying: End-of-Life Controversies


ISBN 978-1-4144-6305-6. Order #GENCAT11-248275.

National Security
eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6303-2. Order #GENCAT11-248273.

National Security
ISBN 978-1-4144-4866-4. Order #GENCAT11-242296. U.S. $55.00/vol.

Endangered Species: Protecting Biodiversity


eBook ISBN 978-1-4144-6293-6. Order #GENCAT11-248263.

Endangered Species: Protecting Biodiversity


ISBN 978-1-4144-4117-7. Order #GENCAT11-241033.

Opposing Viewpoints in Context

R12

This innovative new online resource provides instant access to up-to-date information on controversial issues. E-mail us at asia.LRnew@cengage.com for free trial and pricing information

Gale Virtual Reference Library (eBook)


eBOOK ISBN 9781598841633 9781851096725 9781851097180 9781598840995 9781598842302 9781598840308 9781851094462 9781598842326 9781598842586 9781576075128 9781851099993 9781598841244 9781598840032 9781598841657 9781851099504 9780313354526 9781851098248 9781851097081 9781598841923 9781851099870 9781851095612 9781598843354 9781598841060 9781598841329 9781851099962 9781598840261 9781598840704 9781851099061 9781598841671 9780313358968 9781598840384 9781598840360 9781851099207 9781851098484 9781598840551 9781576077139 9781598840162 9781598840865 9781851099931 9781598841756 9780313351341 9781851099856 9781851097845 9781598840209 9781598841718 9781598841114 9781851097746 9781851098187 9781851096435 9781598843170 9780313392054 9781851099818 9781851097050 9781851098743 Asia in Focus: Japan A Global Chronology of Conflict: From the Ancient World to the Modern Middle East, 6V A History of the U.S. Political System, Ideas, Interests and Institutions 3V Abortion in the United States: A Reference Handbook Addiction A Reference Encyclopedia Adoption: A Reference Handbook, 2nd ed. Africa and the Americas: Culture, Politics, and History 3V Africa in Focus: Eritrea Africa in Focus: Ethiopia African American Religious Cultures 2V African Americans in Science: An Encyclopedia of People and Progress 2V African Americans in the 19th Century: People and Perspectives African Americans in the West American Families in Crisis, A Reference Handbook American Foreign Relations since 1600: A Guide to the Literature, 3rd ed. American Gangsters, Then and Now, An Encyclopedia American Indians in the Early West American Revolution: People and Perspectives Animal Rights, A Reference Handbook Argentina: A Global Studies Handbook Artillery: An Illustrated History of Its Impact Autism Spectrum Disordersa Reference Handbook Baby Boom, People and Perspectives Belligerents, Brinkmanship, and the Big Stick, the History of the Terms of American Diplomacy Brazil: A Global Studies Handbook British Colonial America: People and Perspectives Campaign and Election Reform: A Reference Handbook, 2nd ed. Childhood Sexual Abuse: A Reference Handbook, 2nd ed. China Civil Liberties in China Civil Rights Movement: People and Perspectives Civil War, People and Perspectives Civil Wars of the World: Major Conflicts since World War II 2V Cold War: A Student Encyclopedia 5V Conflict and Security in Central Asia and the Caucasus Conflict Between India and Pakistan: An Encyclopedia Conflicts over Natural Resources: A Reference Handbook Corporate Crime: A Reference Handbook Costa Rica: A Global Studies Handbook Creation Myths of the World, An Encyclopedia 2V Crime and Punishment Around the World 4V Cuba: A Global Studies Handbook Domestic Violence: A Reference Handbook, 2nd ed. Early Republic: People and Perspectives Education in Crisis, A Reference Handbook Emergency Management: A Reference Handbook Encyclopedia of African American History 3V Encyclopedia of American Indian History 4V Encyclopedia of American Jewish History 2V Encyclopedia of Constitutional Amendments, Proposed Amendments, and Amending Issues, 1789-2010, 3rd ed. 2V Encyclopedia of Contemporary American Social Issues 4V Encyclopedia of Love in World Religions 2V Encyclopedia of the African Diaspora: Origins, Experiences, and Culture 3V Encyclopedia of the Jewish Diaspora: Origins, Experiences, and Culture 3V

GVRL
PUBLISHER ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio

TITLE

RELEASE DATE Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now

ORDER THIS eBOOK



eBOOK ISBN 9780313087592 9781851097777 9781851098910 9781598842241 9781598841220 9781598842425 9781598841268 9781598844894 9781598843330 9781598844566 9781598840742 9781598840940 9781598841404 9781598840667 9781598840469 9781851096190 9781598840186 9781851096428 9781576078426 9781598840346 9781598845709 9781598841138 9781598840018 9781851097685 9781598842449 9781576076484 9781851095315 9781851099832 9781851096459 9781851094042 9781851097371 9781851096985 9781598844344 9781598841985 9781851099085 9781598840728 9781598841961 9781598841022 9781598842029 9781598840445 9781851095872 9781598841695 9781598840223 9781851098644 9781598841343 9781598840575 9781598847086 9781851097166 9781598840889 9781598841787 9781851095490 9781598841282 9781851099269 9781598840070 9781851095681 9781598845105 9781576079089 9781598842524 9781851097579 9781851098422 9781851097067 Encyclopedia of the Veteran in America 2V

TITLE
Encyclopedia of Women in the Renaissance: Italy, France, and England Energy Use Worldwide: A Reference Handbook Environmental Justice, A Reference Handbook Euthanasia: A Reference Handbook, 2nd ed. Folklore: An Encyclopedia of Beliefs, Customs, Tales, Music & Art, 2e 3V Gangs: A Reference Handbook, 2nd ed. Genocide, A Reference Handbook Global Organized Crime, A Reference Handbook Global Refugee Crisis, A Reference Handbook 2ed Globalization: A Reference Handbook Great Depression, People and Perspectives Hispanic American Religious Cultures 2V Industrial Revolution: People and Perspectives Intellectual Property: A Reference Handbook Ireland and the Americas: Culture, Politics, and History 3V Jacksonian and Antebellum Age: People and Perspectives Jamestown Colony: A Political, Social, and Cultural History Jay and Ellsworth, the First Courts: Justices, Rulings, and Legacy Jazz Age, People and Perspectives Latin America in Focus: Venezuela Lobbying in America, A Reference Handbook Mainline Christians and U.S. Public Policy: A Reference Handbook Making of the American West: People and Perspectives Martial Arts of World: Anency of History and Innovation Material Culture in America: Understanding Everyday Life Medieval Weapons: An Illustrated History of Their Impact Mexico: A Global Studies Handbook Milestones in Archaeology: A Chronological Encyclopedia Military Aircraft, 1919-1945: An Illustrated History of Their Impact Military Communications: From Ancient Times to the 21st Century Military Medicine: From Ancient Times to the 21st Century Modern Piracy A Reference Hndbook Modern Sports Ethics, A Reference Handbook Nations and Nationalism: A Global Historical Overview 4V Nuclear Weapons and Nonproliferation: A Reference Handbook, 2nd ed. Obesity, A Reference Handbook Organized Crime: From Trafficking to Terrorism 2V Pirates of the Americas 2V Policing in America: A Reference Handbook Pop Culture China! Media, Arts, and Lifestyle Poverty and the Government in America, A Historical Encyclopedia 2V Reconstruction: People and Perspectives Religion and the Law in America: An Encyclopedia of Personal Belief and Public Policy 2V Religion and the State, An International Analysis of Roles and Relationships Rich and Poor in America: A Reference Handbook Same-Sex Marriage, A Reference Handbook Seas and Waterways of the World: An Encyclopedia of History, Uses, and Issues 2V Sentencing: A Reference Handbook Sexual Crime: A Reference Handbook Slavery in the United States: A Social, Political, and Historical Encyclopedia 2V Social History of the United States 10V South Asia: An Environmental History Space Warfare and Defense: A Historical Encyclopedia and Research Guide Submarines: An Illustrated History of Their Impact Substance Abuse, A Reference Handbook The Ancient Indus Valley: New Perspectives The Encyclopedia of Money The Encyclopedia of North American Colonial Conflicts to 1775: A Political, Social, and Military History 3V The Encyclopedia of the Arab-Israeli Conflict: A Political, Social, and Military History 4V The Encyclopedia of the Cold War: A Political, Social, and Military History 5V

PUBLISHER ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio

RELEASE DATE Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011

ORDER THIS eBOOK



eBOOK ISBN 9781851099528 9781851097968 9781851097241 9781851097074 9781598841619 9781851097173 9781598841886 9781598843453 9781576078815 9781598842623 9781851098828 9781851098842 9781851098347 9781851098866 9781598844085 9781598841732 9781851099795 9781598840421 9781598841206 9781598842005 9781851099108 9781598840537 9781598841305 9781598841015 9781598841510 9781851099894 9781851096053 9781598840513 9781598840964 9781598841152 9781851099306 9780974309156 9781933782096 9781933782652 9781933782416 9781933782584 9781598880588 9780511481048 9780511481208 9789814253697 9789814253819 9789814336000 9780684314204 9780684314181 9780684314518 9780684315140 9780684314273 9780684314501 9780684314532 9780231508544 9780231507820 9780080547800 9780080548050 9781438126807 9781438110547 9781414429861 9781414412467 9781414412641 9781414430126 9781414430164

TITLE
The Encyclopedia of the Spanish-American and Philippine-American Wars, A Political, Social, and Military History 3V The Executive Branch of Federal Government: People, Process, and Politics The Industrial Revolution in America: Communications, Agriculture and Meatpacking, Overview/Comparison 3V The Judicial Branch of Federal Government: People, Process, and Politics The Koreas The Legislative Branch of Federal Government: People, Process, and Politics The Military-Industrial Complex and American Society The United States Army: A Chronology, 1775 to the Present Treaties with American Indians: An Encyclopedia of Rights, Conflicts, and Sovereignty 3V Trials of the Century: Ency Popular Culture and the Law Turning Points-Actual and Alternate Histories: A House Divided during the Civil War Era Turning Points-Actual and Alternate Histories: America in Revolt during the 1960s and 1970s Turning Points-Actual and Alternate Histories: Manifest Destiny and the Expansion of America Turning Points-Actual and Alternate Histories: the Reagan Era from the Iran Crisis to Kosovo U.S. Border Security, A Reference Handbook U.S. Leadership in Wartime: Clashes, Controversy, and Compromise 2V U.S. Military Service: A Reference Handbook U.S. National Security: A Reference Handbook, 2nd ed. U.S. Social Security: A Reference Handbook U.S. Trade Issues, A Reference Handbook United States West Coast: An Environmental History Utopias in American History Vietnam War Era, People and Perspectives Wars of the Americas: A Chronology of Armed Conflict in the Western Hemisphere, 2nd. ed. 2V Waste Management: A Reference Handbook Women and Politics around the World, A Comparative History and Survey 2V Women in the American Civil War 2V Women in the American West Women, Science, and Myth: Gender Beliefs from Antiquity to the Present Women's Rights, People and Perspectives World History Encyclopedia 20V Berkshire Encyclopedia of Human-Computer Interaction 2V Berkshire Encyclopedia of Religion and Social Justice Berkshire Encyclopedia of World History 2ed 6V Homelessness Handbook The Human Experience 9V Social Change in America: the Historical Handbook Handbook of Urban Insects and Arachnids The Cambridge Handbook of Sociocultural Psychology

PUBLISHER ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio ABC-Clio Berkshire Publishing Group Berkshire Publishing Group Berkshire Publishing Group Berkshire Publishing Group Berkshire Publishing Group Bernan Press Cambridge University Press Cambridge University Press

RELEASE DATE Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in November 2010 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now

ORDER THIS eBOOK

Economic Policies and Social Welfare in the 21st Century, Challenges and Responses for China Cengage Learning Asia and Thailand Sakae!, Cooking up a Global Food Business Sinopedia: China's Social Development Africa: An Encyclopedia for Students 4V Encyclopedia of American Foreign Policy 2ed 3V Encyclopedia of Clothing and Fashion 3V Encyclopedia of European Social History 6V Encyclopedia of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgendered History in America 3V Encyclopedia of Recreation and Leisure in America 2V Tobacco in History and Culture: An Encyclopedia 2V Research Techniques for Clinical Social Workers Cengage Learning Asia Cengage Learning Asia Charles Scribners & Sons Charles Scribners & Sons Charles Scribners & Sons Charles Scribners & Sons Charles Scribners & Sons Charles Scribners & Sons Charles Scribners & Sons Columbia University Press

The Structural Approach to Direct Practice in Social Work, A Social Constructionist Perspective, Columbia University Press 3ed Encyclopedia of Social Measurement 3V International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences, 2ed 26V Facts on File Library of World History: Speeches in World History Top Careers in Two Years, Education and Social Services Encyclopedia of Products & Industries - Manufacturing 2V Essential Primary Sources - Social Issues Primary Sources Collection Bunlde 10V Essential Primary Sources: Social Policy Gale Library of Daily Life, American Civil War 2V Gale Library of Daily Life, Slavery and America 2V Elsevier Inc. Elsevier Inc. Facts on File Facts on File Gale Gale Gale Gale Gale



eBOOK ISBN 9781414406459 9780787677473 9781414429946 9789814253772 9789814253765 9789814253758 9789814253741 9789814281980 9780313062940 9780313075841 9780313058547 9780313344855 9780313021893 9780313342875 9780313346835 9780313062841 9781573567398 9780313088032 9780313344145 9781573569569 9780313086533 9780313087875 9781573569538 9781567207460 9780313088001 9780313071577 9780313358210 9780313364891 9780313068355 9780313084591 9781573569736 9780313375576 9780313071676 9780313083372 9780313084348 9780313346415 9780313355578 9780313347382 9780313049071 9780313352560 9780313070310 9780313347504 9780313064050 9780313348600 9780313345753 9780313038662 9780313348914 9780313055058 9780313349904 9781573569590 9780313343803 9780313347917 9780313352621 9780313088131 9780313086892 9780313086731 9780313061653 9780313061646 9780313081156 9780313058288 9780313342714 9780313084447

TITLE
Psychologists and Their Theories for Students 2V Social Trends and Indicators USA 4V The Gale Encyclopedia of Diets, A Guide to Health and Nutrition 2V A Pictorial Record of the Qing Dynasty, Business Documents V1 A Pictorial Record of the Qing Dynasty, Manchurian Railway V2 A Pictorial Record of the Qing Dynasty, Old Manchu Capital V3 A Pictorial Record of the Qing Dynasty, Rivers and Sites V4 A Pictorial Record of the Qing Dynasty: Qing Architecture V5 A World View of Social Issues, Child Labor, A Global View A World View of Social Issues, Domestic Violence, A Global View Academic and Workplace Sexual Harassment, A Handbook of Cultural, Social Science, Management, and Legal Perspectives Alternative Energy Archaeology in America: An Encyclopedia 4V Art and Architecture of the World's Religions 2V Arthurian Writers: A Biographical Encyclopedia Basics of the Social Sciences, the Basics of Sociology Battleground: Business 2V Battleground: Criminal Justice 2V Battleground: Immigration 2V Battleground: Religion 2V Battleground: Schools 2V Battleground: Sports 2V Battleground: the Family 2V Battleground: the Media 2V Battleground: Women, Gender, and Sexuality 2V Books and Beyond: the Greenwood Encyclopedia of New American Reading 4V Border Culture Cesar Chavez Class in America: An Encyclopedia 3V Clothing Through American History: The Federal Era Through Antebellum, 1786-1860 Crimes and Trials of the Century 2V Cultural Encyclopedia of Vegetarianism Cultural History of Reading 2V Culture and Customs of the United States 2V Daily Life through World History in Primary Documents 3V Dictionary of Genocide 2V Encyclopedia of Adaptations in the Natural World Encyclopedia of Addictions 2V Encyclopedia of African American Women Writers 2V Encyclopedia of Animal Rights and Animal Welfare, 2nd ed. 2V Encyclopedia of Arab American Artists Encyclopedia of Asian American Issues Today 2V Encyclopedia of Body Adornment Encyclopedia of Contemporary LGBTQ Literature of the United States 2V Encyclopedia of Emotion Encyclopedia of Film Noir Encyclopedia of Gangs Encyclopedia of Gay and Lesbian Popular Culture Encyclopedia of Goddesses and Heroines 2V Encyclopedia of Pestilence, Pandemics, and Plagues 2V Encyclopedia of Politics, the Media, and Popular Culture Encyclopedia of Sports in America: A History from Foot Races to Extreme Sports 2V Encyclopedia of Sustainability 3V Encyclopedia of Women's Folklore and Folklife 2V Entertaining from Ancient Rome to the Super Bowl: An Encyclopedia 2V Evolution and Creationism, A Documentary and Reference Guide Exploring Social Issues through Literature, Bioethics and Medical Issues in Literature Exploring Social Issues Through Literature, Race and Racism in Literature Family Life in Native America Filmography of Social Issues, A Reference Guide Finding Our Place: 100 Memorable Adoptees, Fostered Persons & Orphanage Alumni Girl Culture: An Encyclopedia 2V

PUBLISHER Gale Gale Gale Gale Asia Gale Asia Gale Asia Gale Asia Gale Asia Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group

RELEASE DATE Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now

ORDER THIS eBOOK



eBOOK ISBN 9780313342141 9780313380297 9780313342080 9781573567961 9780313364914 9781573567367 9780313084386 9780313088070 9780313081903 9780313358258 9780313364938 9780313349119 9781598844870 9781573569804 9780313378683 9780313348150 9780313087301 9780313341922 9780313355554 9780313385513 9780313353758 9780313346859 9780313362903 9780313341724 9780313347665 9780313054518 9780313076893 9780313348976 9780313069178 9780313358562 9780313065361 9780313081231 9780313081088 9780313342325 9781567206845 9780313349607 9780313076787 9780313377198 9780313082436 9780313083709 9780313343483 9780313087837 9780313054747 9780313349430 9780313349614 9781598844108 9781592371709 9781592371693 9781592371631 9781592371648 9781592371655 9781592371662 9781592371679 9781592371686 9781592371747 9789882203679 9789888053032 9781591408185 9781591408925 9781591409700 9781599041070 Globalization

TITLE
Greenwood Guides to Business and Economics: Immigration Greenwood Icons, Icons of American Architecture, From the Alamo to the World Trade Center 2V Greenwood Icons, Icons of Latino America, Latino Contributions to American Culture 2V Health Care Icons of African American Protest: Trailblazing Activists of the Civil Rights Movement 2V Icons of Hip Hop: An Encyclopedia of the Movement, Music, and Culture 2V Icons of R&B and Soul: An Encyclopedia of the Artists Who Revolutionized Rhythm 2V Icons of Rock: An Encyclopedia of the Legends Who Changed Music Forever 2V Ilan Stavans Library of Latino Civilization: Quinceaera Ilan Stavans Library of Latino Civilization: Telenovelas Immigration: A Documentary and Reference Guide Invention of the Modern Cookbook Latino America: A State-by-State Encyclopedia 2V Latino Baseball Legends, An Encyclopedia Leadership: Fifty Great Leaders and the Worlds They Made LGBTQ America Today: An Encyclopedia 3V Music of the Postwar Era Native Americans Today: A Biographical Dictionary Of the People, by the People, for the People, A Documentary Record of Voting Rights and Electoral Reform 2V Osama bin Laden, A Biography Politics of Sexuality: Documentary and Reference Guide Prostitution and Sex Work Race Relations in the United States, 1960-1980 Scandals in American History, Media Scandals Student Encyclopedia of African Literature Students' Guide to Landmark Congressional Laws: Social Security and Welfare Teaching the Novel across the Curriculum: A Handbook for Educators The Business of Food: Encyclopedia of the Food and Drink Industries The Greenwood Encyclopedia of Clothing through American History, 1900 to the Present 2V The Greenwood Encyclopedia of Daily Life in America 4V The Greenwood Encyclopedia of Global Medieval Life and Culture 3V The Greenwood Encyclopedia of Homes through World History 3V The Greenwood Encyclopedia of LGBT Issues Worldwide 3V The Rodgers and Hammerstein Encyclopedia The Salem Witch Trials: A Reference Guide The Social Impact of the Novel, A Reference Guide The Student's Guide to Financial Literacy The Video Game Explosion: A History from PONG to PlayStation and Beyond The Way We Work: An Encyclopedia of Business Culture 2V Voices of the African American Experience 3V Voices of the U.S. Latino Experience 3V Women in Science Fiction and Fantasy 2V World of a Slave: Encyclopedia of the Material Life of Slaves in the US, 2V World War I: Primary Documents on Events from 1914 to 1919 Wounded Knee Massacre Encyclopedia of Prisoners of War and Internment The Value of a Dollar: Colonial Era to the Civil War, 1600-1865 Working Americans, V01, 1880-1999, the Working Class Working Americans, V02, 1880-1999, the Middle Class Working Americans, V03, 1880-1999, the Upper Class Working Americans, V04, 1880-1999, Their Children Working Americans, V05, 1880-2003, Americans at War Working Americans, V06, 1880-2005, Women at Work Working Americans, V07, 1880-2006, Social Movements A Social History of the Chinese Book University Autonomy the State & Social Change in China Handbook of Research on Open Source Software, Technological, Economic, and Social Perspectives Information Technology and Social Justice Social Implications and Challenges of E-Business

PUBLISHER Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Greenwood Publishing Group Grey House Publishing Grey House Publishing Grey House Publishing Grey House Publishing Grey House Publishing Grey House Publishing Grey House Publishing Grey House Publishing Grey House Publishing Hong Kong University Press Hong Kong University Press

RELEASE DATE Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in November 2010 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now

ORDER THIS eBOOK

Handbook of Research in Mobile Business: Technical, Methodological, and Social Perspectives Idea Group Inc. Idea Group Inc. Idea Group Inc. Idea Group Inc.



eBOOK ISBN 9781605669632 9781615206711 9781615207749 9781616928353 9781605668352 9789812307941 9789812307590 9783598440069 9780765621085 9780765681393 9780028658933 9780028659961 9780028659008 9780028658797 9780028659152 9780028658872 9780028658988 9780028659176 9780028661162 9780028661957 9780028659114 9780028661155 9780028658995 9780028661667 9780028660738 9780028659947 9780028658834 9780028661179 9780028659190 9780028658810 9780028661704 9780071476744 9780071476799 9781933588858 9781933588865 9781933588872 9781933588896 9780313098086 9780313346538 9780275995508 9780313346057 9780313347085 9780275998158 9780313359965 9780275995560 9780313083747 9781573566902 9780275995706 9781573567008 9780313344794 9781567206692 9780313359606 9780313356216 9780313352324 9780313083198 9780275997694 9780275996062 9780313351662

TITLE
Global, Social, and Organizational Implications of Emerging Information Resources Management, Concepts and Applications Handbook of Research on Developments in E-Health and Telemedicine, Technological and Social Perspectives 2V Handbook of Research on Discourse Behavior and Digital Communication: Language Structures and Social Interaction, 2V Handbook of Research on Green ICT: Technology, Business and Social Perspectives, 2V Homeland Security Preparedness and Information Systems, Strategies for Managing Public Policy Ageing in Southeast and East Asia, Family, Social Protection and Policy Challenges ISEAS Series on Islam, Islam in Southeast Asia, Political, Social, and Strategic Challenges for the 21st Century Ethical and Socially Responsible Investment: A Reference Guide for Researchers Encyclopedia of Education and Human Development 3V Encyclopedia of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 2V Child Development Dictionary of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 2V Drugs, Alcohol, and Tobacco: Learning about Addictive Behavior 3V Encyclopedia of Aging 1ed 4V Encyclopedia of Children and Childhood: in History and Society 3V Encyclopedia of Communication and Information 3V Encyclopedia of Crime and Justice 2ed 4V Encyclopedia of Population 2V Encyclopedia of Race and Racism, 1ed 3V Encyclopedia of Race and Racism, 2ed 4V Encyclopedia of Science and Religion 2V Encyclopedia of Sex and Gender 4V Encyclopedia of Sociology 2ed 5V Encyclopedia of the Life Course and Human Development 3V Governments of the World: A Global Guide to Citizens' Rights and Responsibilities 4V International Dictionary of Psychoanalysis 3V International Encyclopedia of Marriage and Family 2ed 4V International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences 2e 9V Learning and Memory Macmillan Encyclopedia of Death and Dying 1ed 2V Psychology of Classroom Learning, An Encyclopedia 2V Gallaudet Encyclopedia of Deaf People and Deafness Urban Transportation Systems: Choices for Communities American Consumer Series, vol. 1-13 American Generations Series, vol. 1-4 American Money Series, vol. 1-3 Who We Are Series, vol. 1-3 American Universities and Colleges 2V Aviation Security Management 3V Boomer Bust?: Economic and Political Issues of the Graying Society 2V Disabilities, Insights from across Fields and around the World 3V Diversity in Mind and in Action 3V Enemy Combatants, Terrorism, and Armed Conflict Law: A Guide to the Issues Gender and Violence in the Middle East Homelessness in America 3V Intelligence and the Quest for Security, PSI Handbook of Global Security and Intelligence, National Approaches 2V Positive Psychology, Exploring the Best in People 4V Praeger Perspectives, Hate Crimes 5V Praeger Perspectives, the Business of Sports 3V Praeger Security International, Never Will We Forget, Oral Histories of World War II Praeger Security International, the 9/11 Encyclopedia 2V Religious Myths and Visions of America, How Minority Faiths Redefined America's World Role Richard B. Cheney and the Rise of the Imperial Vice Presidency

PUBLISHER IGI Publishing IGI Publishing IGI Publishing IGI Publishing IGI Publishing Institute of SE Asian Studies Institute of SE Asian Studies K G Saur M E Sharpe M E Sharpe Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref Macmillan Multi Volume Ref McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill New Strategist Publications New Strategist Publications New Strategist Publications New Strategist Publications Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger

RELEASE DATE Available in January 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in January 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now

ORDER THIS eBOOK

Studies in Military History and International Affairs, Russia, 1762-1825, Military Power, the State, Praeger and the People The Impact of Globalization on the United States 3V The New Humanitarians: Inspiration, Innovations, and Blueprints for Visionaries 3V The Praeger International Collection on Addictions 4V The PSI Handbook of Virtual Environments for Training and Education: Developments for the Military and Beyond 3V Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger



eBOOK ISBN 9780275996789 9780313357671 9780313352812 9780275998059 9780313349683 9780313014406 9781615908042 9781617412318 9781617412325 9781617412332 9781617412349 9781617412356 9781617412363 9781617412370 9781617412387 9781617412394 9781617412400 9781617412417 9781617412424 9781617412431 9781617412448 9781412979283 9781412979351 9781412939645 9781412953887 9781412925457 9781412927130 9781412914277 9781412925396 9781412936347 9781412939591 9781412979306 9781412925389 9781412939638 9781412939621 9781412925426 9781412979313 9781412963930 9781412953955 9781412914314 9781412925365 9781412963992 9781412925440 9781412939607 9781412914291 9781412972024 9781587654442 9781587656033 9781587654497 9781587653179 9781587654114 9781587654480 9780810867031 9780765621122 9780765621979 9780765680037 9780765621603 9781558627048 9781558625297 9780292793279 9780292798557 9780292797802

TITLE
The Psychology of Women at Work: Challenges and Solutions for Our Female Workforce 3V The Terrorist List: the Middle East 2V Understanding the High-Functioning Alcoholic, Professional Views and Personal Insights Voting in America 3V Winning the War of Words: Selling the War on Terror from Afghanistan to Iraq Women in India, A Social and Cultural History 2V Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia Bundle 14V Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V01: 1789-1809 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V02: 1809-1829 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V03: 1829-1849 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V04: 1849-1861 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V05: 1861-1877 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V06: 1877-1899 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V07: 1889-1909 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V08: 1909-1929 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V09: 1929-1953 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V10: 1953-1969 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V11: 1969-1981 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V12: 1981-2001 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V13: 2001-2008 Rourke's Complete History of Our Presidents Encyclopedia V14: Cum/Vp Info 21st Century Anthropology: A Reference Handbook 2V 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Handbook 21st Century Sociology: A Reference Handbook Encyclopedia of Activism and Social Justice 3V Encyclopedia of Anthropology Encyclopedia of Disability Encyclopedia of Health and Behavior 2V Encyclopedia of Homelessness Encyclopedia of Human Development Encyclopedia of Human Geography Encyclopedia of Identity2V Encyclopedia of Leadership Encyclopedia of Measurement and Statistics Encyclopedia of Multicultural Psychology Encyclopedia of School Psychology Encyclopedia of Social Movement Media 2V Encyclopedia of Social Problems 2V Encyclopedia of Social Psychology 2V Encyclopedia of Social Theory Encyclopedia of Social Welfare History in North America Encyclopedia of the Social and Cultural Foundations of Education 3V Encyclopedia of War and American Society Encyclopedia of World Poverty Handbook of Death and Dying 2V The SAGE Glossary of the Social and Behavioral Sciences Critical Survey of Mystery and Detective Fiction, Rev. ed. 5V Encyclopedia of American Immigration 3V Magill's Choice: Crime & Punishment in the United States 3V Magill's Choice: Psychology Basics, Rev. ed. 2V Magill's Choice: Short Story Writers, Rev. ed. 3V The Eighties in America 3V Encyclopedia of Catholic Social Thought, Social Science, and Social Policy

PUBLISHER Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Praeger Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Rourke Publishing Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Sage Salem Press Salem Press Salem Press Salem Press Salem Press Salem Press Scarecrow Press

RELEASE DATE Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in June 2011 Available in November 2010 Available in November 2010 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available in December 2010 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now

ORDER THIS eBOOK

An Encyclopedia of Swearing, the Social History of Oaths, Profanity, Foul Language, and Ethnic Sharpe Reference Slurs in the English-Speaking World Education and Social Change in China, Inequality in a Market Economy Human Rights Encyclopedia Rural Women in Urban China, Gender, Migration, and Social Change History in Dispute: Bundle V01-21 St. James Encyclopedia of Popular Culture 5V A Political History the Texas Republic 1836-1845 Clifton and Shirley Caldwell Texas Heritage Series, Oil in Texas, the Gusher Age, 1895-1945 Focus on American History Series, the French in Texas, History, Migration, Culture Sharpe Reference Sharpe Reference Sharpe Reference St James Press St James Press University of Texas Press University of Texas Press University of Texas Press



eBOOK ISBN 9780292795662 9780292793217 9780292793224 9781414437040 9781414437057 9781414409764 9781414422855 9780787692940 9781414405063 9781414422862 9780787693008 9780787693091 9781414404547 9781414404554 9781414405032 9780787693312 9780787693190 9780470013199 9781444331059 9781843925583

TITLE

PUBLISHER

RELEASE DATE Available Now Available Now Available in January 2011 Available Now Available in November 2010 Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now Available Now

ORDER THIS eBOOK

Focus on American History Series, the Texas Book, Profiles, History, and Reminiscences of the University of Texas Press University Galveston, A History Texas, A Modern History U*X*L African American Eras Library, Contemporary Times 4V U*X*L African American Eras Library, Segregation to Civil Rights Times 4V U*X*L American Social Reform Movements Reference Library 4V U*X*L Ancient Civilizations Reference Library U*X*L Colonial America Reference Library 6V U*X*L Crime and Punishment in America Reference Library 4V U*X*L Encyclopedia of Native American Tribes 2ed U*X*L Fashion, Costume, and Culture: Clothing, Headwear, Body Decorations, and Footwear through the Ages 5V U*X*L Middle Ages Reference Library 4V U*X*L Reconstruction Era Reference Library 3V U*X*L The Crusades Reference Library 3V U*X*L The Sixties in America Reference Library 3V U*X*L U.S. Immigration and Migration Reference Library 5V U*X*L Westward Expansion Reference Library 3V Encyclopedia of Statistics in Behavioral Science The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Sociology Crime, Social Control and Human Rights, From Moral Panics to States of Denial, Essays in Honour of Stanley Cohen University of Texas Press University of Texas Press UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL UXL Wiley Wiley Willan Publishing

Gale eBooks: Many of these great references are also available electronically through the Gale Virtual Reference Library (see p. R2-R3). From literature, history and science to biography, law and business, you can now provide often-requested titles to multiple users 24 hours a day. Look for the symbol throughout this catalog to identify these titles. For more information and a complete list of titles visit http://gale.cengage.com/gvrl or email asia.LRnew@cengage.com. eBook Pricing: Please contact your Library Reference Sales Representative or email asia.LRnew@cengage.com for eBook pricing.



Combined Author/Title Index


A
A Guide to Crisis Intervention, International Edition, 4e, p.96 A Simple Guide to SPSS for Version 18.0, International Edition, 11e, p.66 Addictions Treatment: A Strengths Perspective, 2e, p.109 Ambrosino, Social Work and Social, Welfare: An Introduction, International Edition, 7e, p.4 An Introduction to Family Social Work, International Edition, 3e, p.43 An Introduction to Human Services - Values, Methods, And Populations Served, 2e, p.10 An Introduction to Human Services, International Edition, 7e, p.7 An Introduction to The Profession of Social Work: Becoming a Change Agent, International Edition, 2e, p.5 Anderson, Explorations in Diversity: Examining Privilege and Oppression in a Multicultural society, 2e, p.60 Applied Social Research: A Tool for Human Services, International Edition, 8e, p.66 Ashford, Human Behavior in the Social Environment: A Multidimensional Perspective, International Edition, 4e, p.12 Assessment for Counselors, p.112 At Risk Youth: A Comprehensive Response for Counselors, Teachers, Psychologists, and Human Services Professionals, 4e, p.40 Atchley, Social Forces and Aging: An Introduction to Social Gerontology, 10e, p.93 Bentley, The Social Worker and Psychotropic Medication: Toward Effective Collaboration with Mental Health Clients, Families, and Providers, 3e, p.104 Bitter, Theory and Practice of Family Counseling and Therapy, p.45 Brammer, Diversity in Counseling, International Edition, 2e, p.57 Brown, Marital Therapy: Concepts and skills for Effective Practice, p.50 Brueggemann, The Practice of Macro Social Work, 3e, p.56 Burger, Human Services in Contemporary America, 8e, p.7

C
Case Approach to Counseling and Psychotherapy, International Edition, 7e, p.83 Case Studies in Psychotherapy, International Edition, 6e, p.81 CD-ROM and Workbook for Crisis Intervention, p.99 CD-ROM for Integrative Counseling, p.87 Chang, Developing Helping Skills: A Step-by-Step Approach (with DVD), p.28 Child Welfare: Policies and Best Practices, 2e, p.42 Clinical Supervision: Theory and Practice, p.113 Collins, An Introduction to Family Social Work, International Edition, 3e, p.43 Community Counseling: A Multicultural-Social Justice Perspective, International Edition, 4e, p.53 Compton, Social Work Processes, 7e, p.16 Concepts of Chemical Dependency, International Edition, 8e, p.108 Conflict Resolution for the Helping Professions, 2e, p.95 Corey, Becoming a Helper, International Edition, 6e, p.9 Corey, Case Approach to Counseling and Psychotherapy, International Edition, 7e, p.83 Corey, CD-ROM for Integrative Counseling, p.87 Corey, Ethics in Action CD-ROM, Version 1.2, p.92 Corey, Group Techniques, 3e, p.39 Corey, Groups in Action: Evolution and Challenges DVD (with Workbook), p.38 Corey, Groups: Process and Practice, International Edition, 8e, p.37 Corey, I Never Knew I Had a Choice: Explorations in Personal Growth, International Edition, 9e, p.102 Corey, Issues and Ethics in the Helping Professions, International Edition, 8e, p.90

B
Babbie, The Practice of Social Research, International Edition, 12e, p.72 Barret, Counseling Gay Men and Lesbians: A Practice Primer, p.61 Barsky, Conflict Resolution for the Helping Professions, 2e, p.95 Barusch, Foundations of Social Policy: Social Justice in Human Perspective, International Edition, 4e, p.62 Becoming A Helper, International Edition, 6e, p.9 Becoming an Effective Policy Advocate: From Policy Practice to Social Justice, International Edition, 3e, p.63 Bentley, Social Work Practice in Mental Health: Contemporary Roles, Tasks, and Techniques, p.101

www.cengageasia.com

Combined Author/Title Index


Corey, Student Manual for Coreys Theory and Practice of Counseling and Psychotherapy, 8e, p.86 Corey, The Art of Integrative Counseling, 2e, p.84 Corey, Theory and Practice of Counseling & Psychotherapy, International Edition, 8e, p.85 Corey, Theory and Practice of Group Counseling, International Edition, 8e, p.36 Cormier, Interviewing and Change Strategies for Helpers, International Edition, 6e, p.29 Corsini, Current Psychotherapies, 9e, p.80 Counseling Children: A Developmental Approach, International Edition, 8e, p.40 Counseling Gay Men and Lesbians: A Practice Primer, p.61 Counseling Todays Families, p.50 Cournoyer, The Social Work Skills Workbook, International Edition, 6e, p.21 Crisis Intervention Strategies, 6e, p.98 Cultural Diversity - A Primer for the Human Services, International Edition, 4e, p.58 Culturally Competent Practice: A Framework for Understanding Diverse Groups and Justice Issues, International Edition, p.59 Current Psychotherapies, 9e, p.80

E
Effective Helping: Interviewing and Counseling Techniques, 7e, p.30 Egan, Essentials of Skilled Helping: Managing Problems, Developing Opportunities, International Edition, p.32 Egan, Exercises in Helping Skills for Egans The Skilled Helper: A Problem-Management and Opportunity Development Approach to Helping, 9e, p.24 Egan, The Skilled Helper, International Edition, 9e, p.23 Elements of Crisis Intervention: Crisis and How to Respond to Them, International Edition, 3e, p.97 Erford, Assessment for Counselors, p.112 Essential Interviewing: A Programmed Approach to Effective Communication, International Edition, 8e, p.20 Essential Research Methods for Social Work, International Edition, 2e, p.70 Essentials of Intentional Interviewing: Counseling In A Multicultural World, International Edition, 2e, p.19 Essentials of Skilled Helping: Managing Problems, Developing Opportunities, International Edition, p.32 Essentials of Testing and Assessment, International Edition, 2e, p.111 Ethical Decisions for Social Work Practice, International Edition, 9e, p.89 Ethics in Action CD-ROM, Version 1.2, p.92 Ethics in Counseling and Psychotherapy, 4e, p.91 Evans, Essential Interviewing: A Programmed Approach to Effective Communication, International Edition, 8e, p.20 Evidence-Based Practice for the Helping Professions: A Practical guide with Integrated Multimedia, p.33 Exercises in Helping Skills for Egans The Skilled Helper: A Problem-Management and Opportunity Development Approach to Helping, 9e, p.24 Explorations in Diversity: Examining Privilege and Oppression in a Multicultural society, 2e, p.60

D
Dahir, The Transformed School Counselor, International Edition, 2e, p.105 Day, Theory and Design in Counseling and Psychotherapy, 2e, p.86 Depoy, Rethinking Disability: Principles For Professional And Social Change, p.100 Developing Helping Skills: A Step-by-Step Approach (with DVD), p.28 Diller, Cultural Diversity - A Primer for the Human Services, International Edition, 4e, p.58 Direct Social Work Practice: Theory and Skills, International Edition, 8e, p.27 Diversity in Counseling, International Edition, 2e, p.57 Dobelstein, Social Welfare: Policy and Analysis, 3e, p.64 Dolgoff, Ethical Decisions for Social Work Practice, International Edition, 9e, p.89 Doweiko, Concepts of Chemical Dependency, International Edition, 8e, p.108

F
Faiver, The Counselor Interns Handbook, 3e, p.77 Family Assessment Handbook: An Introductory Practice Guide to Family Assessment, International Edition, 3e, p.44 Family Therapy Basics, 3e, p.49 Family Therapy: An Overview, International Edition, 7e, p.46

ii

www.cengageasia.com

Combined Author/Title Index


Family Treatment: Evidence-Based Practice with Populations at Risk, 4e, p.49 Forte, Human Behavior and the Social Environment: Models, Metaphors, and Maps for Applying Theoretical Perspectives to Practice, p.13 Foundations of Social Policy: Social Justice in Human Perspective, International Edition, 4e, p.62 Fundamentals of Case Management, International Edition, 4e, p.94 Hook, Spirituality Within Religious Traditions In Social Work Practice, p.107 Human Behavior and the Social Environment: Models, Metaphors, and Maps for Applying Theoretical Perspectives to Practice, p.13 Human Behavior in the Macro Social Environment, International Edition, 3e, p.11 Human Behavior in the Social Environment: A Multidimensional Perspective, International Edition, 4e, p.12 Human Services in Contemporary America, 8e, p.7

G
Gehart, Mastering Competencies in Family Therapy, International Edition, p.45 Generalist Case Management - A Method of Human Service Delivery, 3e, p.95 Generalist Practice with Organizations and Communities, International Edition, 5e, p.52 Gibbs, Evidence-Based Practice for the Helping Professions: A Practical guide with Integrated Multimedia, p.33 Goldenberg, Counseling Todays Families, p.50 Goldenberg, Family Therapy: An Overview, International Edition, 7e, p.46 Greenstone, Elements of Crisis Intervention: Crisis and How to Respond to Them, International Edition, 3e, p.97 Group Counseling: Interventions and Techniques, International Edition, 7e, p.35 Group Techniques, 3e, p.39 Groups in Action: Evolution and Challenges DVD (with Workbook), p.38 Groups: Process and Practice, International Edition, 8e, p.37

I
I Never Knew I Had a Choice: Explorations in Personal Growth, International Edition, 9e, p.102 Ingersol, Psychopharmacology for Helping Professionals: An Integral Exploration, p.103 Initial Interviewing: What Students Want to Know, p.26 Intentional Interviewing and Counseling: Facilitating Client Development in a Multicultural Society (includes CD-ROM), International Edition, 7e, p.24 Interpersonal Process in Therapy: An Integrative ModeL, International Edition, 6e, p.22 Interviewing and Change Strategies for Helpers, International Edition, 6e, p.29 Interviewing in Action in a Multicultural World, International Edition, 4e, p.22 Introduction to Social Work & Social Welfare: Critical Thinking Perspectives, International Edition, 3e, p.5 Introduction to Social Work and Social Welfare: Empowering People, International Edition, 10e, p.6 Issues and Ethics in the Helping Professions, International Edition, 8e, p.90 Ivey, Essentials of Intentional Interviewing: Counseling in a Multicultural World, International Edition, 2e, p.19 Ivey, Intentional Interviewing and Counseling: Facilitating Client Development in a Multicultural Society (includes CD-ROM), International Edition, 7e, p.24

H
Hanna, Practice of Family Therapy, 4e, p.48 Helping Process: Assessment to Termination, p.18 Henderson, Counseling Children: A Developmental Approach, International Edition, 8e, p.40 Heppner, Writing and Publishing Your Thesis, Dissertation & Research: A Guide for Students in the Helping Professions, p.74 Hepworth, Direct Social Work Practice: Theory and Skills, International Edition, 8e, p.27 Homan, Promoting Community Change: Making It Happen In the Real World, International Edition, 5e, p.54

J
James, Crisis Intervention Strategies, 6e, p.98 Jansson, Becoming an Effective Policy Advocate: From Policy Practice to Social Justice, International Edition, 3e, P.63

www.cengageasia.com

iii

Combined Author/Title Index


Jansson, The Reluctant Welfare State, International Edition, 7e, p.63 Janzen, Family Treatment: Evidence-Based Practice with Populations at Risk, 4e, p.49 Jong, Interviewing for Solutions, 3e, p.31 Marital Therapy: Concepts and skills for Effective Practice, p.50 Marlow, Research Methods for Generalist Social Work, International Edition, 5e, p.70 Masson, Group Counseling: Interventions and Techniques, International Edition, 7e, p.35 Mastering Competencies in Family Therapy, International Edition, p.45 Mather, Child Welfare: Policies and Best Practices, 2e, p.42 McClam, Helping Process: Assessment to Termination, p.18 McClam, Initial Interviewing: What Students Want to Know, p.26 McWhirter, At Risk Youth: A Comprehensive Response for Counselors, Teachers, Psychologists, and Human Services Professionals, 4e, p.40 Mental Health Interventions for School Counselors, p.106 Monette, Applied Social Research: A Tool for Human Services, International Edition, 8e, p.66 Murphy, Interviewing in Action in a Multicultural World, International Edition, 4e, p.22 Myer, CD-ROM and Workbook for Crisis Intervention, p.99

K
Kanel, A Guide to Crisis Intervention, International Edition, 4e, p.96 Kirkpatrick, A Simple Guide to SPSS for Version 18.0, International Edition, 11e, p.66 Kirst-Ashman, Generalist Practice with Organizations and Communities, International Edition, 5e, p.52 Kirst-Ashman, Human Behavior in the Macro Social Environment, International Edition, 3e, p.11 Kirst-Ashman, Introduction to Social Work & Social Welfare: Critical Thinking Perspectives, International Edition, 3e, p.5 Kirst-Ashman, Understanding Generalist Practice, International Edition, 6e, p.14 Kiser, The Human Services Internship: Getting the Most from Your Experience, International Edition, 3e, p.76 Kraus, Lenses: Applying Lifespan Development Theories in Counseling, p.83

L
Lenses: Applying Lifespan Development Theories in Counseling, p.83 Lewis, Community Counseling: A Multicultural-Social Justice Perspective, International Edition, 4e, p.53 Lewis, Management of Human Service Programs, International Edition, 4e, p.101 Lewis, Substance Abuse Counseling, International Edition, 4e, p.109 Long, Macro Social Work Practice: A Strengths Perspective, p.55 Lum, Culturally Competent Practice: A Framework for Understanding Diverse Groups and Justice Issues, International Edition, p.59

N
Neukrug, Essentials of Testing and Assessment, International Edition, 2e, p.111 Neukrug, Skills and Techniques for Human Service Professionals: Counseling Environment, Helping Skills, Treatment Issues, p.34 Neukrug, Skills and Tools for Todays Counselors and Psychotherapists: From Natural Helping to Professional Counseling (with DVD), p.32 Neukrug, Theory, Practice, and Trends in Human Services: An Introduction, 4e, p.8 Interviewing for Solutions, 3e, p.31

O
Okun, Effective Helping: Interviewing and Counseling Techniques, 7e, p.30

M
Macro Social Work Practice: A Strengths Perspective, p.55 Management of Human Service Programs, International Edition, 4e, p.101

iv

www.cengageasia.com

Combined Author/Title Index


P
Poindexter, An Introduction to Human Services - Values, Methods, and Populations Served, 2e, p.10 Practice of Family Therapy, 4e, p.48 Principles and Applications of Assessment in Counseling, International Edition, 3e, p.110 Prochaska, Systems of Psychotherapy: A Transtheoretical Analysis, International Edition, 7e, p.82 Program Evaluation: An Introduction, International Edition, p.73 Promoting Community Change: Making It Happen In the Real World, International Edition, 5e, p.54 Psychopharmacology for Helping Professionals: An Integral Exploration, p.103 Shulman, The Skills of Helping Individuals, Families, Groups, and Communities, International Edition, 7e, p.19 Sink, Mental Health Interventions for School Counselors, p.106 Sink, School Based Group Counseling, International Edition, p.105 Skills and Techniques for Human Service Professionals: Counseling Environment, Helping Skills, Treatment Issues, p.34 Skills and Tools for Todays Counselors and Psychotherapists: From Natural Helping to Professional Counseling (with DVD), p.32 Social Forces and Aging: An Introduction to Social Gerontology, 10e, p.93 Social Welfare Policy & History, International Edition, 7e, p.63 Social Welfare: Policy and Analysis, 3e, p.64 Social Work and Social, Welfare: An Introduction, International Edition, 7e, p.4 Social Work Practice in Mental Health: Contemporary Roles, Tasks, and Techniques, p.101 Social Work Processes, 7e, p.16 Social Work with Groups: A Comprehensive Workbook, International Edition, p.35 Spirituality Within Religious Traditions in Social Work Practice, p.107 Statistics for Evidence-Based Practice and Evaluation, International Edition, 2e, p.71 Student Manual for Coreys Theory and Practice of Counseling and Psychotherapy, 8e, p.86 Substance Abuse Counseling, International Edition, 4e, p.109 Summers, Fundamentals of Case Management, International Edition, 4e, p.94 Sweitzer, The Successful Internship: Personal, Professional, and Civic Development, International Edition, 3e, p.76 Systems of Psychotherapy: A Transtheoretical Analysis, International Edition, 7e, p.82 Szuchman, Writing with Style: APA Style for Social Work, International Edition, 4e, p.69

R
Research Methods for Generalist Social Work, International Edition, 5e, p.70 Research Methods for Social Work, International Edition, 7e, p.67 Research Methods in Social Work, International Edition, 6e, p.68 Rethinking Disability: Principles For Professional and Social Change, p.100 Royse, Program Evaluation: An Introduction, International Edition, p.73 Royse, Research Methods in Social Work, International Edition, 6e, p.68 Rubin, Essential Research Methods for Social Work, International Edition, 2e, p.70 Rubin, Research Methods for Social Work, International Edition, 7e, p.67 Rubin, Statistics for Evidence-Based Practice and Evaluation, International Edition, 2e, p.71 Russell-Chapin, Clinical Supervision: Theory and Practice, p.113

S
School Based Group Counseling, International Edition, p.105 Segal, An Introduction to the Profession of Social Work: Becoming A Change Agent, International Edition, 2e, p.5 Sharf, Theories of Psychotherapy & Counseling: Concepts and Cases, International Edition, 5e, p.79

T
Teyber, Interpersonal Process in Therapy: An Integrative Model, International Edition, 6e, p.22

www.cengageasia.com

Combined Author/Title Index


The Art of Integrative Counseling, 2e, p.84 The Counselor Interns Handbook, 3e, p.77 The Human Services Internship: Getting the Most from Your Experience, International Edition, 3e, p.76 The Practice of Macro Social Work, 3e, p.56 The Practice of Social Research, International Edition, 12e, p.72 The Practice of Social Work: A Comprehensive Worktext, International Edition, 9e, p.15 The Skilled Helper, International Edition, 9e, p.23 The Skills of Helping Individuals, Families, Groups, and Communities, International Edition, 7e, p.19 The Social Work Skills Workbook, International Edition, 6e, p.21 The Social Worker and Psychotropic Medication: Toward Effective Collaboration with Mental Health Clients, Families, and Providers, 3e, p.104 The Successful Internship: Personal, Professional, and Civic Development, International Edition, 3e, p.76 The Transformed School Counselor, International Edition, 2e, p.105 Theories for Direct Social Work Practice, International Edition, 2e, p.26 Theories of Psychotherapy & Counseling: Concepts and Cases, International Edition, 5e, p.79 Theory and Design in Counseling and Psychotherapy, 2e, p.86 Theory and Practice of Counseling & Psychotherapy, International Edition, 8e, p.85 Theory and Practice of Family Counseling and Therapy, p.45 Theory and Practice of Group Counseling, International Edition, 8e, p.36 Theory, Practice, and Trends in Human Services: An Introduction, 4e, p.8 Thomlison, Family Assessment Handbook: An Introductory Practice Guide to Family Assessment, International Edition, 3e, p.44

W
Walsh, Theories for Direct Social Work Practice, International Edition, 2e, p.26 Wedding, Case Studies in Psychotherapy, International Edition, 6e, p.81 Welfel, Ethics in Counseling and Psychotherapy, 4e, p.91 Whiston, Principles and Applications of Assessment in Counseling, International Edition, 3e, p.110 Woodside, An Introduction to Human Services, International Edition, 7e, p.7 Woodside, Generalist Case Management - A Method of Human Service Delivery, 3e, p.95 Worden, Family Therapy Basics, 3e, p.49 Wormer, Addictions Treatment: A Strengths Perspective, 2e, p.109 Writing and Publishing Your Thesis, Dissertation & Research: A Guide for Students in the Helping Professions, p.74 Writing with Style: APA Style for Social Work, International Edition, 4e, p.69

Z
Zastrow, Introduction to Social Work and Social Welfare: Empowering People, International Edition, 10e, p.6 Zastrow, Social Work with Groups: A Comprehensive Workbook, International Edition, p.35 Zastrow, The Practice of Social Work: A Comprehensive Worktext, International Edition, 9e, p.15 Zastrow, Understanding Human Behavior and the Social Environment, International Edition, 8e, p.11

U
Understanding Generalist Practice, International Edition, 6e, p.14 Understanding Human Behavior and The Social Environment, International Edition, 8e, p.11

vi

www.cengageasia.com

Library Reference

Examination Copy Request Form


Please send me an examination copy of

ISBN

Author

Title

Edition

For adoption consideration as a text


Course Name/Number Enrolment Decision Date

required

reference

per year/semester
(circle one) (day/mth/yr)

Commencement

(day/mth/yr)

The adoption decision is made by: me me as part of a committee Others teaching the same course:

someone else (name)

required
Current Text(s)
(please indicate Author, Title and Publisher)

reference reference

required

Other courses that I teach

Please print clearly to ensure proper delivery:


Prof/Dr/Mr/Mrs/Ms Department/Institution Address

phone

fax

email

Note: Upon adoption of main text(s), free ancillaries will be made available based on existing Cengage Learning sample policy.

Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd.


5 Shenton Way, #01-01 UIC Building, Singapore 068808. Tel: (65) 6410 1200 Fax (65) 6410 1208 Website: www.cengageasia.com Email: asia.info@cengage.com

Contact Information
Cengage Learning delivers highly customized learning solutions for colleges, universities, instructors, students, libraries, government agencies, corporations and professionals around the world. These solutions are delivered through specialized content, applications and services that foster academic excellence and professional development, as well as provide measurable learning outcomes to its customers Our Mission Statement Our customers believe in advancement through education. As a trusted partner, Cengage Learning engages faculty, students, and institutions in developing and delivering the results-oriented print and digital materials they need. Visit www.cengageasia.com for more information. Cengage Learning Learning Solutions for diverse education and training needs. With a staff strength of 280 located across Asia and coordinated by a regional office in Singapore, Cengage Learning Asia aims to be the premier information provider within the markets we serve.

Learning Solutions for diverse education and training needs.

SINGAPORE - Regional Headquarters Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd 5 Shenton Way #01-01 UIC Building Singapore 068808 Tel (65) 6410 1200 Fax (65) 6410 1208 e-mail asia.info@cengage.com CHINA Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd (Beijing Representative Office) Room 1201 South Tower C Raycom Info Tech Park No 2 Kexueyuan South Road, Haidian District Beijing P.R. China 100190 Tel (86) 10 8286 2095/2096/2097 Fax (86) 10 8286 2089 e-mail asia.infochina@cengage.com www.cengage.com.cn HONG KONG Cengage Learning Hong Kong Limited Unit 808-810 8/F, Tins Enterprises Centre 777 Lai Chi Kok Road, Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong Tel (852) 2612 1833 Fax (852) 2408 2498 e-mail asia.infohongkong@cengage.com INDIA & THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT Cengage Learning India Private Limited 418 F.I.E. Patparganj New Delhi 110 092 India Tel (91) 11 4364 1111 Fax (91) 11 4364 1100 e-mail asia.infoindia@cengage.com www.cengage.co.in INDONESIA PT. Cengage Learning Indonesia COSA Building, 2nd Floor Jalan Tomang Raya No. 70 Jakarta Barat, 11430 Indonesia Tel (62) 21 569 58815 Fax (62) 21 569 52371 e-mail asia.infoindonesia@cengage.com JAPAN Cengage Learning K. K. 5F, 2nd Funato Building 1-11-11 Kudankita, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 102-0073 Japan Tel (81) 3 3511 4390 Fax (81) 3 3511 4391 e-mail asia.infojapan@cengage.com www.cengage.jp KOREA Cengage Learning Korea Ltd Suite 1801, Seokyo Tower Building, 353-1, 22 Seokyo-Dong Mapo-Gu, Seoul 121-837, Korea Tel (82) 2 322 4926 Fax (82) 2 322 4927 e-mail asia.infokorea@cengage.com

TAIWAN Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd (Taiwan Branch) 9F-1 No.87 Cheng Chou RD Ta Tong District 103 Taipei Taiwan Tel (886) 2 2558 0569 Fax (886) 2 2558 0360 e-mail asia.infotaiwan@cengage.com www.cengage.tw THAILAND/INDOCHINA Cengage Learning (Thailand) Limited 408/32 Phaholyothin Place Building 8th Floor, Phaholyothin Avenue, Samseannai, Phayathai Bangkok 10400, Thailand Tel (66) 2 619 0433-5 Fax (66) 2 619 0436 e-mail asia.infothailand@cengage.com VIETNAM Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd (Vietnam Representative Office) Suite 1011, Zen Plaza 54-56 Nguyen Trai Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam Tel (848) 3925 7880 Fax (848) 3925 7881 e-mail asia.infovietnam@cengage.com

MALAYSIA Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd (Malaysia Branch) Co. Reg No: 993622K No. 4 Jalan PJS 11/18, Bandar Sunway 46150 Petaling Jaya Selangor, Malaysia Tel (60) 3 5636 8351/52 Fax (60) 3 5636 8302 e-mail asia.infomalaysia@cengage.com PHILIPPINES/OCEANIA Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd (Philippine Branch) Unit 2105-2106 Raffles Corporate Center Emerald Avenue, Ortigas Center, Pasig City Philippines 1605 Tel (63) 2 915 5290 to 93 Fax (63) 2 915 1694 e-mail asia.infophilippines@cengage.com

For territories not listed above, please contact Cengage Learning in Singapore

Introduction to Social Work/Social Welfare Introduction to Human Services Methods/ Practice of Social Work: Generalist and others

Understanding Generalist Practice, International Edition, 6e Kirst-Ashman Hull Refer to p.14

Social Work with Groups: A Comprehensive Workbook, International Edition, 8e Zastrow Refer to p.35

Theory and Practice of Group Counseling, International Edition, 8e Gerald Corey Refer to p.36

A Guide to Crisis Intervention, International Edition, 4e Kristi Kanel Refer to p.96

Encyclopedia of Life Course and Human Development Refer to p.R8

International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences Refer to p.R9

Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ltd


5 Shenton Way #01-01 UIC Building Singapore 068808 Tel: (65) 6410 1200 Fax: (65) 6410 1208 Email : asia.info@cengage.com www.cengageasia.com
2011 Cengage Learning. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by the copyright herein may be reproduced, transmitted, stored, or used in any form or by any means graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including but not limited to photocopying, recording, scanning, digitizing, taping, web distribution, information networks, or information storage and retrieval systems, except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act, without the prior written permission of the publisher.